Gaussplottm Professional Graphics

GAUSSplotTM Professional Graphics

Version 6.1

Aptech Systems, Inc.

1 Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of Aptech Systems, Inc. The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement or nondisclosure agreement. The software may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The purchaser may make one copy of the software for backup purposes. No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, for any purpose other than the purchaser’s personal use without the written permission of Aptech Systems, Inc.

ENCSA Hierarchical Data Format (HDF) Software Library and Utilities Copyright (C) 1988-1998 The Board of Trustees of the University of Illinois. All rights reserved. Contributors include National Center for Supercomputing Applications (NCSA) at the University of Illinois, Fortner Software (Windows and Mac), Unidata Program Center (netCDF), The Independent JPEG Group (JPEG), Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler (gzip). Bmptopnm, Netpbm Copyright (C) 1992 David W. Sanderson. Dlcompat Copyright (C) 2002 Jorge Acereda, additions and modications by Peter O’Gorman. Ppmtopict Copyright (C) 1990 Ken Yap.

GAUSSplot, GAUSS and GAUSS Engine are trademarks of Aptech Systems, Inc.

Tecplot RS, Tecplot, Preplot, Framer and Amtec are registered trademarks or trademarks of Amtec Engineering, Inc.

Encapsulated PostScript, FrameMaker, PageMaker, PostScript, Premier–Adobe Systems, Incorporated. Ghostscript–Aladdin Enterprises. Linotronic, Helvetica, Times–Allied Corporation. LaserWriter, Mac OS X–Apple Computers, Incorporated. AutoCAD, DXF–Autodesk, Incorporated. Chears–ChevronTexaco Corporation. Compaq Computer Corporation. Elan License Manager is a trademark of Elan Computer Group, Incorporated. Alpha, DEC, Digital, LaserJet, HP-GL, HP-GL/2, PaintJet–Hewlett-Packard Company. X-Designer–Imperial Software Technology. Builder Xcessory–Integrated Computer Solutions, Incorporated. IBM, RS6000, PC/DOS–International Business Machines Corporation. Bookman–ITC Corporation. VIP–Landmark Graphics Corporation. X Windows–Massachusetts Institute of Technology. MGI VideoWave–MGI Software Corporation. ActiveX, Excel, MS-DOS, Microsoft, Visual Basic, Visual C++, Visual J++, Visual Studio, Windows, Windows Metale–Microsoft Corporation. HDF, NCSA–National Center for Supercomputing Applications. UNIX, OPEN LOOK–Novell, Incorporated. Motif–Open Software Foundation, Incorporated. Gridgen–Pointwise, Incorporated. Eclipse, FrontSim–Schlumberger, Limited. IRIS, IRIX, OpenGL–Silicon Graphics, Incorporated. Open Windows, Solaris, Sun, Sun Raster–Sun MicroSystems, Incorporated. All other product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Documentation Revision: 75 June 16, 2005

Part Number: 004784

2 Contents

1 Overview 1

1.1 Getting Started ...... 2

1.1.1 Setup and Initialization ...... 2

1.1.2 Creating Data ...... 3

1.1.3 Setting Plot Options ...... 4

1.1.4 Plotting the Graph ...... 5

1.2 What Next ...... 5

1.2.1 Customizing Your Graph ...... 5

1.2.2 GP Tools ...... 6

1.3 Data Files ...... 6

1.3.1 Structure of a Data File ...... 6

1.3.2 Data File Creation Commands ...... 7

1.3.3 Inputting Data ...... 8

1.4 Basic Structure of a Graph ...... 15

1.4.1 Workspace ...... 15

1.4.2 Frame ...... 15

1.4.3 Basic Plot Types ...... 15

i 1.4.4 Line Plots ...... 16

1.4.5 Field Plots ...... 17

1.4.6 GAUSSplot Plot Types ...... 18

1.5 Categorization of Commands ...... 19

1.6 Working With Structure Pointers ...... 20

1.7 Structure Files ...... 21

1.8 Error Handling ...... 21

1.9 Examples ...... 22

1.9.1 Line Plots ...... 22

1.9.2 Field Plots ...... 27

1.9.3 Graphs Containing Dierent Plot Types ...... 29

2 Command Overview 33

2.1 Commands ...... 33

2.1.1 Setup and Initialization ...... 33

2.1.2 Creating Data Files ...... 34

2.1.3 Specifying Data and Macro Files ...... 34

2.1.4 Adding Frames to a Graph ...... 34

2.1.5 Setting Line Map Options ...... 34

2.1.6 Setting Field Zone Options ...... 37

2.1.7 Setting Axes Options ...... 42

2.1.8 Sizing and Positioning the Graph ...... 46

2.1.9 Animation ...... 46

2.1.10 Setting Frame Options ...... 47

2.1.11 Adding Text ...... 47

ii 2.1.12 Adding Arrows ...... 47

2.1.13 Adding Line Segments ...... 48

2.1.14 Printing and Exporting ...... 48

2.1.15 Plotting the Graph ...... 49

2.1.16 Miscellaneous Commands ...... 49

2.2 Global Variables ...... 50

2.2.1 GAUSSplot Colors ...... 50

2.2.2 GAUSSplot Fonts ...... 52

2.2.3 GAUSSplot Line Patterns ...... 52

2.2.4 GAUSSplot Symbols ...... 52

2.2.5 GAUSSplot Error Messages ...... 53

2.2.6 GAUSSplot Debugging ...... 53

3 Command Reference 55

A Character Table 535

B Obsoleted Commands 537

Index 539

iii iv Overview 1 1 as in a of more or de: lines F graph, values found create . orating co a e b to few of to a w erview can incorp ols ho b h lines . default directory only Chapter sym definitions to Ov whic graphs these , with y and directory b ws orate sub installation graph members demonstrating a arro elab structure y options. b USS graph set of generated GA xylineplot1.e create with is egin view and b of legends, to our 1.1 us and y create creation file of let text, users ersion the and v w Figure output add use, for gaussplot/examples structure in allo of of w include file can y gp; our directory to y allo ease graph and simplied sub or ariet to data ’s v Users tly 1.9 The enough to data wide sligh plots. enough a library gpPlotControl USSplot a plot. data gp.sdf of simple gaussplot; Section is up gpPlotControl GA is es gpMakeXYLinePlot(&gp,x,y,""); Line gpXYLinePlotCreate; see yp exible seqa(0.2,.2,15); log(x/5); = VIEW t Create Set = Generate Write congure t = = XY et y example // // library #include struct gp // x y // ret as VER gaussplot/examples USSplot illustrate O de, ell o w T dieren simple co GA 1. the This examples, 1. OVERVIEW

Frame 001  21 Jan 2005  /tmp/gp4b194023f2a041f1528a00066.plt

-0.4

-0.6

2 -0.8 V

-1

-1.2

0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 V1

Figure 1.1: Simple XY Plot

1.1 Getting Started

There are four steps to creating a graph with GAUSSplot:

1. Setup and initialization

2. Creating data and writing the data le

3. Setting various plot options

4. Plotting the graph

These must all be present in any program that creates a graph using GAUSSplot, with the exception of the second step if the necessary data le already exists.

1.1.1 Setup and Initialization

The setup and initialization process must include the following calls:

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

struct gpPlotControl gp;

2 Overview 3 If and data graph, of a also e data. ariables, v to ust yp the t m USSplot of data create three the ou GA Cartesian y one to the in for is 3D . use then a taining 1.3 ), write orted ou step y con if will create 1.1.4 command supp next it er, to Section zone, are ev the commands. w ted see one then Section an Ho that then w data. es PlotCreate with (see frame e ou e: graph, yp y v t yp }; that le o exist, if structure, PlotCreate the e ab graph program. plot "Z" One",a); yp le PlotT data the the plot a our gp the y already generate Cartesian to to data PlotT instance, "Y", of for in to structure plot not gp t 3D or all line array F to and es oin data of "X", only p do an for names { wing appropriate ailable list gpData zones v commands file gdat; = le this gpPlot a need a le: Data of creates created. follo in into data the at e ou for use the Plot y de b data to data e the data le variable co to to for yp gpInitPlotData(vnames); data data gpData vnames call and 1.4.6 gpWritePlotData(&gdat,"mydata.plt"); gpAddZone(&gdat,"Zone is the add gp3DCartesianPlotCreate; = a data aconcat(x,y,3); aconcat(a,z,3); seqa(0,pi/12,25)’; seqa(6,-0.25,25); r.*cos(a); r.*sin(a); rev(1.5*r).*ones(25,25); = = VIEW wing Write = Set Generate List Put Creating ou, going 2.1.1 PlotT as explanation ======y e that necessary ould the ret // gp // gdat ret struct // string a a // r x y z // a follo VER writes ell w are an Section for w O the or ou ou graph as F 1. y See 1.1.2 If and Section y write The gpMak le 1. OVERVIEW

1.1.3 Setting Plot Options

GAUSSplot contains many plot option commands, which allow you to specify the number of line maps or eld zones that are displayed in a plot and how they are to be displayed. For an explanation of line maps and eld zones, see Section 1.4. Most of these commands are optional. GAUSSplot will use defaults for all options that have not been explicitly set. However, if you use gpPlot to plot your graph, then it is necessary to call gpSetDataFile before calling gpPlot in order to specify which data le(s) are to be used for the graph.

It is at this stage in a GAUSSplot program that you need to add frames for a multiple frame graph (see Section 1.4 for an explanation of frames). If you use gpPlotCreate to initialize your plot control structure, then your graph does not contain any frames by default. Therefore, you need to use the various gpAddPlotTypeFrame commands to add frames before plotting the graph.

Alternatively, if you use one of the gpPlotTypePlotCreate commands to initialize your plot control structure, then your graph contains one frame by default. In this case, it is not necessary (though allowable) to use the appropriate gpAddPlotTypeFrame command to add additional frames because the plot type for all frames in the graph has already been determined by the call to one of the gpPlotTypePlotCreate commands. Therefore, you may add additional frames implicitly by calling gpSetLineMaps or gpSetLineMapZone for line plots or gpSetAxisMap for eld plots with a frame number argument that is higher than one. Frames added in this manner should be added in order. For example, you should not call gpSetLineMaps with a frame number of 3 before calling gpSetLineMaps or gpSetLineMapZone with a frame number of 2.

Following the above code, we might call the following commands to congure our 3D Cartesian plot with one frame, containing one eld zone:

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = 1; activate = 1; transparency = 70; xpos = 41; ypos = 91; positionunit = 1;

// Specify the data file to use ret = gpSetDataFile(&gp,framenum,"mydata.plt");

// Activate the shade layer and set the shade color ret = gpShowShadeLayer(&gp,framenum,activate); ret = gpSetShadeColor(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,"red");

// Activate the transparency effect and set the percentage of transparency

4 Overview 5 ) . 2 to and to le the a eld data then out ou outFile as y y y ready one create la the ed If (Chapter v or structure to are enLa sa The hapter, commands. c e write trol b and u. graph: VIEW maps gpOp y to options. these select men to USSplot the Plot"); ma line VER VIEW O GA call USSplot plot arious using VER ‘File’ v gpPlotCon a in y more graph another (GUI), O command on y GA . graph: b or Surface ma the run u. the one in USS ou Plot our one e y using for y data men USSplot terface details then of t yp COMMAND GA customize in is set, GA for in to h the ‘File’ 3 COMMAND graphs taining user PlotT the een e dieren b see whic the need the con information e or v information customizing basic in from ou program le, the y ha gpMak Chapter from positionunit,"3D the e graph, for graphical frame, same out’ independently nish y See tak that Graph create macro to La the one to options USSplot oking e title our v lo plotted, w sized “Record” USSplot GA Y a Graph graph. only with ho plot steps ‘Sa appropriate → customized are een GA b USSplot our the commands commands axes for y the the ou with ened y wing the GA Next has the desired learned highly plot use a the “Macro” In Run selecting e follo re-op text y to v to what gpUseTransparencyEffect(&gp,framenum,activate); gpSetTransparency(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,transparency); gpMakeAxesIndependent(&gp,framenum); gpAddTextObject(&gp,framenum,"text1",xpos,ypos, gpPlot(&gp); y the e graphs plotting and b 2. 1. ha b ma graph ou the = = = = = VIEW of y Make Add Customizing Plotting out What nd le t ou ou le the it y all y complex, then ret ret // ret // ret ret graph VER oin simple a y out O p data y or 1. 1.2.1 1.2 1.1.4 to try la Once ma Once graph. After cannot The complete F zone, a write 1. OVERVIEW

3. In the ‘Write Macro File’ dialog box, choose a le name and location for the macro le that you are creating. Be sure that you are not using the same name as the macro le that is created by your GAUSSplot program (use gpSetMacroFile in your GAUSSplot program to ensure this).

4. Make any desired changes to your graph using the GAUSSplot GUI buttons and menu options.

5. Select the “Stop Recording” button on the ‘Macro Record’ dialog box, and then select “OK” when you are asked if you are sure that you want to stop recording.

6. Now go back to your GAUSSplot program and call gpAddMacroFile with the name of your newly created macro le right before the call to plot the graph. Then when you run your program again, the changes that you made with the GUI will be be done for you automatically.

r See the Tecplot User’s Manual in the le tpum.pdf for more information on using the graphical user interface.

1.2.2 GP Tools

GP TOOLS is a free package containing additional procedures that may be used with GAUSSplot. The package includes quick and dirty procedures for producing simple graphs as well as procedures that make use of GAUSSplot’s graphing capabilities in specic applications.

GP TOOLS may be downloaded from the gptools directory on Aptech’s ftp site. The directory contains a .zip le for use on Windows, a .tar.gz le for use on UNIX and Linux and a .pdf with installation instructions and documentation for each of the procedures in the package.

1.3 Data Files

1.3.1 Structure of a Data File

A GAUSSplot graph is created from data in a GAUSSplot format binary data le, which is indicated by a .plt extension. A .plt data le is organized into zones (blocks of data). The number of variables and the variable names are set once at the top of the data le and apply to each zone in the le. Thus, if a .plt data le contains three variables (X, Y, and Z), each zone in the le must contain three variables named X, Y, and Z.

6 Overview h 7 data w eac to the a gpData allo are for the tain of ecied data gpData to er con that the b a the le commands routines in ust um user-sp n structure m data ariables write the v These example, using ariables; tained v creation K the er, or ariable and gpData con F v ev of les. a le w it, h with to Ho to data eac structure zone zone. data data 30 15 30 30 15 15 50 50 50 zone Cols Cols Cols to the data data one (i.e., the 2-dimensional .plt one for gpData zone 3 1 2 add use adds size using columns). a ws ws ws y three 50 15 50 50 15 15 only of 100 100 100 le and Ro Ro Ro ma from Zone Zone Zone same creating er ariables b tain ou v ary y data for the v structure, um taining le: con initializes e w n y format: the b ho con Z Z Z X Y X Y X Y .plt ma of initializes, will names. le Commands and .plt ariable ariable ariable ust a same V V V all a routines gpData m 1. a that zones, of data to the rites ariable o ariable v v structure. le N structure. Adds Creates, W Creates w set illustrates t alid a and ariable a v v Creation in a h ws initialize with structure es ro tains eac File example of and le the tained con er in b VIEW zone, describ con wing data Data a create um ts a n VER follo ritePlotData to wing O USSplot tained ou follo elemen same gpAddZone y GA 1. Within con 1.3.2 gpSetPlotData gpW gpInitPlotData The create 1. OVERVIEW

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

// Generate data l = 20; pil = pi/(l-1); x = seqa(-10,2.5,l)’*pil; y = seqa(-10,2.5,l)*pil;

// Create 3 variables that are 20x20 for zone 1 xz1 = x.*ones(l,l); yz1 = y.*ones(l,l); zz1 = sin(x).*cos(x-y);

// Create 3 variables that are 11x6 for zone 2 xz2 = xz1[5:15,5:10]; yz2 = yz1[5:15,5:10]; zz2 = cos(xz1)-sin(yz1)+1;

// Copy the data for zone 1 into a 3x20x20 array az1 = aconcat(xz1,yz1,3); az1 = aconcat(az1,zz1,3);

// Copy the data for zone 2 into a 3x11x6 array az2 = aconcat(xz2,yz2,3); az2 = aconcat(az2,zz2,3);

// Initialize gpData structure, add data, and write data file struct gpData gdat; string vnames = { "X", "Y", "Z" }; gdat = gpInitPlotData(vnames); ret = gpAddZone(&gdat,"Zone 1",az1); ret = gpAddZone(&gdat,"Zone 2",az2); ret = gpWritePlotData(&gdat,"mydata.plt");

1.3.3 Inputting Data

You may use gpSetPlotData to add data stored in vectors or matrices to a data structure for Bar, XY Line, and Polar Line plots. For all other plot types, gpAddZone must be used to add the data to a data structure. gpAddZone inputs the data as a matrix or an array.

8 Overview 9 . e are P b the ws: either that N e 4 could b follo with y are 4 gpAddZone as 1]) and ma and i, to ariables [ the v that y in plot 1.2 , 1]) K , 1] 1 i, line [ create input x a i ( Figure [ ariables is to t y v gpAddZone for , taining in 1] K oin to , as p that con 1 in h y y out i [ 2x4x4 ariables eac arra arra v 4x4 8x1 x taining commands ( input y laid is 1) con e are are data b y wing (i.e., data and N x that the arra Plots the follo connecting ould that that Plots ) wing w 1",x~y); K ts P ( }; }; plot: ) the y tour plots, array follo created Line plots, x, N "Y" "Y" ( Con an structure ou used segmen and tour y ts olar Line P ou 2D K variables variables oin ( y Cartesian "X", "X", Con ose line p 2 2 into structure structure olar { { and of and 2D P ose 3-dimensional gpData - - 2D file gdat; gdat; = = supp a a data preceding data in 1])). Line and or supp and , of for series gpData gpData data data 1 y data a + the XY set y Line gpInitPlotData(vnames); data gpData gpData vnames vnames i this, Cartesian [ 3-dimensional b gpWritePlotData(&gdat,"lineplot.plt"); gpAddZone(&gdat,"Zone example, y and = matrix a , VIEW seqa(1,1,4)’.*ones(4,1); seqa(4,-1,4).*ones(1,4); ones(8,1); seqa(8,-1,8); aconcat(x,y,3); = = x Bar, 2D XY or e 1] Create Create Create Create Write Copy Set ted K Cartesian F , b = = = = = immediately 1 for for VER 1. // // struct // struct // ret // y // x y string x // gdat ret string a resulting ts + Bar, 2D O illustrate N i [ o oin or or ariables x T v 1. Data F should Data ( F an p N The represen 1. OVERVIEW

(x[1,1],y[1,1])

(x[2,1],y[2,1])

(x[3,1],y[3,1])

(x[4,1],y[4,1])

(x[5,1],y[5,1])

(x[6,1],y[6,1])

(x[7,1],y[7,1])

(x[8,1],y[8,1])

Figure 1.2: Line Plot Point Arrangement

10 Overview y e as 11 b b plot , y = and 1.3 a axes) (to ma except Z dened ]), j oring e 1.3 , b b 1 ) ) ) ) where and ] ] ] ] Figure 4 4 4 4 , + , , , , ariables 1 2 3 4 Y i , , , , v in [ 2 2 2 2 neigh ould [ [ [ [ 1.3 y a a a a Figure , , , , w 3-dimensional , X, t ] ] ] ] ] gpAddZone wn 4 4 4 4 its t , , , , j in 1 2 3 4 , , , , , K 1 1 1 1 to 1 the [ [ [ [ sho oin a a a a ( ( ( ( in p Figure + with is to plot i h [ in ]) x as j ) ) ) ) ( taining ] ] ] ] eac as input 3 3 3 3 i, 2-dimensional , , , , Arrangemen [ 1 2 3 4 , , , , y y t con ted, 2 2 2 2 onding 1]), , K [ [ [ [ ] out a a a a , , , , y (i.e., j ] ] ] ] oin 3 3 3 3 Cartesian arra , , , , i, j P 1 2 3 4 [ , , , , 1 1 1 1 laid arra x i, [ [ [ [ [ ( 2D a a a a ) ( ( ( ( e y represen taining (corresp t data , b P Plot e 1] the b oin con ordinates ) ) ) ) e the p ] ] ] ] y Plots 2 2 2 2 ould co , , , , N j h 4 1 2 3 lik , , , , can w 1",a); i, 2 2 2 2 Z ariables [ [ [ [ [ ) a a a a arra v eac , , , , ts x y ] ] ] ] L tour plots, ( ) 2 2 2 2 just Cartesian 3 , , , , 4 1 2 3 and x, P oin , , , , ( 1 1 1 1 ]), p [ [ [ [ Con structure j Y a a a a 2D K out ( ( ( ( tour , ts ( with 1 N X, 3D oin data Con 1.3: e laid ) ) ) ) p i ] ] ] ] v connecting [ e 1 1 1 1 of , , , , K y and b 4 1 2 3 gpData ( ha 3D , , , , , ts ] file 2 2 2 2 created [ [ [ [ olume). j a a a a set data , , , , v , ] ] ] ] in Figure 1])). 1 1 1 1 1 ])). , , , , and a ould of ould j 4 1 2 3 , , , , + plot w 1 1 1 1 w data The i, [ [ [ [ 4-dimensional segmen j i [ a a a a t [ ( ( ( ( set . z P a gpInitPlotData(vnames); data plot i, ) x Cartesian , [ ( ] gpWritePlotData(&gdat,"surfaceplot.plt"); gpAddZone(&gdat,"Zone 3 oin y , j = line or , y p = = , (to 3D i, VIEW N [ 1] x Write Set 3-dimensional of h Cartesian y (i.e., a , + Cartesian ] for are eac ret // // gdat ret resulting j j VER ts 3D i, i, O 3D [ [ series surface) oin or ariables x x The Data a ( aconcat( v F A 1. p either a that that ( 1. OVERVIEW

For an example of a 3D Cartesian plot with 3 variables that are L N P , suppose you used the following commands to create the 2 3 4 variables x, y and z for a 3D Cartesian plot:

// Create gpData structure struct gpData gdat;

// Create data - 3 variables that are 2x3x4 x = seqa(1,1,4)’.*ones(3,1); x = aconcat(x,x,3); y = seqa(3,-1,3).*ones(1,4); y = aconcat(y,y,3); z = ones(3,4); z = aconcat(z,2*z,3);

// Copy the data into an array that is 3x2x3x4 a = aconcat(x,y,4); a = aconcat(a,z,4); string vnames = { "X", "Y", "Z" };

// Set data in gpData structure gdat = gpInitPlotData(vnames); ret = gpAddZone(&gdat,"Zone 1",a);

// Write data file ret = gpWritePlotData(&gdat,"volumeplot.plt");

The resulting set of data points (x, y, z) would be laid out as in Figure 1.4 and could be represented by a series of line segments connecting each point (x[k, i, j], y[k, i, j], z[k, i, j]) with its neighboring points in the same plane (i.e., (x[k, i 1, j], y[k, i 1, j], z[k, i 1, j]), (x[k, i, j 1], y[k, i, j 1], z[k, i, j 1]), (x[k, i + 1, j], y[k, i + 1, j], z[k, i + 1, j]), and (x[k, i, j + 1], y[k, i, j + 1], z[k, i, j + 1])) as well as with the corresponding points in its neighboring plane(s) (i.e., (x[k 1, i, j], y[k 1, i, j], z[k 1, i, j]) and (x[k + 1, i, j], y[k + 1, i, j], z[k + 1, i, j])).

The points in Figure 1.4 are dened in Table 1.1, where a contains x, y and z concatenated in the fourth dimension in that order.

12 Overview 4 2 2 1 P P 0 8 2 13 P P 1 3 1 2 P P 6 4 1 P P t 9 1 P 7 P Arrangemen t 0 2 1 oin 2 P P P 5 1 P 3 P Plot 8 1 P 6 P Cartesian 3D 1 9 2 P 1.4: P 4 1 P 2 P Figure 7 5 1 P P VIEW VER O 3 1 1 P P 1. 1. OVERVIEW

Point Denition P1 (a[1, 1, 1, 1], a[2, 1, 1, 1], a[3, 1, 1, 1]) P2 (a[1, 1, 1, 2], a[2, 1, 1, 2], a[3, 1, 1, 2]) P3 (a[1, 1, 1, 3], a[2, 1, 1, 3], a[3, 1, 1, 3]) P4 (a[1, 1, 1, 4], a[2, 1, 1, 4], a[3, 1, 1, 4]) P5 (a[1, 1, 2, 1], a[2, 1, 2, 1], a[3, 1, 2, 1]) P6 (a[1, 1, 2, 2], a[2, 1, 2, 2], a[3, 1, 2, 2]) P7 (a[1, 1, 2, 3], a[2, 1, 2, 3], a[3, 1, 2, 3]) P8 (a[1, 1, 2, 4], a[2, 1, 2, 4], a[3, 1, 2, 4]) P9 (a[1, 1, 3, 1], a[2, 1, 3, 1], a[3, 1, 3, 1]) P10 (a[1, 1, 3, 2], a[2, 1, 3, 2], a[3, 1, 3, 2]) P11 (a[1, 1, 3, 3], a[2, 1, 3, 3], a[3, 1, 3, 3]) P12 (a[1, 1, 3, 4], a[2, 1, 3, 4], a[3, 1, 3, 4]) P13 (a[1, 2, 1, 1], a[2, 2, 1, 1], a[3, 2, 1, 1]) P14 (a[1, 2, 1, 2], a[2, 2, 1, 2], a[3, 2, 1, 2]) P15 (a[1, 2, 1, 3], a[2, 2, 1, 3], a[3, 2, 1, 3]) P16 (a[1, 2, 1, 4], a[2, 2, 1, 4], a[3, 2, 1, 4]) P17 (a[1, 2, 2, 1], a[2, 2, 2, 1], a[3, 2, 2, 1]) P18 (a[1, 2, 2, 2], a[2, 2, 2, 2], a[3, 2, 2, 2]) P19 (a[1, 2, 2, 3], a[2, 2, 2, 3], a[3, 2, 2, 3]) P20 (a[1, 2, 2, 4], a[2, 2, 2, 4], a[3, 2, 2, 4]) P21 (a[1, 2, 3, 1], a[2, 2, 3, 1], a[3, 2, 3, 1]) P22 (a[1, 2, 3, 2], a[2, 2, 3, 2], a[3, 2, 3, 2]) P23 (a[1, 2, 3, 3], a[2, 2, 3, 3], a[3, 2, 3, 3]) P24 (a[1, 2, 3, 4], a[2, 2, 3, 4], a[3, 2, 3, 4])

Table 1.1: Graph Point/Array Correspondence for Figure 1.4

14 Overview . 15 the to The . that USSplot not es.

1.5 Z ultiple 5 yp . GA 1 0 0 t ose m page y 8 - ho b c Y plot the tain Figure orkspace. y Z

- X is w X used con ma 4 See 4 - basic the ts. can 2 - user in engine oin these orkspace p the 2 w - of graph 3 tained 4 A - data The one con graphics 3 Y of 6 0 - 0 rames e F m (although are a only 8 r - frame. s sets F e 1 a X m a 2 1.5: r and axes f orkspace. is graph w more of underlying Graph a one or the 0 a set 8 in Figure the a of one with in orkspace of 0 1 6 ts w of es X a tains created es yp 0 4 t ciated is con elemen yp 0 T 2 plot asso within plotting 1 2 4 6 8 2 . . . . . - 0 0 0 0 1 - - - - - All 1 e 2

0 0 3 Y , 2 Y , 1 Y 0 graph 0 b frame 0 0 0 0 0 e e

the 0 5 0 5

are: 2 1 1 Y Structure m unit m a on. Plot h a a basic r r , F F ust es eac and m wn yp orkspace four t basic rame VIEW dra W F Basic and Basic are is USSplot plot frame them) most VER h w GA O graph In 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4 The 1. sho basic frames, Eac 1.4.3 There 1. OVERVIEW

Frame 001  20 Jan 2005  xylineplot.plt

1 line maps

0 ) x ( f -1

-2

-3 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 x

Figure 1.6: Line Maps

XY Line

Polar Line

2D Cartesian

3D Cartesian

1.4.4 Line Plots

XY Line and Polar Line plots both graph linear sets of points (and are thus termed line plots), that is, for both XY Line and Polar Line plots, one N 1 variable is associated with the X or Theta-axis and one N 1 variable is associated with the Y or R-axis. Together these two variables specify a linear set of points. This linear set of points is referred to as a line map. See Figure 1.6.

An XY or Polar Line plot may contain multiple line maps, which are each controlled separately. For each line map, you must specify one variable to be associated with the X or Theta-axis and one variable to be associated with the Y or R-axis. Each line map may be represented by one or more of the following layers: lines, symbols, and (for XY Line plots), bars and error bars.

Overview Z 17 or for with with 5 4 3 2 1 0 le of one as ciated not e but y space b es Y b See plots) asso ciated ciated one ector, to data yp plot, 3D v t zones 8 Z ted map, - or asso asso tire oth zones. e .plt olume plots, eld b tour, ariable v axis b en 2D v y of X ariables v ) 3D to for in con represen the P ariable 6 - e man ciated ts v same is, ts, for the b ) for as oin y P of oin N asso the p Cartesian ariable

p X that set and, v ma of tain h the explanation use L N 4 3D - are one if con oring cus of an plots, (or b L whic lo Y-axis, Zones ecication P frame a will maps ecify case (or zones a eld sp tains neigh the sp 2 - P in N plot the Field ecify con are Axis olume), eld ust This v sp in with m one N a or 1.7: eld P zones 1.3.1 plots ou map. a or 0 y one connecting ciated Z-axis. us plots, elds N 0 eld ariables axis v Figure Th plot, the asso Section t the an l L surface mesh p . e X-axis, 2 Cartesian 2 a t b of - ultiple o le. l these (or p with n m ers: the a to i zone. 3D Cartesian s y All P called e t (i.e., r la data a 4 is - oundary. c Cartesian tain 3D one  and b with 5 ciated N ogether 0 s the eld zone. 0 3D con e ariable T for 2 axis wing

n Y v n a Plots 6 o and in y a than - h asso one J z 0 d and ciated e 2 l eld follo ma is one and, e  eac b i 1 f . 0 Cartesian 2D VIEW 0 Z-axis. zones 8 more to to asso - Field the e shade, plot t 1.7 h m a there r of 2D ed F the constitute VER eac X-axis, Y-axis, tains O eld particular or ariable ariable dieren v mapp a con A scatter, the Figure F more that v with the plots, 1.4.5 Both 1. 1. OVERVIEW there are zones in the associated data le. For example, if a user wanted to create a 3D Cartesian plot with the following data le:

Zone 1 Variable Rows Cols V1 50 10 V2 50 10 V3 50 10

Zone 2 Variable Rows Cols V1 20 5 V2 20 5 V3 20 5 then he would have two eld zones in his plot. In other words, supposing he associated V 1 with the X-axis, V 2 with the Y-axis and V 3 with the Z-axis, then he would have two completely separate sets of data points dened by (V 1,V 2,V 3), the rst containing 500 data points, and the second containing 100 data points. Display options, such as which layers are activated (e.g. mesh, contour, etc.), are controlled separately for each eld zone.

1.4.6 GAUSSplot Plot Types

In addition to the four basic plot types, GAUSSplot supports other plot types that are built from the basic plot types using various view options. Since each of these additional plot types are derived from one of the basic plot types, it is that basic plot type which must be associated with the frame containing the plot. For example, one of the additional plot types is a Bar plot, which is an XY Line plot in which the line maps are displayed as bars. A frame that contains a Bar plot will be associated with the XY Line plot type.

Plot types that are derived from the same basic plot type may be displayed together in the same frame because they dier only in the view options used to display the data. For example, you may create a Bar plot with three line maps (i.e. three sets of data points) and then change one of the line maps to be displayed as a line instead of bars, which would result in a frame that contained both Bar and XY Line plots. However, you may not show plot types that are derived from dierent basic plot types together in a frame. For example, you may not have a Bar plot and a 2D Cartesian plot in the same frame.

Following is a complete list of the GAUSSplot plot types, including the basic plot types from which they are derived and the view options that are associated with each:

18 Overview d d ers 19 for o o trol b and they o o maps and axis map. mem trol h line tour tour bars mesh mesh lines lines graph its eac line options, orkspace. as as as as as con con gpPlotCon commands a frame. w the structure , a a ed ed ed ed ed in with of y y y view y y ecifying in 1.4 the with with in gpPlotCon trol sp in a Options initializes bars ed ed and unit e, y y displa displa displa displa displa in ciated yp tained the cation t and Section View lo what cation asso con displa displa in for maps frame. maps maps zones zones output lo e gpPlotCon plot tained on a b a in to con plot. Line Line Line ecied color zones zones Field Field structure arious ecied sp v outlined are ll plots): ending bar a sp plots): trol a as Field Field creating information a X-axis particular to dep w and that a eld to line for maps. for setting the ws: ject for information using e that (for of color (for line ob plot plot plot plot follo yp alues graph: groups, frame plot v the gpPlotCon plots, T ariables plot plot t alues as v line title zone a v map text graph graph tire more the Commands a a a Line commands eld from are ose ose ose Plot the the the en Line Line es or eld frame: line v of of default dieren Cartesian Cartesian Cartesian Cartesian for a a a an olar XY XY e default one structure. to Plots Mo Sets Sets Creates Sets Adds Purp Purp Purp tains P Basic on on on on 2D 3D 2D 3D v to created con maps to is categories ers in structure erate erate erate erate e b axis v op op op op ject plot plot plot plot e graph plot mem basic USSplot plot and yp graph. The that that that that Command Command Command plot rame its T GA tour tour extOb the Line VIEW eF Line the on. categorized v plots Categorization Bar Con Con e Plot Cartesian Cartesian USSplot olar b wing XY VER P line y 2D 3D O GA erate gpSetLineMaps Example gpSetBarColor Example gpAddT Example gpBarPlotCreate 2D 3D gpMo gpPlot gpSetXAxisTitle ollo Commands Commands 1. A 1.5 structure. plotting F initializing Commands for op Commands ma 1. OVERVIEW

Example Command Purpose gpSetMeshColor Sets the color of the mesh in a eld zone. gpSetScatterSize Sets the size of the symbols for the scatter layer in a eld zone.

For 2D and 3D Contour plots, all contour options are set within a contour group. Each eld zone for which the contour layer is activated must be tied to a particular contour group. Up to four contour groups may be used in any one frame, and one contour group may be used to set options for multiple eld zones in a frame. Thus the nal category consists of:

Commands that operate on a contour group (for 2D and 3D Contour plots):

Example Command Purpose gpAddContourLegend Adds a legend to display the values associated with each color used in the contour plot. gpSetContourVariable Sets the variable to be used for contour plotting.

1.6 Working With Structure Pointers

All of the information for a GAUSSplot graph is stored in a gpPlotControl structure, which you must create and initialize at the beginning of your program. You can create a gpPlotControl structure with the following line:

struct gpPlotControl gp;

To initialize a plot control structure, you may call gpPlotCreate or one of the plot type specic gpPlotTypePlotCreate commands. For example:

gp = gpXYLinePlotCreate; initializes gp using default values for an XY Line plot.

GAUSSplot commands are implemented using structure pointers, which hold the address of a structure in the GAUSS symbol table. You may input a pointer to a structure into a command by placing an ‘&’ in front of the structure name, indicating that you are passing in the address of that structure. For example:

call gpSetLineColor(&gp,1,1,"blue");

Or you may create a structure pointer and set it to point at the plot control structure created above with the following lines of code:

20 Overview 21 in a try a name to eld These y then times. ou to in a a y les. it input all if it ter same extension. y add trol these at b structure oin the names. information the data to p in con as input le t .plt a tered. ert tered. functionalit y the making v a commands, has ell an and using , gp ters problems created plot w w ma p of ariable data con gp is le v e to oin ted as then ou encoun ou p of encoun in to y y than le Enough is mak If .plt or USSplot . This are using run structure instead rame to then y GA data our le. , USS le. error y rather address y implemen the a in ma a structure a errors (default). USS GA commands, w an or if the to data ou ariables , also with if in v y GA extension to delete information this ed using des Plot tered names the here. v are er, e run ted to gp co of sa tells ecify p ter ev yp to structures, .fsr ted w is handling: in sp gp oin together p encoun needed p an sets Ho ariable error to PlotT v of ritePlotData e le data error program are cumen t program implemen example ou gpData line commands y with API. of do ariables gpAddFieldZoneLegendF the gpW obtain an v return w using on fron our stop y y fully els gpMak b to *pgp; structure errors not in for allo the et a second and lev with if structure except this: and y erate the le ‘*’ creation of are e taining USSplot a op le of that ariables 1.3.2 des The lik le, not v Files le running three con .fsr GA co create accessed that .fsr one are they data is indices messages message ou ys the data the ecify orts data a the a y after Handling placing error Section to er, w sp le If ters with ort en eep ev gpPlotControl . in error error supp commands command k structure. or &gp; structure w See line, oin op write ciated gpSetLineColor(pgp,1,1,"blue"); gp p to = ho VIEW supp names USSplot trol Log Log Return to ou Error Structure rst asso them y to structure legend gpCleanUp struct pgp call GA con VER need ter ters; gpData USSplot USSplot USSplot the the O use 2 3 1 oin oin ou ariable plot 1. In GA 1.8 p y This Call as GA The GA the zone p structures. exists commands automatically v to commands. Structure When 1.7 1. OVERVIEW

Call gpSetErrorLevel to set the level of error handling in your program.

If you use the error handling default and your program encounters errors, you may call gpGetErrorMessage to retrieve the associated error messages.

If all of the commands in your program return with a success code, but your graph either does not appear when you run your program or is displayed with errors, then set the global variable gp debug to 1 in your program to display debugging information.

1.9 Examples

Here are some complete example programs that create graphs in GAUSSplot. See the GAUSSplot Cookbook for line-by-line explanation of some of the examples.

1.9.1 Line Plots

Example 1

This example creates a graph with one frame containing an XY Line plot with only one line map.

This example can be found in the le xylineplot1.e in the gaussplot/examples subdirectory of your GAUSS installation directory.

// Set up library and include file with structure definitions library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

// Create gpPlotControl structure and set members to default values struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gpXYLinePlotCreate;

// Generate data x = seqa(0.2,.2,15); y = log(x/5);

// Set the names of macro and data files to create gpSetMacroFile(&gp,"xylineplot1.mcr"); ret = gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"xylineplot1.plt");

// Create graph ret = gpMakeXYLinePlot(&gp,x,y,"");

22 Overview 23 of using maps. ector legend Line v values line line eginning XY to frames The b t a the add calls and plot. default at to separate dieren set the a definitions to Line in plot are need three gaussplot/examples XY no Line taining create is the titles an members in con XY making to implicitly structure , h axes y there to set . , taining eac in set The files with con is created and are directory frames, color. data file columns frame t graph xylineplot2.e and one three tire le frames three structure en dieren include the the the with with a gp; installation gpXYLinePlotCreate the macro in of in and plotted. to h for of USS ed is graph graph e y eac Instead call a a found GA yp . t e titles legend data b the names graph displa our library gpPlotControl graph y rame gp.sdf plot . is against gaussplot; creates can creates the of up axes line the gpPlotControl with gpSetXAxisTitle(&gp,1,1,"x"); gpSetYAxisTitle(&gp,1,1,"f(x)"); gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"xylineplot2.plt"); gpAddLineLegend(&gp,1); gpMoveLineLegend(&gp,1,85,40); gpMakeXYLinePlot(&gp,x,y,""); the gpXYLinePlotCreate; map seqa(0.2,.2,15); log(x/5)~ln(x/5)~exp(x/5); ======2 3 VIEW Create Set = Generate Set Add Create Set efore = = plotted b line Since example example example // // library #include struct gp // x y // ret ret // gpSetMacroFile(&gp,"xylineplot2.mcr"); ret // ret ret // ret is VER program h directory O x in Example This 1. added Eac This gpAddXYLineF sub the gpSetLineMaps This plot. Example 1. OVERVIEW

A call to gpSetLineMaps will create the specied frame if it does not already exist and then specify which variables are to be associated with the X and Y axes for one or more line maps in the frame. In this example, the rst call to gpSetLineMaps creates ve line maps (which will be displayed as ve distinct lines) in the rst frame, the second call creates three line maps in the second frame, and the third call creates four line maps in the third frame.

Since the graph contains multiple frames, gpPlot must be used to plot the graph. For a graph with only one frame containing an XY Line plot, you may use gpMakeXYLinePlot to write the data le and plot the graph.

This example can be found in the le xylineplot3.e in the gaussplot/examples subdirectory of your GAUSS installation directory.

// Set up library and include file with structure definitions library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

// Create gpPlotControl structure and set members to default values struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gpXYLinePlotCreate;

// Create gpData structure struct gpData gdat;

// Generate data // X-axis variable x = seqa(.2,.2,20);

// Y-axis variables y = log(x[.,1]/5); y2 = ln(x[.,1]/5); y3 = exp(x[.,1]/5); x = x~y; x = x~y*0.8; x = x~y*0.6; x = x~y*0.4; x = x~y*0.2; x = x~y2; x = x~y2*0.6; x = x~y2*0.2; x = x~y3; x = x~y3*0.8; x = x~y3*0.6; x = x~y3*0.4;

24 Overview }; "Y9", "Y5" 25 }; opened "Y8", "X1" be encountered "Y12" to "Y7", "Y4", are "X1" file "Y6", "X1" }; errors data "Y11", "Y5", "Y3", "Y8" if and "X1" "X1" "X1" "Y4", }; options messages created "Y2", "Y10", "Y7", "Y3", "Y12" be frames error to "X1" symbol "X1" "X1" "Y2", three "Y11", file print "Y1", "Y9", "Y6", all change - "Y1", structure 2 "Y10", macro for "X1" and "X1" "X1" to { { { "X1", names for = = = { maps gpData layer file = level in names line gpGetErrorMessage(ret); data variable symbol gpSetPlotData(x,vnames); data error vnames linemaps1 linemaps3 linemaps2 gpWritePlotData(&gdat,"xylineplot3.plt"); = gpSetErrorLevel(&gp,2); gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"xylineplot3.plt"); gpShowSymbolLayer(&gp,1|2|3,1); gpSetSymbolSkip(&gp,1,1|3|5,2,2); gpSetSymbolSkip(&gp,1,2|4,3,2); gpSetSymbolSkip(&gp,2,seqa(1,1,3),15,3); gpSetSymbolSkip(&gp,3,seqa(1,1,4),2,2); gpSetSymbolSize(&gp,1,seqa(1,1,5),2); gpSetSymbolSize(&gp,2,seqa(1,1,3),3); gpSetSymbolSize(&gp,3,seqa(1,1,4),2); gpSetSymbolShape(&gp,1,2,"circle"); gpSetSymbolShape(&gp,1,3,"rtri"); gpSetSymbolShape(&gp,1,4,"diamond"); gpSetSymbolShape(&gp,1,5,"ltri"); gpSetSymbolShape(&gp,2,2,"circle"); gpSetSymbolShape(&gp,2,3,"rtri"); gpSetSymbolShapeASCII(&gp,3,1,1,"$"); gpSetSymbolShapeASCII(&gp,3,2,3,"r"); gpSetSymbolShapeASCII(&gp,3,3,2,"p"); gpSetLineMaps(&gp,3,linemaps3); gpSetLineMaps(&gp,2,linemaps2); gpSetLineMaps(&gp,1,linemaps1); VIEW print = List Set Write (ret); Set Specify Specify Show VER string // // ret gdat // if endif; // call // gpSetMacroFile(&gp,"xylineplot3.mcr"); call // call call call call call call call call call call call call call call call call call string call // call string call string O 1. 1. OVERVIEW

call gpSetSymbolShapeASCII(&gp,3,4,2,"x"); call gpSetSymbolColor(&gp,1,5,"purple"); call gpSetSymbolLineThickness(&gp,2,1,0.8); call gpSetSymbolFillMode(&gp,2,2,2,""); call gpSetSymbolFillMode(&gp,2,3,4,"CUSTOM34");

// Change line options call gpSetLineColor(&gp,1,5,"purple"); call gpSetLineThickness(&gp,3,1|4,0.8); call gpSetLinePattern(&gp,3,1|2,"dashdot"); call gpSetLinePatternLength(&gp,3,1,6);

// Resize and move frames to show all three in window call gpMoveFrame(&gp,1,1,0.25,4.425,3.925); call gpMoveFrame(&gp,2,5.575,0.25,4.425,3.925); call gpMoveFrame(&gp,3,1,4.325,9,3.925);

// Specify titles of axes call gpSetXAxisTitle(&gp,1,1,"X AXIS"); call gpSetYAxisTitle(&gp,1,1,"Y AXIS"); call gpSetXAxisTitle(&gp,2,1,"X AXIS"); call gpSetYAxisTitle(&gp,2,1,"Y AXIS"); call gpSetXAxisTitle(&gp,3,1,"X"); call gpSetYAxisTitle(&gp,3,1,"F(X)");

// Add titles for each frame call gpAddTextObject(&gp,1,"title1",44,89,1,"log(x/5)"); call gpAddTextObject(&gp,2,"title2",44,89,1,"ln(x/5)"); call gpAddTextObject(&gp,3,"title3",46,89,1,"exp(x/5)");

// Add text box in frame 3 call gpAddTextObject(&gp,3,"text1",32,56,1, "using math/Greek characters as symbols"); call gpSetTextObjectFont(&gp,3,"text1","times",13,2); call gpSetTextObjectColor(&gp,3,"text1","custom41"); call gpSetTextObjectBoxType(&gp,3,"text1",2); call gpSetTextObjectBoxColor(&gp,3,"text1","custom41",""); call gpSetTextObjectMargin(&gp,3,"text1",40); call gpRotateTextObject(&gp,3,"text1",15);

// Show each frame one at a time and pause between each frame gpShowDrawing(&gp,2); call gpFramePause(&gp,1|2,0.1);

// Create graph call gpPlot(&gp);

26 Overview 27 to opened the the ou y be used values Since plot is to to graph, plot. file default tourPlot tour gpPlot Plot"); data definitions to Con call gaussplot/examples complicated and e3DCon 3D the a then Contour in members more a and gpMak structure }; created set or . taining F zone, with be con and "CV" to eld graph. directory file ritePlotData frame, "Z", contourplot1.e one the file one gpW le structure plot "Y", include the with taining macro gp; installation using and in con and "X", plot le frame names for le USS { graph a = found GA for data frame, e data data b names a our library gpPlotControl contour the y gp.sdf one Plots to variable gaussplot; creates can of up title vnames gpPlotControl pi/(xl-1); pi/(yl-1); gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"contourplot1.plt"); gpAddTextObject(&gp,1,"",43,93,1,"3D gpMake3DContourPlot(&gp,x,y,z,cv,vnames); cos(x).*sin(x-y); gp3DContourPlotCreate; 51; 51; only write data x.*ones(51,51); y.*ones(51,51); seqa(-88,2.5,xl)’*pix; seqa(-88,2.5,yl)*piy; sin(x).*cos(x-y); = = = = = 1 VIEW Create Set List = = Generate = = Specify Add Create Field = = = = = has the rst example example // // library #include string y // x y z cv struct gp // yl pix piy x xl // gpSetMacroFile(&gp,"contourplot1.mcr"); ret // ret // ret VER directory O ust 1.9.2 Example This write 1. m graph sub graph. This 1. OVERVIEW

Example 2

This example creates a graph with one frame, containing a 3D Cartesian plot. The plot is a cylindrical solid, which is created by using 3-dimensional variables.

This example can be found in the le volumeplot1.e in the gaussplot/examples subdirectory of your GAUSS installation directory.

// Set up library and include file with structure definitions library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

// Create gpPlotControl structure and set members to default values struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gp3DCartesianPlotCreate;

// Generate data a = seqa(0,pi/10,21)’; r = seqa(.25,0.75,4); x = r.*cos(a); x = areshape(x,5|4|21); y = r.*sin(a); y = areshape(y,5|4|21); r = r|(r[rows(r)]+0.75);

z = areshape(2*r[1].*ones(4,21),4|21); for i(2,5,1); z = aconcat(z,2*r[i].*ones(4,21),3); endfor;

// Show only shade layer and use translucency ret = gpShowMeshLayer(&gp,1,0); ret = gpShowBoundaryLayer(&gp,1,0); ret = gpShowShadeLayer(&gp,1,1); ret = gpSetShadeColor(&gp,1,1,"blue"); ret = gpUseTranslucencyEffect(&gp,1,1); ret = gpSetTranslucency(&gp,1,1,30);

// Specify names for macro and data files to be created gpSetMacroFile(&gp,"volumeplot1.mcr"); ret = gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"volumeplot1.plt");

// Plot the graph ret = gpMake3DCartesianPlot(&gp,x,y,z,"");

28 Overview 29 to tour this inset This used Con In an values is 2D es. graph. and a yp t tire plot default en plot command taining t plots definitions to the con , for Cartesian dieren set rame frame 3D e members es a cartesian gaussplot/examples gpPlotCreate yp structure . t yp tourF large taining set . the T a and con plot in rame with taining h and generic plot plot no Plot con eac is t the directory frames: file contour line line plot1.e gpAdd2DCon frame there Since three xy xy For frames, le structure with Dieren gpAddXYLineF include // inset the with plot. For For gp; installation array in an ultiple and and // // m structure, , an structure Line created USS variables graph of taining a gdat; found trol GA are XY rame legend, e into data b Con con an our library gpPlotControl gpData variable y Y-axis gp.sdf tour gaussplot; creation can creates frames of plot up data gpPlotControl gpData pi/(xl-1); pi/(yl-1); con gpPlotCreate; 51; 51; zeros(20,1); zeros(60,1); and log(x2[.,1]); ln(x3[.,1]); seqa(0.2,0.2,20); seqa(0.05,0.05,60); the VIEW a taining seqa(-88,2.5,xl)’*pix; seqa(-88,2.5,yl)*piy; sin(x).*cos(x-y); y.*ones(51,51); x.*ones(51,51); = = the the Create Set = Create Z-axis Generate = = = = X = = Put = = Graphs = = = = = for con VER example example // // library #include struct gp // y // yl pix piy x struct // xl z z2 z3 // y3 // y2 x3 y x2 x with O directory ws 1. 1.9.3 plot This example, initialize frame allo gpAdd3DCartesianF sub This 1. OVERVIEW

a = aconcat(x,y,3); a = aconcat(a,z,3); a2 = aconcat(x2,y2,3); a2 = aconcat(a2,z2,3); a3 = aconcat(x3,y3,3); a3 = aconcat(a3,z3,3);

// List variable names string vnames = { "X", "Y", "Z" };

// Set data in gpData structure gdat = gpInitPlotData(vnames); ret = gpAddZone(&gdat,"Zone One",a); ret = gpAddZone(&gdat,"Zone Two",a2); ret = gpAddZone(&gdat,"Zone Three",a3);

// Write data file ret = gpWritePlotData(&gdat,"plot1.plt");

// Specify names for macro file to be created and data file to be opened gpSetMacroFile(&gp,"plot1.mcr"); ret = gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"plot1.plt");

// Add a 2D Contour frame, a 3D Cartesian frame, and an XY Line frame gpAdd2DContourFrame(&gp); gpAdd3DCartesianFrame(&gp); gpAddXYLineFrame(&gp);

// Use only field zone one for contour and cartesian plots // And use field zones two and three for XY line plot ret = gpSetActiveFieldZones(&gp,1,1); ret = gpSetActiveFieldZones(&gp,2,1); ret = gpSetLineMapZone(&gp,3,1,2); ret = gpSetLineMapZone(&gp,3,2,3);

// Change color distribution to continuous for contour frame ret = gpSetContourColorDistribution(&gp,1,1,2);

// Set line map options ret = gpSetLineColor(&gp,3,2,"custom33"); ret = gpShowSymbolLayer(&gp,3,1); ret = gpSetSymbolSkip(&gp,3,1,2,2); ret = gpSetSymbolSkip(&gp,3,2,5,2); ret = gpSetSymbolSize(&gp,3,1|2,2); ret = gpSetSymbolShape(&gp,3,1,"square"); ret = gpSetSymbolShape(&gp,3,2,"diamond");

30 Overview 31 for Insets"); Plot")$| 1 directory Plot frame Line Contour 3 in XY window installation in and frame USS another in 2 1 2 GA three one our y all frame group Cartesian frame of of in 3D in background show or contour to axes directory "with (chrs(ones(1,21)*32)$+"2D 1 or for sub independent dependent border frames plot frame XYZ axes border legend show Y move for axes show not and contour and X contour do title make gpAddContourLegend(&gp,1,1); gpMoveContourLegend(&gp,1,1,85,49); gpSetContourLegendBoxStyle(&gp,1,1,2,0.2,1,2); gpSetContourLegendSkip(&gp,1,1,2); gpSetContourLegendMargin(&gp,1,1,5); not gpShowXAxis(&gp,2,0,0); gpShowYAxis(&gp,2,0,0); gpShowZAxis(&gp,2,0); gpSetFrameStyle(&gp,2,0,0,1); gpSetFrameStyle(&gp,3,0,0,0); gpPlot(&gp); gpAddTextObject(&gp,1,"",32,91,1, gpMoveFrame(&gp,1,0.25,0.25,10.5,8); gpMoveFrame(&gp,2,2,4.6,3.5,2.5); gpMoveFrame(&gp,3,5.75,1.25,3.5,2.5); gpMakeAxesIndependent(&gp,1); gpMakeAxesXYZDependent(&gp,2,1,0.5); gpSetSymbolColor(&gp,3,2,"custom33"); gpSetSymbolFillMode(&gp,3,1|2,2,""); ======VIEW Add Do Create And Make Add Resize And gaussplot/examples examples. // ret ret ret ret ret // ret ret ret ret ret // // ret ret ret ret ret // ret ret // ret ret // // VER the O See more 1. 1. OVERVIEW

32 Command Overview ers ers ers ers ers ers ers ers b b b b b b b b taining 33 2 mem mem mem mem mem mem mem mem con its its its its its its its its in frames erview with initializes initializes initializes initializes initializes initializes initializes initializes plot. plot. tained plot. plot. plot. Chapter plot. con and and and and and and and and Ov graph tour tour Line a Line plot. Cartesian Con Cartesian Con for ariables olar XY v 2D 2D 3D 3D Bar P structure structure structure structure structure structure structure structure a a a a a a an alues v trol trol trol trol trol trol trol trol for for for for for for for es. global con con con con con con con con yp t and alues alues alues alues alues alues alues default v v v v v v v plot plot plot plot plot plot plot plot plot a a a a a a a a t Command default default default default default generic default default commands to to to to to to dieren to to Creates Creates Creates Creates Creates Creates Creates Creates the of list VIEW Initialization VER O and complete a . is tourPlotCreate tourPlotCreate Setup Commands wing olarLinePlotCreate USSplot COMMAND ollo gp2DCartesianPlotCreate 2. gp2DCon F gp3DCartesianPlotCreate 2.1.1 GA 2.1 gp3DCon gpBarPlotCreate gpPlotCreate gpP gpXYLinePlotCreate 2. COMMAND OVERVIEW

2.1.2 Creating Data Files

gpAddZone Adds all of the variables for one zone of the data le to the data structure. gpInitPlotData Creates and initializes a data structure using user-specied variable names. gpSetDataSetTitle Sets the title of a data set. gpSetPlotData Creates, initializes and adds data to a data structure for a data le that will contain only one zone with K variables that are N 1. gpWritePlotData Writes a .plt data le using the data contained in a data structure.

2.1.3 Specifying Data and Macro Files

gpSetDataFile Species the data le(s) to use. gpSetMacroFile Species the name of the macro le to write.

2.1.4 Adding Frames to a Graph

gpAdd2DCartesianFrame Add a 2D Cartesian plot frame. gpAdd2DContourFrame Add a 2D Contour plot frame. gpAdd3DCartesianFrame Add a 3D Cartesian plot frame. gpAdd3DContourFrame Add a 3D Contour plot frame. gpAddBarFrame Add a Bar plot frame. gpAddPolarLineFrame Add a Polar Line plot frame. gpAddXYLineFrame Add an XY Line plot frame.

2.1.5 Setting Line Map Options

Line Map Specication

34 Command Overview ts line line are oin ts. ecied e map(s). 35 p used e line map(s). sp ecied the e ecied data the b curv ecied map(s). sp line ecied curv sp for ts. the line in sp to sp e ending and the ecied in line the more the sp e(s) the more ecied for curv in and frame. or ecied ariable sp in for or v a the curv details sp line(s) ecied function t er er one used in the y y sp for t one e the the line(s) the la la general map(s). e b in for eginning enden the for in of frame. on b to maps the used line line a line curv in ts e more of olynomial h b ts. le the ts. indep line(s) line p for e oin the the ariable e or line(s) v p to ariable at pattern yp v t whic t ecied the the the e the line(s) of data t one ates ates curv the sp spline maps to of of of t of the axes er ativ map(s). the of e b the for eigh enden of Y all the w line of more in um more line deactiv deactiv a kness in curv range le(s) n deriv dep order for or and the or or or pattern color X zone thic length the the the the the the options the of e(s) one one ecies ecied ates ates all the the the the names the the map(s). map(s). of map(s). sp curv for ts. written. Sets Sets Sets Sets Sp Sets Sets Sets Sets line frame(s). map(s). line map(s). Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Activ Sets Sets Activ ariable tV er ariable y VIEW tV ts enden e eFitOptions VER eigh yp O olynomialOrder oin er y kness atternLength attern Options eFitT eFitW eFitSplineClamp eFitP eFitP eFitRange eFitDep eFitDataFile Options er y Fit wLineMapLineLa wLineLa La e COMMAND gpSetCurv gpSho gpSho gpSetLineMapZone gpSetLineThic gpSetCurv gpSetCurv gpSetCurv gpSetLineP gpSetLineMaps gpSetGeneralCurv gpSetCurv gpSetCurv gpSetCurv gpSetLineP gpSetCurv Curv gpSetLineColor Line 2. gpSetLineMapAxes gpSetLineMapNames 2. COMMAND OVERVIEW

Symbol Layer Options

gpSetSymbolColor Sets the color of the symbols in the specied line map(s). gpSetSymbolFillMode Sets the ll mode of the symbols in the specied line map(s). gpSetSymbolLineThickness Sets the line thickness of the symbols in the specied line map(s). gpSetSymbolShape Sets the shape of the symbols in the specied line map(s). gpSetSymbolShapeASCII Sets the shape of the symbols in the specied line map(s) to an ASCII character. gpSetSymbolSize Sets the size of the symbols in the specied line map(s). gpSetSymbolSkip Sets the an option to show symbols at only a subset of the data points in the specied line map(s). gpShowLineMapSymbolLayer Activates or deactivates the symbol layer for the specied line map(s). gpShowSymbolLayer Activates or deactivates the symbol layer in the specied frame(s).

Bar Layer Options

gpSetBarColor Sets the color of the bars in the specied line map(s). gpSetBarLineThickness Sets the thickness of the bar outlines in the specied line map(s). gpSetBarOrientation Sets the orientation of the bars in the specied line map(s). gpSetBarWidth Sets the width of the bars in the specied line map(s). gpShowBarLayer Activates or deactivates the bar layer in the specied frame(s). gpShowLineMapBarLayer Activates or deactivates the bar layer for the specied line map(s).

Error Bar Layer Options

gpSetErrorBarColor Sets the color of the error bars in the specied line map(s). gpSetErrorBarLineThickness Sets the line thickness of the error bars in the specied line map(s).

36 Command Overview x o b frame. the ecied text ecied legend. 37 the a map(s). sp of frame. sp the in the in line of the line the in the a legend legend. legend. surrounding axis bars in subset in for ed. in x h y a o bars line er er line frame. line b y y ecied eac a a a text error kground la la sp the cation only displa the in of error lo bac e the at bar with bar of the b een map(s). the w for in lines to and zones et bars legend. b error error for ecied line ciated the are outline surrounding sp bars surrounding frame. eld x. the the line a x x o error asso used a o outline o een a the b crossbar b b to e e w w the ecied margin zones to error legend. b b in ates ates of et the sp of the b the sho the to to the the of line of eld all of to of the used legend of a of h kness map(s). map(s). legend e t deactiv deactiv e in for yle yp line or or size fon st t colors spacing thic ariable ariable surrounding yp ts line line whic line v length v t a option legend. a oin the the the the the the the the es ates ates p the the the the an names v map(s). line ecies ecied ecied and surrounding a Adds Mo Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets line data frame(s). sp sp Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Activ Sp Activ Options er y kness e Zone yle VIEW yp t er xColor xSt xT xThic y e on VER Field ariable yp O ecication Legends Sp eFieldZones Setting Line eLineLegend wLineMapErrorBarLa wErrorBarLa Zone v COMMAND gpSetErrorBarV gpSetLineLegendMargin gpSho gpSetErrorBarT gpSho gpSetLineLegendBo gpSetLineLegendBo gpMo gpSetLineLegendBo gpSetLineLegendF gpSetLineLegendBo gpSetErrorBarSkip Field gpSetLineLegendLineSpacing gpSetActiv 2.1.6 Adding gpAddLineLegend 2. gpSetErrorBarSize gpSetAxisMap gpSetFieldZoneNames 2. COMMAND OVERVIEW

Mesh Layer Options

gpSetMeshColor Sets the color of the mesh in the specied eld zone(s). gpSetMeshLinePattern Sets the mesh line pattern in the specied eld zone(s). gpSetMeshLinePatternLength Sets the length of the mesh line pattern in the specied eld zone(s). gpSetMeshLineThickness Sets the line thickness of the mesh in the specied eld zone(s). gpSetMeshType Sets the type of the mesh in the specied eld zone(s). gpShowFieldZoneMeshLayer Activates or deactivates the mesh layer for the specied eld zones(s). gpShowMeshLayer Activates or deactivates the mesh layer in the specied frame(s).

Contour Layer Options

gpAddContourLegend Adds a contour legend for the specied contour group(s). gpMoveContourLegend Moves a contour legend to a specied location in the frame. gpSetContourColorDistribution Sets the color map distribution of contour ooding for the specied contour group(s). gpSetContourFloodGroup Sets the contour group to be used for contour ooding in the specied eld zone(s). gpSetContourLegendBoxColor Sets the colors of the outline and background of the box surrounding a contour legend. gpSetContourLegendBoxStyle Sets the style of the box surrounding a contour legend. gpSetContourLegendBoxThickness Sets the thickness of the outline of the box surrounding a contour legend. gpSetContourLegendBoxType Sets the type of the box surrounding a contour legend. gpSetContourLegendHeaderFont Sets the font used for the header text in a contour legend. gpSetContourLegendLabelFont Sets the font used for the labels in a contour legend. gpSetContourLegendLineSpacing Sets the spacing between the lines of text in a contour legend. gpSetContourLegendMargin Sets the size of the margin between the contour legend text and the surrounding box. gpSetContourLegendOrientation Sets the orientation of a contour legend. gpSetContourLegendSkip Sets an option to show only a subset of the contour

38 Command Overview in in the eld eld eld eld eld for 39 ecied ecied lines ding ecied ecied zone(s). tour zone(s). 3D the o ts sp sp sp sp ecied o ecied in con tour the ecied sp eld the ecied the eld onen sp the the er sp y sp to con and in in in for the la the on ecied comp the for er er the in ecied in y y ecied er sp lines in y in tour legend. la la sp sp ectors la pattern v used ector lines the ols con v tour the e b the ectors tour b ector ector v the for line ectors in zone(s). v v ector in the con tour the v v sym to con for the a as the the con e the eld ates ates ector the of legend. v ectors ariable zone(s). zones(s). for ectors yp of use v v group in t the v ates ates scatter the to of tour the kness eld eld ecied the deactiv deactiv the tour tour of head sp of con ectors of options or or of pattern thic v frame(s). deactiv deactiv w a con color con e the or or ariables ecied ecied in yp the ates ates t color v line arro line length the view the the in sp sp color els ecied ates ates surface. zone(s). zone(s). zones(s). the the the the the the the jects the zone(s). group(s). sp lev the the Sets Activ Sets Sets Sets Activ ectors eld zone zone(s). eld zone(s). v eld frame(s). Sets Sets Sets Activ Pro Sets Sets Sets Sets Activ Sets er y e er y yp t VIEW tourLa kness er ectorLa y atternLength attern VER er wHeadT angen y e O ariable Options ariables yp Options tourLa er er y y tourLineGroup tourLineColor tourLegendView tourV ectorsT ectorLa La La ectorArro ectorLineP ectorColor ectorT ectorLineP ectorV ectorLineThic eV wCon wFieldZoneCon wFieldZoneV wV COMMAND ector gpSetCon gpSho gpSetCon gpSetCon gpSetCon gpSetScatterColor Scatter gpMak V 2. gpSho gpSetV gpSetV gpSetV gpSetV gpSetV gpSetV gpSho gpSetV gpSho 2. COMMAND OVERVIEW

zone(s). gpSetScatterFillMode Sets the ll mode of the scatter symbols in the specied eld zone(s). gpSetScatterLineThickness Sets the line thickness of the scatter symbols in the specied eld zone(s). gpSetScatterShape Sets the shape of the scatter symbols in the specied eld zone(s). gpSetScatterShapeASCII Sets the shape of the scatter symbols in the specied eld zone(s) to an ASCII character. gpSetScatterSize Sets the size of the scatter symbols in the specied eld zone(s). gpShowFieldZoneScatterLayer Activates or deactivates the scatter layer for the specied eld zones(s). gpShowScatterLayer Activates or deactivates the scatter layer in the specied frame(s).

Shade Layer Options

gpSetShadeColor Sets the color of the shading in the specied eld zone(s). gpShowFieldZoneShadeLayer Activates or deactivates the shade layer for the specied eld zones(s). gpShowShadeLayer Activates or deactivates the shade layer in the specied frame.

Boundary Layer Options

gpSetBoundaryColor Sets the color of the boundary line in the specied eld zone(s). gpSetBoundaryThickness Sets the thickness of the boundary line in the specied eld zone(s). gpShowBoundaryLayer Activates or deactivates the boundary layer in the specied frame(s). gpShowFieldZoneBoundaryLayer Activates or deactivates the boundary layer for the specied eld zones(s).

40 Command Overview the ecied cation 41 eld ecied the lo sp of the the zone zone sp eld the in for in the x o in the ecied eld ecied eld b for sp a a inset sp kground eect eect for ecied a the eect an ting sp the bac legend. of to ting as in ligh the ting and legend. ligh zone in frame ligh tour outline frame surrounding surrounding legend. zone translucency translucency use eld x x the shade con o outline o a the to b b the the zone legend eld in of translucency legend the ates ates ates a the the of of ates ates eect eld of of zone frame. used zone a kness t e t yle tage deactiv deactiv deactiv ting yp zone(s). frame. eld fon st t colors thic deactiv deactiv eld or or or a frame(s). paren ligh a ercen or or the the the the the frame(s). eld surrounding es p v ates ates ates the zone(s). zone(s). x the ecied o ates ates b in sp legend. surrounding legend. the Mo Sets Adds Sets Sets Sets Sets ecied zone(s). eld eld sp Sets Activ Activ Activ ecied ecied zone(s). sp sp Sets Activ Activ kness e yle ting yp ting t xColor xSt xThic xT rame on VIEW Options tourLigh Legends VER ranslucency O Options Eect Zone tingEect tingEect Eect Field ranslucencyEect ranslucency eFieldZoneLegend v ting COMMAND ranslucency gpAddFieldZoneLegendF Adding gpSetT T gpSetLigh 2. Ligh gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo gpUseFieldZoneCon gpUseFieldZoneT gpUseT gpMo gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo gpUseLigh gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo gpUseFieldZoneShadeLigh gpSetFieldZoneLegendF 2. COMMAND OVERVIEW gpSetFieldZoneLegendLineSpacing Sets the spacing between the lines of text in a eld zone legend. gpSetFieldZoneLegendLowerMargin Sets size of margin between the bottom of the eld zone legend text and the bottom of the surrounding box. gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitle Sets a title for a eld zone legend. gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitleFont Sets the font of the title in a eld zone legend. gpSetFieldZoneLegendUpperMargin Sets size of margin between the top of the eld zone legend text and the top of the surrounding box.

Surface Plotting Options For Volume Plots

gpSetIPlaneRange Sets the range of I-planes to display in I, IJ, IK or IJK plane surface plotting. gpSetJPlaneRange Sets the range of J-planes to display in J, JK, IJ or IJK plane surface plotting. gpSetKPlaneRange Sets the range of K-planes to display in K, IK, JK or IJK plane surface plotting. gpSetSurfacesToPlot Species which surfaces are to be displayed for a 3D Cartesian (or 3D Contour) volume plot.

2.1.7 Setting Axes Options

X,Y,Z Axes Options

gpFillGridArea Species whether or not the grid area is lled. gpMakeAxesIndependent Allows the axes to be sized independently. gpMakeAxesXYDependent Makes the X and Y axes dependent on each other, so they may not be sized independently. gpMakeAxesXYZDependent Makes the X, Y and Z axes dependent on one another, so they may not be sized independently. gpPositionGrid Positions the grid in the frame. gpPositionXAxis Positions an X-axis. gpPositionYAxis Positions a Y-axis. gpSetGridAreaFillColor Sets the ll color for the grid area in a frame. gpSetLineMapAxes Sets the X and Y axes to be used for the specied

42 Command Overview k k tic tic k k line. line. the the tic tic line. 43 X-axis axis axis and and pattern. pattern. pattern. pattern. Y-axis an X-axis axis the the Y-axis X-axis for for for gridlines. gridlines. gridlines. gridlines. the marks marks of of gridlines. gridlines. gridlines. gridlines. gridline gridline gridline gridline k k from from jor jor X-axis. gridlines. gridlines. gridlines. gridlines. used used used Y-axis. jor jor tic tic jor jor from t t t ma ma minor minor els els a an els. els. line. jor jor ma ma minor minor subset subset line. jor jor ma ma minor minor fon fon fon lab lab on on a a lab lab ma ma minor minor title title. k k k k ma ma title. the the the Y-axis X-axis Y-axis X-axis tic tic X-axis tic tic only only Y-axis X-axis Y-axis X-axis Y-axis of of of een een Y-axis X-axis Y-axis X-axis marks marks a an the the w w the the Y-axis X-axis Y-axis X-axis w w X-axis. X-axis X-axis. X-axis. X-axis k k Y-axis. the the the the et et Y-axis. Y-axis. Y-axis of of of of of of size size size the the the the sho sho b b a an tic tic Y-axis an X-axis a an a an a Y-axis an X-axis the the the the of of of of of of of of to to of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of and and and for for kness kness kness kness kness kness e e e minor minor yp yp yp title title range range color distance distance color color t t oset oset color color pattern t oset color thic pattern thic pattern color pattern color length length color color thic thic length length thic thic of of option option er er the the the the the the the the an the the the the the an the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the map(s). b b els. els. els. els. um um n lab lab n title. lab lab line Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets kness kness kness kness atternLength attern atternLength attern VIEW t t t on on atternLength attern VER on atternLength attern kness O kness elF elOset elSkip elColor elF elOset elSkip elColor ks ks AxisTitle AxisTic AxisTitleColor AxisThic AxisMinorGridP AxisRange AxisMinorGridLineThic AxisMinorGridP AxisMinorGridLineColor AxisLab AxisLab AxisLab AxisLab AxisGridP AxisGridP AxisColor AxisGridLineThic AxisGridLineColor COMMAND gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetY gpSetXAxisTitleColor gpSetY gpSetXAxisTitle gpSetY gpSetXAxisTitleOset gpSetXAxisTitleF gpSetXAxisTic gpSetXAxisRange gpSetXAxisThic gpSetXAxisMinorGridP gpSetXAxisMinorGridP gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineThic gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineColor gpSetXAxisLab gpSetXAxisLab gpSetXAxisLab gpSetXAxisLab gpSetXAxisGridP gpSetXAxisGridP gpSetXAxisGridLineThic gpSetXAxisGridLineColor 2. gpSetXAxisColor 2. COMMAND OVERVIEW gpSetYAxisTitleFont Sets the type and size of the font used for a Y-axis title. gpSetYAxisTitleOset Sets the oset of a Y-axis title from the axis line. gpSetZAxisColor Sets the color of the Z-axis. gpSetZAxisGridLineColor Sets the color of the Z-axis major gridlines. gpSetZAxisGridLineThickness Sets the thickness of the Z-axis major gridlines. gpSetZAxisGridPattern Sets the pattern of the Z-axis major gridlines. gpSetZAxisGridPatternLength Sets the length of the Z-axis major gridline pattern. gpSetZAxisLabelColor Sets the color of the Z-axis tick labels. gpSetZAxisLabelFont Sets the type and size of the font used for the Z-axis tick labels. gpSetZAxisLabelOset Sets the oset of the Z-axis tick labels from the axis line. gpSetZAxisLabelSkip Sets an option to show only a subset of the Z-axis tick labels. gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineColor Sets the color of the Z-axis minor gridlines. gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineThickness Sets the thickness of the Z-axis minor gridlines. gpSetZAxisMinorGridPattern Sets the pattern of the Z-axis minor gridlines. gpSetZAxisMinorGridPatternLength Sets the length of the Z-axis minor gridline pattern. gpSetZAxisRange Sets the range of the Z-axis. gpSetZAxisThickness Sets the thickness of the Z-axis line. gpSetZAxisTicks Sets the distance between major tick marks and the number of minor tick marks on the Z-axis. gpSetZAxisTitle Sets the title for the Z-axis. gpSetZAxisTitleColor Sets the color of the Z-axis title. gpSetZAxisTitleFont Sets the type and size of the font used for the Z-axis title. gpSetZAxisTitleOset Sets the oset of the Z-axis title from the axis line. gpShow3DOrientationAxis Activates or deactivates display of the 3-D orientation axis in a frame. gpShowXAxis Activates or deactivates display of an X-axis in a frame. gpShowXAxisGridLines Activates or deactivates display of X-axis major gridlines in a frame. gpShowXAxisMinorGridLines Activates or deactivates display of X-axis minor gridlines in a frame. gpShowYAxis Activates or deactivates display of a Y-axis in a frame. gpShowYAxisGridLines Activates or deactivates display of Y-axis major gridlines in a frame. gpShowYAxisMinorGridLines Activates or deactivates display of Y-axis minor gridlines in a frame. gpShowZAxis Activates or deactivates display of the Z-axis in a frame. gpShowZAxisGridLines Activates or deactivates display of Z-axis major gridlines in a frame.

44 Command Overview k k tic the title. tic k line. axis 45 line. in tic the the the axis minor line. axis R-axis R-axis Theta-axis Theta-axis the and and R-axis Theta-axis from the shading the the the the axis Z-axis lled. els the the els. frame. from for for for for the is of marks marks from of of a lab lab line. y els Theta-axis. R-axis. source k k els. k in k t used used used used area from tic tic lab title tic lab title. tic t t t t line. the the k ligh displa subset subset k area jor jor fon fon fon fon on on grid a a title tic title. tic axes. ma ma ates ates the the the the R-axis Theta-axis grid the only only olar of of of of een een marks marks p R-axis. Theta-axis. R-axis R-axis Theta-axis Theta-axis the the the w w R-axis. Theta-axis. R-axis. Theta-axis. R-axis R-axis Theta-axis Theta-axis w w not k k frame. et et deactiv deactiv of of size size size size the or sho sho a b b for the the tic tic the the the the the the the the the the the the or or in to to of of of of of of for of of of of of of and and and and for for kness kness e e e e color ates ates minor minor area. yp yp yp yp whether title range title color distance range color titles distance t t color oset ll oset color t thic oset color t color oset thic of of option option els. gridlines grid Activ Activ er er the the the the the the the the the an the the the the the the the the an the the the the the the the lab b b els. els. els. ecies k um um title. n n lab lab line. lab tic Sp Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets t t on VIEW on t kness t ting elSkip elColor elF elOset ks on VER on kness O elSkip elOset elF elColor ks Options olarAxesTitles Axes wZAxisMinorGridLines COMMAND olar gpSetThetaAxisTitleOset gpSetThetaAxisTitleF gpSetRAxisRange gpSetThetaAxisTitle gpSetRAxisTic gpSetThetaAxisTitleColor gpSetRAxisTitle gpSetThetaAxisTic gpSetThetaAxisThic gpSetRAxisTitleColor gpSetRAxisLab gpSetRAxisThic gpSetP gpSetRAxisLab gpSetRAxisTitleOset gpSetGridAreaFillColor gpUseGridAreaLigh P gpFillGridArea 2. gpSho gpSetThetaAxisRange gpSetThetaAxisLab gpSetRAxisTitleF gpSetThetaAxisColor gpSetRAxisLab gpSetThetaAxisLab gpSetRAxisColor gpSetThetaAxisLab gpSetThetaAxisLab gpSetRAxisLab 2. COMMAND OVERVIEW gpSetThetaMode Species whether theta should be measured in degrees or radians. gpSetThetaPeriod Sets the theta range of a complete circle. gpShowPolarAxes Species which polar axes are to be displayed in a frame.

3D Perspective and Rotation

gpRotateAxes Rotates a plot about the X, Y and Z axes. gpRotateXAxis Rotates a plot about the X-axis. gpRotateYAxis Rotates a plot about the Y-axis. gpRotateZAxis Rotates a plot about the Z-axis. gpSet3DViewDistance Sets the distance between the viewer and the center point of a plot. gpSet3DViewerPosition Sets the position of the viewer in 3D grid coordinates. gpUse3DPerspective Activates 3D perspective in a frame so that the shape of the plot is dependent on the specied eld of view angle.

2.1.8 Sizing and Positioning the Graph

gpSetMagnication Resizes a plot. gpSetPlotFit Controls how a plot is sized to the frame. gpSetTranslation Translates a plot horizontally and/or vertically.

2.1.9 Animation

gpAnimate3DRotation Animates the rotation of a plot about the X,Y and Z axes. gpAnimateFieldZones Cycles through the specied eld zones one at a time to produce animation. gpAnimateLineMaps Cycles through the specied line maps one at a time to produce animation. gpAnimateXAxisRotation Animates the rotation of a plot about the X-axis. gpAnimateYAxisRotation Animates the rotation of a plot about the Y-axis. gpAnimateZAxisRotation Animates the rotation of a plot about the Z-axis.

46 Command Overview in ject. text the 47 ob a ject. text ject. of osition in a p ob ob text jects. in a x o ob text text text b in tal. headers. a a ecied ject. text kground ject. the text the sp ob of ob used bac a of for t een frame horizon at w x. text lines and text o fon et all frame. a b a cation. the b used a ject. in the in lo the e outline surrounding of surrounding frame. frame b ob frame. x for x ed of a a from o ject. outline o w. een a y the to text b b w frame. margin to to t ob text ecied of size et for a cation the frame. arro ject color a the b the frame. the fon sp lo a displa the surrounding of ject ject ob a text for an a of of e and of to of a b ob ob color kness e e hor of to the for w ordinates. yle text to yp yp size t default color st t colors spacing anc thic kground a co text text and arro options color a a frame name text header bac the the the the the the the the the the surrounding grid an a yle ject ject. x the o the st the the the es ob ob b surrounding 3D Adds Rotates Sets Adds Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets v Adds Sets Mo Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Options cation kness ws e yle VIEW yp t ext horLo rame ext t xT xThic xSt xColor Arro T F on on VER ject O kgroundColor extF ject3D ject yle jectLineSpacing jectMargin jectColor jectBo jectBo jectBo jectF jectBo jectAnc w extOb wColor Adding Adding Setting rame extOb extOb extOb extOb extOb extOb extOb extOb extOb extOb extOb rameName rameSt rameHeaderT rameHeaderColor rameBac eF v COMMAND gpSetT gpSetT gpSetT gpSetT gpSetT gpSetT gpSetF gpSetT gpSetF gpSetT gpSetF gpSetF gpSetT gpAddT gpSetArro 2.1.12 gpAddArro 2.1.11 gpAddT gpMo 2. 2.1.10 gpSetF gpSetDefaultT gpRotateT 2. COMMAND OVERVIEW gpSetArrowHeadAngle Sets the angle that one side of an arrow head makes with the arrow line segment. gpSetArrowHeadAttachment Species to which end of an arrow the arrow head is attached. gpSetArrowHeadSize Sets the size of an arrow. gpSetArrowHeadStyle Sets the style of the head of an arrow. gpSetArrowHeadType Sets the type of arrow head to use for an arrow. gpSetArrowLinePattern Sets the pattern of the arrow line segment. gpSetArrowLinePatternLength Sets the length of the arrow line segment pattern. gpSetArrowLineThickness Sets the line thickness of the arrow line segment.

2.1.13 Adding Line Segments

gpAddLineSegment Adds a line segment to a frame. gpAddLineSegment3D Adds a line segment to a frame at a specied position in 3D grid coordinates. gpSetLineSegmentColor Sets the color of a line segment. gpSetLineSegmentPattern Sets the pattern of the line segment. gpSetLineSegmentPatternLength Sets the length of the line segment pattern. gpSetLineSegmentThickness Sets the thickness of the line segment.

2.1.14 Printing and Exporting

gpExportBMP Exports a graph to a Windows Bitmap (BMP) format graphics le. gpExportEPS Exports a graph to an Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) format graphics le. gpExportHPGL Exports a graph to an HP-GL format graphics le. gpExportHPGL2 Exports a graph to an HP-GL/2 format graphics le. gpExportJPEG Exports a graph to a Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) format graphics le. gpExportPNG Exports a graph to a Portable Network Graphics (PNG) le. gpExportPS Exports a graph to a PostScript (PS) format graphics le. gpExportRAS Exports a graph to a Sun Raster (RAS) format graphics le. gpExportTIFF Exports a graph to a Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) graphics le. gpExportWMF Exports a graph to a Windows Meta File (WMF) format

48 Command Overview a ux. to 49 the ed. Lin y ting is graphics or structure, frame frame frame frame frame frame frame with color. prin displa trol le. one one one one one one one or graph is pixels. UNIX ates (XWD) con in the created on with with with with with with with h hrome graph plot le c graphics ting deactiv ormat a image whic F the graph graph graph graph graph graph graph or to prin a a a a a a a h mono on ws macro plot. plot. JPEG orted to ws ws ws ws ws for ws ws plot. plot. les whic name plot. the plot. page exp dra dra dra dra dra dra dra on of tour tour le X-Windo the output Line macro the Line palette format and and and and and and and plot. end of Con Con Cartesian Cartesian an page of the ort olar le le le le le le le XY to output Bar 3D 2D 3D 2D P the more of the t a a a a a a an y output at or tation data. width of data data data data data t/exp data data t graph. prin a a a a a a a a graph run one a the le. size prin prin orien qualit graph. a e ws taining taining taining taining taining taining taining ed. a b y rites rites rites rites rites rites rites the the the the the ts orts con con con con con con structure to con Dra W Adds W W W W W W ecies ecies displa le. graphics le. Prin Sets Exp Sets Sp Sets Sets Sp Sets Commands Graph y VIEW the VER tation O tourPlot tourPlot alette ormat tF tP Miscellaneous Plotting ortImageWidth ortJPEGQualit erSize erOrien olarLinePlot oFile ap ap e3DCon eBarPlot e2DCon e3DCartesianPlot e2DCartesianPlot eP eXYLinePlot tT t ortXWD COMMAND gpSetPrin gpSetExp gpSetExp gpSetPrin gpMak gpMak gpSetP gpMak gpMak gpPrin 2.1.16 gpAddMacroFile gpMak 2.1.15 2. gpExp gpSetP gpMak gpPrin gpMak gpPlot 2. COMMAND OVERVIEW gpCleanUp Deletes the data, macro and structure les associated with a graph. gpFramePause Pauses drawing for a specied number of seconds after drawing for a frame is completed. gpGetErrorMessage Returns the error message associated with a particular error code. gpOpenLayoutFile Opens a layout le in GAUSSplot. gpRedeneColor Sets the RGB values for a color in the color palette. gpRunMacroFile Runs a macro le in GAUSSplot. gpSetErrorLevel Sets the level of error handling in your program. gpSetPaperOrientation Sets the orientation of the page on which the graph is displayed. gpSetPaperSize Sets the size of the page on which the graph is displayed. gpSetWorkspaceView Sets workspace view options. gpShowDrawing Species whether or not drawing is shown. gpWait Species whether GAUSSplot will return to GAUSS immediately or wait until the GAUSSplot window has been closed.

2.2 Global Variables

GAUSSplot uses global variables to contain all of the available options for certain command input arguments. These options may be referenced by name or by index into the global variable in which they are contained.

2.2.1 GAUSSplot Colors

The GAUSSplot color palette contains 68 colors. The color names are stored in the 68 1 global vector gp colors, which is dened as follows:

50 Command Overview 51 the for o The T t. for GB only R oin le. p h used ariable data v e eac ecied b at y the tour ed in ma y user-sp con . the displa using ariable [65:68]) v use Custom29 Custom31 Custom33 Custom28 Custom34 Custom27 Custom32 Custom30 Custom35 Multi4 Multi3 Multi2 Multi Custom56 Custom43 Custom55 Custom42 Custom41 Custom40 Custom39 Custom54 Custom38 Custom37 Custom36 Custom53 Custom52 Custom51 Custom50 Custom49 Custom48 Custom47 Custom46 Custom45 Custom44 Color ariable color last olors c They tourV the 37 39 41 36 42 35 40 38 43 68 67 66 65 64 51 63 50 49 48 47 62 46 45 44 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 the redened gp ( e is Index ols. b b y sym ma gpSetCon groups determine ‘Multi4’ w to call k tour an and . [1:64]) 4) scatter ello - Custom26 Custom25 Custom24 Custom23 Custom22 Cy Blue Purple Green Custom21 Y Red Custom1 Custom20 White Blac Custom19 Custom18 Custom17 Custom16 Custom15 Custom14 Custom13 Custom12 Custom11 Custom10 Custom9 Custom8 Custom7 Custom6 Custom5 Custom4 Custom3 Custom2 Color con (1 and olors all c ariable, v 6 7 8 5 4 3 9 2 1 gp 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 ‘Multi3’, for ( group VIEW tour ectors, Index v con tour VER gpRedeneColor ariable t colors O v ‘Multi2’, lines, con solid tour calling tour dieren y con a the onding ‘Multi’, b con of y COMMAND ecify alues An mesh, 2. Colors default corresp v sp 2. COMMAND OVERVIEW

2.2.2 GAUSSplot Fonts

GAUSSplot includes nine fonts, which can be used for any text included in a graph. The font names are stored in the 11 1 global vector gp fonts, which is dened as follows:

Index Font 1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv (helvetica) 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef

See Appendix A for a table that lists all of the available characters in GAUSSplot.

2.2.3 GAUSSplot Line Patterns

In GAUSSplot, there are six dierent kinds of line patterns which can be used for any lines, mesh, arrows, etc. in a graph. The line pattern names are stored in the 6 1 global vector gp line patterns, which is dened as follows:

Index Line Pattern 1 Solid 2 Dashed 3 DashDot 4 Dotted 5 LongDash 6 DashDotDot

2.2.4 GAUSSplot Symbols

GAUSSplot includes eleven preset symbol shapes to represent data points in a graph when the either the symbol or scatter layer is turned on (see gpShowSymbolLayer and gpShowScatterLayer). The symbol names are stored in the 11 1 global vector gp symbols, which is dened as follows:

52 Command Overview 53 in 1 indices scalar a ariable to v ariables v ariable plots. set v of is er global Use Line b - the um debug olar n le in P h gp if t) and e matc triangle) stored t triangle) structure space Line not Shap les are in stderr (gradien ol es dimensions (righ range (left ws: t b e (delta) disk XY 4 to do ri ri of of T oin T ciated or follo Cub Diamond Circle P Square Del Grad R L Sphere Octahedron Sym names 3-dimensional range 0. Bar, 3 USSplot out h as out write e of or asso in to names e range v GA 2 9 7 8 6 1 2 3 4 5 yp all for ha of matc 10 11 y e le: set t out names t index ariable Messages conformable b e b used information v ecied name is set to dened Index t le ust e out not yp range ariable sp t it b e ust not m is v delete en used of index not ject y m do y h ts Group of le ariable e Error Debugging access write op VIEW plot v argumen ob curv index ma not out er Message yp arra Map t whic b tour debugging default, data , alid alid alid alid alid VER [1:7] v v v v v ariables ariables ts rame O messages By F Line Cannot In In In Plot Argumen Could Cannot Num Con Cannot Index In Data V V In No Error ols USSplot USSplot prin error messages symb 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 GA GA 11 12 13 10 14 15 16 20 18 19 17 or gp the program. Index err of USSplot COMMAND our gp y All 2. 2.2.5 Only GA 2.2.6 2. COMMAND OVERVIEW

54 Reference 55 3 Chapter Reference Command REFERENCE COMMAND 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gp2DCartesianPlotCreate

Purpose Creates a gpPlotControl structure and initializes its members to default values for a 2D Cartesian plot. Library gaussplot Format gp = gp2DCartesianPlotCreate; Output gp plot control structure with its members set to default values for a 2D Cartesian plot. Remarks You may use gp to plot a graph using either gpMake2DCartesianPlot or gpPlot. Calling gp2DCartesianPlotCreate sets the plot type of the entire graph to 2D Cartesian. To create a graph with multiple frames that contain plots of dierent types, use gpPlotCreate. A plot control structure initialized with gp2DCartesianPlotCreate contains one frame by default. Example library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

// Generate data x = seqa(1,5,20); y = seqa(10,2,20).*log(x’); x = x’.*ones(20,20); string vnames = { "V1", "V2" };

struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gp2DCartesianPlotCreate; ret = gpMake2DCartesianPlot(&gp,x,y,vnames); This example illustrates how you may create a 2D Cartesian plot with one eld zone, using defaults for all style and display options. The rst variable (V1) will be associated with the X-axis, and the second variable (V2) with the Y-axis. Source gpcartesianplot.src See also gpMake2DCartesianPlot, gpPlot

56 Reference y 57 b 2D . a create 2D Calling o for frame a T . for one alues v tour. gpPlot gp2DContourPlotCreate gpPlotCreate alues tains or Con v use con 2D default es, to to yp default t tourPlot ers t to b graph set mem tire e2DCon dieren ers tourPlotCreate en b its of }; the gpMak mem of plots its e "V3" gp2DCon initializes yp either tain t with with and con "V2", plot using gp; that the structure "V1", graph sets structure initialized a { plot. frames trol = trol plot data con tour to REFERENCE gp.sdf ultiple structure tourPlotCreate; gaussplot; Con plot gp m vnames gpPlotControl gpMake2DContourPlot(&gp,x,y,cv,vnames); cos(x).*sin(x-y); gp2DContourPlotCreate; trol gpPlotCon use x.*ones(15,15); y.*ones(15,15); pi; seqa(0,p/4,15)’; seqa(0,p/4,15); = tourPlotCreate plot. Generate = = with a y rks = = = = = con ry ose gp2DCon y string x // p x y cv library #include struct gp ret ma ra tour rmat = COMMAND plot graph o ou default. A a Example Rema Y Output gaussplot F gp Purp Creates Lib 3. gp2DCon Con gp 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gp2DContourPlotCreate

This example illustrates how you may create a 2D Contour plot with one eld zone, using defaults for all style and display options. The rst variable (V1) will be associated with the X-axis, the second variable (V2) with the Y-axis, and the third variable (V3) will be the contour variable.

Source gpcontourplot.src

See also gpMake3DContourPlot, gpPlot

62 Reference rame rtesianF 63 ciates the asso one. gpPlotCreate and with with gpAdd2DCa with zone ariable v eld creted eginning axes. b one second the with the added, for structure are and trol frame a ariables they v h t X-axis structure. creates the whic gpPlotCon a in trol dieren to with rame con use gp; ); le order . to gp plot frame p the a graph. data in to plot rame( the the ter 1; w ered in REFERENCE b 8; gp.sdf = oin dra 10.5; gaussplot; p 0.25; 0.25; gpPlotControl = um gpSetAxisMap gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); = gpAdd2DCartesianF to n Cartesian gpPlotCreate; = = ariable = = v = Use are 2D rks ry ose a struct library #include gp ret gpAdd2DCartesianFrame(&gp); gpAdd3DContourFrame(&gp); framenum xpos ypos width height ret gpPlot ra rst default, rmat gp2DCartesianPlotCreate COMMAND o rames gp Use Y-axis. F or the Example By Input Rema gaussplot F gpAdd2DCartesianF Purp Adds Lib 3. p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAdd2DCartesianFrame

framenum = 2; xpos = 2; ypos = 4.6; width = 3.5; height = 2.5; ret = gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); ret = gpPlot(&gp);

The above example creates a graph with two frames. The rst contains a 2D Cartesian plot, and the second a 3D Contour plot. The frames are moved and resized so that the second frame is an inset drawn in the lower left-hand corner of the rst frame. This example assumes that mydata.plt already exists and contains at least three variables.

Source gpcartesianplot.src

See also gpPlotCreate, gp2DCartesianPlotCreate, gpPlot

64 Reference rame 65 t ciates Y-axis, dieren asso one. the gpPlotCreate ariable. use v and gpAdd2DContourF with to with with tour zone con eld ariable eginning created v b the one gpSetAxisMap hange second added, c with structure Use to the are trol frame a they ariable ariable. h X-axis, v structure. the whic creates tourV gpPlotCon tour in trol a con with to con rame gp; le order the ); . gpSetCon plot as gp tourF frame p the a graph. data and in to plot the the rame( ariable ter 1; w v ered in REFERENCE axes, b 8; gp.sdf = oin tour dra 10.5; gaussplot; p tourF last 0.25; 0.25; gpPlotControl = the um tourPlotCreate gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); = gpAdd2DCon to n Con gpPlotCreate; = = ariable = for the v = are 2D rks ry ose a struct library #include gp ret gpAdd2DContourFrame(&gp); gpAdd3DContourFrame(&gp); framenum xpos ypos width height uses gpPlot ra rst COMMAND default, rmat gp2DCon o rames ariables gp the and Use v F Example By Input Rema gaussplot F gpAdd2DCon Purp Adds Lib 3. or p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAdd2DContourFrame

ret = gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height);

framenum = 2; xpos = 2; ypos = 4.6; width = 3.5; height = 2.5; ret = gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); ret = gpPlot(&gp);

The above example creates a graph with two frames. The rst contains a 2D Contour plot, and the second a 3D Contour plot. The frames are moved and resized so that the second frame is an inset drawn in the lower left-hand corner of the rst frame. This example assumes that mydata.plt already exists and contains at least three variables.

Source gpcontourplot.src

See also gpPlotCreate, gp2DContourPlotCreate, gpPlot

66 Reference rame rtesianF 67 for ciates Y-axis, asso ariables one. v the and t with with gpAdd3DCa with zone dieren eld created use ariable eginning v b to one with second added, structure the are trol frame a they gpSetAxisMap . h X-axis, Use structure. creates the whic gpPlotCon a in trol to with rame Z-axis. con gp; ); le order the gp plot frame p the a graph. data with in to plot rame( the the ter 1; w ered in REFERENCE gp3DCartesianPlotCreate b 8; gp.sdf = oin ariable dra 10.5; gaussplot; p or v 0.25; 0.25; gpPlotControl = um gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); = gpAdd3DCartesianF to n Cartesian gpPlotCreate; = = ariable = v = third are 3D rks ry ose a struct library #include gp ret gpAdd2DContourFrame(&gp); gpAdd3DCartesianFrame(&gp); framenum xpos ypos width height the gpPlot ra rst axes. COMMAND default, rmat o rames gp gpPlotCreate the and Example By Input Rema gaussplot F gpAdd3DCartesianF Purp Adds Lib 3. Use the F p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAdd3DCartesianFrame

ret = gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height);

framenum = 2; xpos = 2; ypos = 4.6; width = 3.5; height = 2.5; ret = gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); ret = gpPlot(&gp);

The above example creates a graph with two frames. The rst contains a 2D Contour plot, and the second a 3D Cartesian plot. The frames are moved and resized so that the second frame is an inset drawn in the lower left-hand corner of the rst frame. This example assumes that mydata.plt already exists and contains at least three variables.

Source gpcartesianplot.src

See also gpPlotCreate, gp3DCartesianPlotCreate, gpPlot

68 Reference rame 69 to ciates Y-axis, ariable ariable. asso one. v the gpPlotCreate and gpAdd3DContourF tourV tour with with with con zone the eld ariable gpSetCon eginning created as v b one and second ariable added, with axes v structure the are the last trol frame for a they the h X-axis, uses structure. the whic creates ariables gpPlotCon v in trol and a t with to con rame gp; le order ); . Z-axis, plot dieren gp tourF frame p the a graph. data the use in to ariable. plot the the to v rame( ter with 1; w ered in REFERENCE b gp.sdf = oin tour tour dra 10.5; gaussplot; p tourF 0.25; 0.25; gpPlotControl um tourPlotCreate gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); = gpAdd3DCon to n con Con gpPlotCreate; = = ariable ariable v = v = are 3D rks the ry ose a struct library #include gp ret gpAdd2DContourFrame(&gp); gpAdd3DContourFrame(&gp); framenum xpos ypos width gpSetAxisMap gpPlot ra rst third COMMAND default, rmat gp3DCon o rames hange gp the the Use Example By Input Rema gaussplot F gpAdd3DCon Purp Adds Lib 3. c Use F or p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAdd3DContourFrame

height = 8; ret = gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height);

framenum = 2; xpos = 2; ypos = 4.6; width = 3.5; height = 2.5; ret = gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); ret = gpPlot(&gp);

Source gpcontourplot.src

See also gpPlotCreate, gp3DContourPlotCreate, gpPlot

70 Reference w gpAddArro 71 Y , where and xstart other ( X t in ); 100, d i.e., . oin or de. d p o ject 0 c or co , o ob c the wing: the yend error egins. , with ordinates, from ends. b follo an egins. ordinates, co w w ends. b wn xend co the , w w ecied grid arro arro dra reference of e sp arro arro to b 2D frame the the ystart one otherwise , h h in in ou the the y frame. will h h of w ject. whic whic ws xstart ordinates , ob system, whic whic at at osition osition arro allo co structure. p p w successful, at at corner if name the ject The arro trol , 0 osition osition er. in left ob ordinate p p b ending ending ) con the osition osition de, w er co p p frame. um tal tal w co n for and and lo yend plot arro options. amenum ordinates. , a fr is w co , osition the ecied ertical ertical to 0) return v horizon v name horizon p frame gp xend , sp ( p arro for plot (0 starting starting ter t a w( set REFERENCE to oin oin 2 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, scalar, p w name that a the arro rks to ry ose gpAddArro an ) ra d = rmat COMMAND ecifying or o amenum et gp o et Sp Example Rema Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Adds Lib 3. ystart commands r p fr name xstart ystart xend yend c 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAddArrow

framenum = 2; xstart = 4; xend = 6.5; ystart = 6; yend = 6.75; coord = 2; ret = gpAddArrow(&gp,framenum,"arrow1",xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord); ret = gpSetArrowColor(&gp,framenum,"arrow1","blue");

This example adds an arrow to frame two, drawing the arrow from the point (4, 6) to the point (6.5, 6.75) in grid coordinates. It then sets the color of the arrow to blue.

Source gparrow.src

See also gpSetArrowColor, gpSetArrowLineThickness, gpSetArrowHeadStyle

72 Reference rame rF 73 Use gpAddBa rst or the one. Y-axis. with the ciating maps. gpPlotCreate with asso line eginning with b map, ariable v ultiple line m added, created one second are ecify sp the with to they structure h or and structure. frame trol whic a in trol X-axis, ariables v con t gp; creates the order gpPlotCon plot a the a graph. with rame to dieren in to ); le the use gp ter 1; w p ered . frame REFERENCE to b 8; gp.sdf = oin data dra 10.5; gaussplot; p 0.25; 0.25; gpPlotControl = um plot gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); = gpAddBarF to n rame( the gpPlotCreate; = = = = in = are Bar rks ry ose a struct library #include gp ret gpAddBarFrame(&gp); gpAddXYLineFrame(&gp); framenum xpos ypos width height ret gpPlot ra default, rmat COMMAND o rames ariable gp Use F Example By Input Rema gaussplot F gpAddBarF gpSetLineMaps Purp Adds Lib 3. gpBarPlotCreate v p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAddBarFrame

framenum = 2; xpos = 2; ypos = 4.6; width = 3.5; height = 2.5; ret = gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); ret = gpPlot(&gp);

The above example creates a graph with two frames. The rst contains a Bar plot, and the second an XY Line plot. The frames are moved and resized so that the second frame is an inset drawn in the lower left-hand corner of the rst frame. This example assumes that mydata.plt already exists and contains at least two variables.

Source gpbarplot.src

See also gpPlotCreate, gpBarPlotCreate, gpPlot

74 Reference 75 as the using ed , y oth t b trols only If displa gpAddContourLegend con is h dieren ding o de. ding. o o co that whic with o tour er(s). zone error ); tour b group, ciated con an um con eld n asso h tour with , oupnum e b gr con Eac yle ed y group y and/or otherwise xSt group(s). ma ontour tour lines c displa group. , tour they is con particular tour con tour a structure. successful, plot con zone, con if ector, amenum v trol with a tourLegendBo 0 fr er. tour 1 ecied options. , b eld with con sp de, a gp con all p um ed co N ciated a n y within in plot the tation 1; or trol a gpSetCon = set asso , for used to e displa con return frame b default e are to scalar b ter are 1; ust tourLegend( By REFERENCE legend = oin m one can p scalar, scalar, ding o options gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); tourLegend tour plot o tourLegendOrien = oupnum plots group options. groups. con rks gr tour eCon ry ose gpAddCon also a v tour and framenum contourgroupnum ret ra tour con = tour tour tour rmat COMMAND con o amenum et gp ontour et gpSetCon Source gpcontourplot.src See gpMo Example Rema All Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Adds Lib 3. con con con a Con lines r p fr c 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame

Purpose

Adds a eld zone legend frame as an inset in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(pgp, framenum);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

A eld zone legend identies each eld zone in the specied frame. If the contour layer is the only layer activated in a eld zone, then that eld zone is not included in the legend. Call gpAddContourLegend to add a contour legend to the frame.

You must use the GAUSSplot API to add and set options for eld zone legends. They are not available from the GUI.

A eld zone legend is contained in its own frame, which is positioned as in inset in the parent frame (the parent frame is the frame specied by framenum). When the graph is plotted in the GAUSSplot GUI, the legend may be the active frame. If this is the case, then you will need to select the parent frame with the mouse (or select ‘Push Current Frame Back’ from the ‘Frame’ menu) before you may make changes to the parent frame. When you select the parent frame, the legend will be pushed back behind it. Select ‘Push Current Frame Back’ from the ‘Frame’ menu with the parent frame selected to make the legend reappear.

Because information about the data le is needed to create the eld zone legend, you must keep the associated structure le together with your data le if you wish to use eld zone legends. gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame accesses the structure le to obtain the needed information about the data le. See Section 1.7 for more information on structure les.

76 Reference rame in 77 zone , eld to default used write e yle eld e’, scatter ort b zone ou xSt y ‘cub 3D will If supp y Field to b taining ols Otherwise, not b le. . set con ted es is sym gpAddFieldZoneLegendF legend. e do data the Graphs the shap represen gpSetFieldZoneNames scatter in in gpAddZone are Call the plots. legend. scatter with zones of zones a gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo , frame the used. eld e3DCartesianPlot names are and onding tations adding Cartesian the ecied sp 3D zone N”) gpMak ated tify efore . b corresp the represen and iden ecify activ in “Zone the sp 2D 2D is to , eFieldZoneLegend . gpPlot frame v y of . er to . y zones ma then used the la 2”, with gpMo only ou in , names y are eld “Zone the 1; scatter the zones plotted REFERENCE = applies e of names 1”, legend. ourself, the b ctahedron’), from y gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(&gp,framenum); eld ‘o ust zone = more le zone (i.e., or m the come (“Zone or also ols legends. command framenum ret eld b eld data COMMAND one gpSetFieldZoneLegendLineSpacing Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSetFieldZoneNames Example 3. The legends the This zone names rename the names ‘sphere’ sym If 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAddLineLegend

Purpose

Adds a line legend to a frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpAddLineLegend(pgp, framenum); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

A line legend identies each line map in the frame using the names of the line maps. By default, line maps are given either the same name as the variable associated with the Y (or R) axis in the line map or “Vnum”, where num is the index of the variable in the data le, if the variable names cannot be accessed from the structure le when the line maps are created. See Section 1.7 for information about structure les. Use gpSetLineMapNames to rename the line maps in a frame before adding a line legend.

This command applies only to Bar, XY Line and Polar Line plots. Example

framenum = 1; ret = gpAddLineLegend(&gp,framenum);

Source gplinemap.src See also gpMoveLineLegend, gpSetLineLegendBoxStyle, gpSetLineLegendMargin, gpSetLineLegendLineSpacing

78 Reference 79 . d Y other or o ); c in the d where and gpAddLineSegment or o X ject c with from , 100, ob i.e., de. wn 0 yend call the egins. co ecied , ends. b dra egins. sp t t e ends. b wing: b xend t t error , ordinates, follo will reference an ordinates, co ordinates, segmen segmen t to co co ystart the ordinates segmen segmen , grid line line ou of co y grid line line segmen ject. 2D frame the the the one ws xstart otherwise 3D h h ob , in in the the in line frame. t allo in h h ) of whic whic name The ject system, , whic whic yend at at osition osition , segmen structure. ob p p successful, at at osition t frame. corner p if line xend trol 0 ( osition osition er. options. left amenum t ordinate p p b ending ending con t fr the osition osition de, segmen er co ecied ecied , p p oin um tal tal w co p n sp sp gp for and and lo plot p line ordinates. a a t( is segmen the the co at osition . ertical ertical the to 0) return v horizon v name horizon p frame to t to , line ) t for plot (0 starting starting t3D ter REFERENCE set oin 2 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, scalar, segmen ystart name , segmen that a line line a rks xstart ry ose ( gpAddLineSegmen a t ra d COMMAND = add rmat ecifying or o o oin amenum et gp o et Example Output Rema Sp gaussplot F r Input Purp Adds Lib 3. gpAddLineSegmen T commands p xstart ystart r p fr name xend c yend 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAddLineSegment

framenum = 2; xstart = 2; xend = 3.2; ystart = 4.75; yend = 5.75; coord = 2; ret = gpAddLineSegment(&gp,framenum,"line1",xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord); ret = gpSetLineSegmentColor(&gp,framenum,"line1","blue");

This example adds a line segment to frame two, drawing the line segment from the point (2, 4.75) to the point (3.2, 5.75) in grid coordinates. It then sets the color of the line segment to blue.

Source gplinesegment.src

See also gpAddLineSegment3D, gpSetLineSegmentColor, gpSetLineSegmentThickness

80 Reference 81 , for in osition from p yend , ordinates. ject wn osition egins. egins. egins. co p ends. ends. b b ob gpAddLineSegment3D ends. b xend dra ecied t t t t t t , e de. sp grid b the a co ordinates. 3D zstart co will at segmen segmen segmen segmen ordinate , segmen segmen plots. t t in co error ) grid line line line line line line reference an tour ystart grid , zend to 3D segmen the the the the segmen the the , Con h h h h in h h 3D ou y a line line xstart 3D yend , ject. a whic whic whic whic , whic whic ws otherwise ob The at at at at osition ecify at at and allo t p add t t t t xend t t name sp ( , t to oin oin oin oin oin oin to ject p p p p t p p oin ob segmen structure. ou ecied options. p successful, t y the the the the the the t Cartesian sp if amenum of of of of the a line trol of of ordinates. ws 0 fr er. 3D , co to at b con allo the segmen de, to ) gp segmen p um co Y n grid for plot t3D line ordinate ordinate ordinate ordinate line ordinate ordinate frame zstart a t3D( 2D a , ONL gpAddLineSegmen the set to Y-co return Z-co X-co Y-co Z-co name X-co frame or to t for ter Call ystart that REFERENCE , applies oin t. p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, name segmen ordinates a xstart ( co segmen t gpAddLineSegmen line rks ry ose commands gpAddLineSegmen a oin command ); ra line p COMMAND = rmat frame ecifying o amenum et gp et in zend Example Rema Calling Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Adds Lib 3. This the the Sp other xend yend zstart zend ystart xstart r p fr name 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAddLineSegment3D

framenum = 2; xstart = 2; xend = 3.2; ystart = 4.75; yend = 5.75; zstart = 3; zend = 5; ret = gpAddLineSegment3D(&gp,framenum,"line1",xstart,ystart,zstart,xend,yend,zend); ret = gpSetLineSegmentColor(&gp,framenum,"line1","blue");

This example adds a line segment to frame two, drawing the line segment from the point (2, 4.75, 3) to the point (3.2, 5.75, 5) in 3D grid coordinates. It then sets the color of the line segment to blue.

Source gplinesegment.src

See also gpAddLineSegment, gpSetLineSegmentColor, gpSetLineSegmentThickness

82 Reference 83 the the to gpAddMacroFile the of ) graph. writes of those end the with detailed selecting 2.1.15 end y add the for USSplot duce (b the USSplot at de then created GA at pro Section GA 1.2.1 les to mo run and (see using e le(s) le b u), macro Section to Record’ structure, men graph macro macro See a of trol commands the created ‘File’ ‘Macro con structure, graph. create in runs to plot name(s) the trol plotting , a GUI USSplot y ou then y con previously structure. in data. GA arra other ws and created trol plot more the a allo the USSplot le con ); or graph. string to that of GA 1 from y structure ole plot one information our . les an y macro a the the N a the or run macr command to in , option program or as to it on duces gp macro with ter p USSplot the out REFERENCE oin pro gpPlot dify GA p string to based more mo call “Record” created that or command → ou rks le le y ry ose graph also one this gpAddMacroFile(&gp,"macro.mcr"); ole gpAddMacroFile a ra information rmat dications COMMAND o gp macro instructions. Source gp.src See gpRunMacroFile Example Rema When Input gaussplot F gpAddMacroFile( Purp Adds Lib 3. mo “Macro” the plot commands, Call The macro p macr 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAddPolarLineFrame

Purpose

Adds a Polar Line plot frame to a gpPlotControl structure created with gpPlotCreate or gpPolarLinePlotCreate.

Library gaussplot

Format gpAddPolarLineFrame(pgp);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure.

Remarks

By default, gpAddPolarLineFrame creates a frame with one line map, associating the rst variable in the data le with the Theta-axis, and the second variable with the R-axis. Use gpSetLineMaps to use dierent variables or to specify multiple line maps.

Frames are numbered in the order in which they are added, beginning with one.

Use gpPlot to draw the graph.

Example

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gpPlotCreate;

ret = gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); gpAddPolarLineFrame(&gp); gpAddBarFrame(&gp);

framenum = 1; xpos = 0.25; ypos = 0.25; width = 10.5; height = 8; ret = gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height);

84 Reference rame rLineF 85 ola Line second example the olar gpAddP P a This that so ariables. v tains frame. o con w t resized rst rst least the and at The of ed v mo tains corner frames. con are o w t and gpPlot , frames left-hand with exists er The w lo graph a plot. the already in Bar a wn creates olarLinePlotCreate 2; dra REFERENCE 2.5; = gpP 3.5; mydata.plt second , 2; 4.6; = gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); gpPlot(&gp); = inset example = = the = = e that an v o is also and framenum xpos ypos width height ret ret ab COMMAND assumes See gpPlotCreate Source gppolarlineplot.src 3. frame plot, The 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAddTextObject

Purpose

Adds a text object to the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpAddTextObject(pgp, framenum, name, xpos, ypos, coord, text); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name for the text object. xpos scalar, X position. ypos scalar, Y position. coord scalar, position coordinate system, one of the following:

1 frame coordinates, 0-100, where (0,0) is the lower left corner of the frame. 2 2D grid coordinates, i.e., X and Y plot coordinates. text string or N 1 string array, text.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

To add a text object to a frame at a specied position in 3D plot coordinates, call gpAddTextObject3D.

Specifying a name for the text object with the name argument allows you to reference the object in other commands that set text options. You may set name to a null string if you do not need to reference the text object later.

To add multi-line text to the frame, input an N 1 string array for text; this will create N lines of text in the frame.

86 Reference extObject to 87 text. the orted). (e.g. gpAddT text. . orted). text. text. supp text. text. hange the c ys enclosed supp used a o of another T USSplot or ys enclosed the a alw t. enclosed one enclosed GA enclosed enclosed the for alw fon in inside the t use (not the erbatim. text. t the for the another v old fon t (not text. for b emphasis. for fon text for for t t fon one t t text text fon string), one for fon etica haracters fon fon log(x+1)"); enclosed c etica enclosed use = text inside helv enclosed the o a orted: math Greek times user-dened courier helv T enclosed the t. enclosed . ailable the in t v the the the the the the fon a nested the supp normal on the e a erscript b old the Use Use Use Use Use Use rite b also to jectF written Italicize Bold Sup Subscript of W coord,"f(x) in can is are ol list > b bold extOb courier > ject a sym > > ob in substrings gpSetT substrings complete > > text helvetica a old” a / verbatim > call b / userdef courier in / / < > > see < greek times . . / / < < math . 2; mathematic ject, . . to / sup sub . . ) REFERENCE . . . text / / < < formatting > > = or . . > ob < A i b . . 2; formatting > string: . . / / < < . 4.5; 10; “courier example: . . > > . . . gpAddTextObject(&gp,framenum,"text1",xpos,ypos, gpSetTextObjectColor(&gp,framenum,"text1","blue"); = the and . . . < < = = . . > > text . . t for substrings: the r*sin(q) = = courier r*sin( wing > . . text endix Greek a . . > > = = fon a > > y framenum xpos ypos coord ret ret Use y follo for the wing example: verbatim sup i sub userdef b courier math helvetica greek times App default, duces t COMMAND < < < < < < < < < < < or Example 3. These together, sets By fon The insert See F pro follo 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAddTextObject

This example adds a text object to frame two, placing the object so that its lower left corner is at the point (4.5, 10), and changes the text color to blue.

Source gptext.src

See also gpAddTextObject3D, gpSetTextObjectColor, gpSetTextObjectFont, gpSetTextObjectAnchorLocation

88 Reference extObject3D 89 the if the the frame create for in string will gpAddT hange information c reference ull osition o n this for p osition T ; to a ); p de. t. ou to co ject text text y ordinates. fon , for co plots. ws os ecied ordinate y old error name zp extOb sp b co allo , a grid an tour t set arra os at y grid yp 3D etica Con , gpAddT ma in 3D os ject string helv 3D a xp ou 1 argumen ob a See otherwise , Y . and t in osition ecify N text later. on ordinates. ordinates. p name ordinates: name sp a text. an , co co ject. , co y to ject the options. jectF ob written structure. add successful, ob plot plot ecied ou plot Cartesian is arra input y to if text sp Y X with Z text trol 0 amenum extOb a er. 3D text ws in in ject fr in b set ject con , the at ject de, to string ob allo frame, the um gp 1 co ob Y p n for that plot gpSetT ordinates. the extOb text osition osition a osition another. frame p p N p text co a ONL to call a ject3D to frame. Y Z X return name frame or in ject3D( reference to the grid ter the inside text ject, gpAddT REFERENCE to t extOb for text applies commands oin in ject 2D ob scalar, scalar, scalar, p string scalar, string, scalar, extOb fon ob Call or the need text text name other ulti-line one a of a gpAddT text m rks not ject. in ry ose gpAddT a command ob for do ra COMMAND default, = add rmat using t lines ject ordinates os os os o o amenum ou et gp et text Example Rema Output Calling gaussplot F r Input Purp Adds Lib 3. co Setting ob y T N By on fon This r p fr name xp text yp zp 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAddTextObject3D

framenum = 2; xpos = 4.5; ypos = 10; zpos = 4; ret = gpAddTextObject3D(&gp,framenum,"text1",xpos, ypos,zpos,"f(x,y) = sin(x)*cos(y)"); ret = gpSetTextObjectColor(&gp,framenum,"text1","blue");

This example adds a text object to frame two at the point (4.5, 10, 4) and changes the text color to blue.

Source gptext.src

See also gpAddTextObject, gpSetTextObjectColor, gpSetTextObjectFont, gpSetTextObjectAnchorLocation

90 Reference rame 91 the Y-axis. gpAddXYLineF one. the ciating gpPlotCreate maps. with with asso line with map, ariable eginning v ultiple b created m line one second ecify added, sp the with are structure to or and trol they frame h a structure. X-axis, whic ariables v in trol t gpPlotCon the creates a con gp; to order with rame dieren plot le the ); a graph. . use frame gp in to p to the data ter plot 1; w ered REFERENCE b the rame( 8; gp.sdf = oin dra 10.5; gaussplot; p in Line 0.25; 0.25; gpPlotControl = um gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); = gpAddXYLineF to n gpPlotCreate; = = = = XY = are rks ry ose an ariable struct library #include gp ret gpAddXYLineFrame(&gp); gpAddBarFrame(&gp); framenum xpos ypos width height ret v gpSetLineMaps gpPlot ra default, rmat gpXYLinePlotCreate COMMAND o rames gp Example By Input Rema gaussplot F gpAddXYLineF Purp Adds Lib 3. or rst Use Use F p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAddXYLineFrame

framenum = 2; xpos = 2; ypos = 4.6; width = 3.5; height = 2.5; ret = gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); ret = gpPlot(&gp);

The above example creates a graph with two frames. The rst contains an XY Line plot, and the second a Bar plot. The frames are moved and resized so that the second frame is an inset drawn in the lower left-hand corner of the rst frame. This example assumes that mydata.plt already exists and contains at least two variables.

Source gpxylineplot.src

See also gpPlotCreate, gpXYLinePlotCreate, gpPlot

92 Reference gpAddZone y . of 93 P a . 2D arra are or are N more and that for are that explanation matrix 3-dimensional that de. K an 1.3.3 a co Cartesian ariables gpInitPlotData 4-dimensional or v 1. ariables y F a N v b 2D K or either error K an ariables Section or N e v F b an K See are y 1. created. taining either e taining ma initialized surface) e b con that N b a con y taining data will olume). y otherwise are v . plot con arra a arra should 1.3 y structure ariables (to that name plots, v P plot arra structure. K ); data data tour P zone successful, (to N zone. Section data if ariables ariables , Con v v 0 plots, the L N see taining gpData 3-dimensional K of 3D a default a de, USSplot ariables con le, Line e a K K v co to b GA and data. name . zonename a olar taining data , P P zone to matrix string, - - return the con should 2-dimensional gdat K or or one N y ter and p ull .plt - - K n REFERENCE a Cartesian inputting oin data a for arra 4-dimensional L 3-dimensional N scalar, p string, 3-dimensional of Line is 3D on K data or taining XY plots, F rks . ry ose con gpAddZone( the P Bar, ra y tour structure COMMAND = taining rmat zonename o or et gdat et N Con arra con 3-dimensional Example Output Rema If Input gaussplot F r Purp Adds Lib 3. F information the zonename data r p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAddZone

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

p = pi; x1 = seqa(0,p/4,15); y1 = sin(x1); a1 = aconcat(x1,y1,3);

x2 = seqa(0,p/6,20); y2 = cos(x2); a2 = aconcat(x2,y2,3);

struct gpData gdat; string vnames = { "X", "Y" }; gdat = gpInitPlotData(vnames); ret = gpAddZone(&gdat,"Zone 1",a1); ret = gpAddZone(&gdat,"Zone 2",a2); ret = gpWritePlotData(&gdat,"mydata.plt");

Source gpwritedata.src

See also gpInitPlotData, gpWritePlotData, gpSetPlotData

94 Reference 95 the the out out ab that ab in gpAnimate3DRotation degrees. degrees. degrees. de. degrees in rotated in in Z-axis co ); e , b the xstep plots. zstep error X-axis not Y-axis Z-axis , out an tour the the the ab op. will ystep rotated lo , Con . axes. e out out out b plot Z 3D ab ab ab xstep degrees otherwise , the will and and Y iter animation , zstep plot then rotation rotation rotation X, in gpAnimateXAxisRotation the and structure. the zero, successful, 180, 180, 180, Cartesian call op, if amenum to trol out lo fr 0 er. 3D , iterations ab Y-axis, b set axis, con step step gp de, to is of p y z xstep gpAnimateZAxisRotation um co the Y n plot one er plot or b a a zstep out animation out ONL 180 180 180 of um to ab or return n frame ab the ter of REFERENCE applies ystep oin axis. p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, rotation , degrees AxisRotation rotation the xstep iteration ystep rks onding If ry ose h gpAnimate3DRotation( command ra = animate rmat eac COMMAND o o amenum et gp et order. gpAnimateY corresp T X-axis, Example Output Rema In Input gaussplot F r Purp Animates Lib 3. This zstep r p xstep fr ystep iter 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAnimate3DRotation

framenum = 1; iter = 50; xstep = 5; ystep = 3; zstep = 4; ret = gpAnimate3DRotation(&gp,framenum,iter,xstep,ystep,zstep);

Source gpfieldzone.src

See also gpAnimateXAxisRotation, gpAnimateYAxisRotation, gpAnimateZAxisRotation, gpAnimateFieldZones

96 Reference 97 the of . Line all last call gpAnimateFieldZones olar and P es, or de. op. through op. rst yp lo t co lo animation. Line een w ); plot error cycling et op. XY b duce skip lo 200. an , these animation animation pro Bar, times, of last zones with to the , the 10 tain in one in rst eld zones. otherwise animation time , con runs a ending zone zone the skip iter eld at , taining that that and in y ery eld 2 eld an one con op structure. ev successful, lo in last rst if frames with skip amenum trol 0 zones frame er. fr to to the iterations the b one , a con t de, gp of of of eld um in p an co n only er er er animation w starting plot apply b b b a w gpAnimateLineMaps an maps not , um um um to ecied sho n return n n frame . NOT zones sp do line ter es 1; duces ou REFERENCE the eld do = oin y 2; p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, pro if 10; 200; 2; gpAnimateFieldZones(&gp,framenum,iter,first,last,skip); = 1 ered = = = animate = b to o rks through ry ose T um gpAnimateFieldZones( also command example framenum iter first last skip ret ra skip = rmat COMMAND en-n o amenum et gp et ev This Source gpfieldzone.src See gpAnimate3DRotation This Example Output Rema Set gaussplot F r Input Purp Cycles Lib 3. plots. gpAnimateLineMaps skip rst r p last fr iter 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAnimateLineMaps

Purpose Cycles through the specied line maps one at a time to produce animation. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpAnimateLineMaps(pgp, framenum, iter, rst, last, skip); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. iter scalar, number of iterations in the animation loop.

rst scalar, number of the rst line map in the animation loop. last scalar, number of the last line map in the animation loop. skip scalar, show only one in every skip line maps between rst and last. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Set skip to 1 if you do not want to skip any line maps. This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Bar, XY Line and Polar Line plots. To animate eld zones in a frame containing one of the other plot types, call gpAnimateFieldZones. Example framenum = 1; iter = 10; first = 1; last = 131; skip = 2; ret = gpAnimateLineMaps(&gp,framenum,iter,first,last,skip); This example produces an animation loop that runs 10 times, cycling through all of the odd-numbered line maps starting with 1 and ending with 131. Source gplinemap.src See also gpAnimateFieldZones

98 Reference 99 the out ab . degrees. de. degrees gpAnimateXAxisRotation in co xstep plots. error X-axis an tour ); the op. rotated lo Con e out xstep gpAnimate3DRotation b , 3D ab otherwise call iter will , and animation plot axes, rotation X-axis. in Z the structure. amenum the successful, 180, fr and Cartesian op, , if trol out lo Y 0 gp er. 3D p iterations ab b con X, de, to of xstep um co Y n plot the er plot b a a animation out ONL 180 of um to return n frame ab the ter 1; of REFERENCE applies = oin 5; p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, rotation 72; rotation gpAnimateXAxisRotation(&gp,framenum,iter,xstep); = = the = iteration rks ry ose h gpAnimateXAxisRotation( also command framenum iter xstep ret ra = animate rmat eac COMMAND o o amenum et gp et X-axis. T Source gpfieldzone.src See gpAnimate3DRotation Example Output Rema In gaussplot F r Input Purp Animates Lib 3. This r p xstep fr iter 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpAnimateYAxisRotation

Purpose

Animates the rotation of a plot about the Y-axis. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpAnimateYAxisRotation(pgp, framenum, iter, ystep); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. iter scalar, number of iterations in animation loop. ystep scalar, 180 ystep 180, rotation about the Y-axis in degrees. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

In each iteration of the animation loop, the plot will be rotated ystep degrees about the Y-axis.

To animate rotation about the X, Y and Z axes, call gpAnimate3DRotation.

This command applies ONLY to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots. Example

framenum = 1; iter = 72; ystep = 5; ret = gpAnimateYAxisRotation(&gp,framenum,iter,ystep); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpAnimate3DRotation

100 Reference the 101 out ab . degrees. de. gpAnimateZAxisRotation degrees in co zstep plots. error Z-axis an tour ); the op. rotated lo Con e out zstep gpAnimate3DRotation b , 3D ab otherwise call will iter , and animation plot axes, rotation Z-axis. in Z the structure. amenum the successful, 180, fr and Cartesian op, if , trol out lo Y 0 gp er. 3D p iterations ab b con X, step de, to of z um co Y n plot the er plot b a a animation out ONL 180 of um to return n frame ab the ter 1; of REFERENCE applies = oin 5; p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, rotation 72; rotation gpAnimateZAxisRotation(&gp,framenum,iter,zstep); = = the = iteration rks ry ose h gpAnimateZAxisRotation( also command framenum iter zstep ret ra = animate rmat eac COMMAND o o amenum et gp et Source gpfieldzone.src See gpAnimate3DRotation Example Output Rema In gaussplot F r Input Purp Animates Lib 3. Z-axis. T This r p zstep fr iter 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpBarPlotCreate

Purpose Creates a plot control structure and initializes its members to default values for a Bar plot. Library gaussplot Format gp = gpBarPlotCreate; Output gp plot control structure with its members set to default values for a Bar plot. Remarks You may use gp to plot a graph using either gpMakeBarPlot or gpPlot. Calling gpBarPlotCreate sets the plot type of the entire graph to Bar plot. To create a graph with multiple frames that contain plots of dierent types, use gpPlotCreate. A plot control structure initialized with gpBarPlotCreate contains one frame by default. Example library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

p = pi; x = seqa(0,p/4,15); y = sin(x); string vnames = { "V1", "V2" };

struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gpBarPlotCreate; ret = gpMakeBarPlot(&gp,x,y,vnames); This example illustrates how you may create a bar plot with one line map, using defaults for all style and display options. The rst variable (V1) will be associated with the X-axis, and the second variable (V2) with the Y-axis. Source gpbarplot.src See also gpMakeBarPlot, gpPlot

102 Reference gpCleanUp 103 This the les les, with les). the macro ciated structure de. co and deleting structure asso and on data error graph. efore b a an the macro, so structure for with do trol data, information ust otherwise m the names ciated names. more ou y orkspace. asso le , w for delete gpPlotCon ecied les to structure. sp 1.7 successful, the orary USS if in not trol 0 GA e graph temp v gpCleanUp con a Section de, the ha structure stored co call plot ou (see y and to from a are t if generate creating to t return ); an to les graph w gp ter p macro, after ortan ou REFERENCE the oin y structure these p scalar, if imp gpCleanUp(&gp); data, of USSplot with trol us = GA the rks Th ry ose gpCleanUp( also ecially gpCleanUp ret names ciated ra = rmat COMMAND esp o et gp et gpPlotCon The graph. causing asso is See gpPlot Example Source gp.src Rema Call Input Output gaussplot F r Purp Deletes Lib 3. p r 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpExportBMP

Purpose

Exports a graph to a Windows Bitmap (BMP) format graphics le. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpExportBMP(pgp, area, lename); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. area scalar, area of the graph to export, one of the following:

-2 export entire workspace. -1 export all frames. - or - scalar, number of frame to export.

lename string, name of BMP output le. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

Calling gpExportBMP sets an option to export the graph to a BMP format graphics le once the graph has been created with gpPlot or one of the gpMakePlotTypePlot commands. Example

area = -1; ret = gpExportBMP(&gp,area,"graphic.bmp");

This example exports all frames to the BMP graphics le graphic.bmp. Source gp.src See also gpSetExportImageWidth, gpExportJPEG, gpExportPS, gpExportWMF

104 Reference rtEPS o gpExp le 105 Plot graphics le e yp le. de. format co PlotT graphics e wing: EPS graphics error follo an an gpMak to ostScript the P the format of of graph one otherwise one (EPS) the or ort, ort. ort le. exp exp Encapsulated exp to structure. ); ostScript to gpPlot successful, the P to if output trol to 0 orkspace. with graph w frame con lename de, EPS option of , frames. the three co a tire of e er an plot of all en ortPS b ar created a , Encapsulated um sets frame ort ort to gp - n return area name een p an b gpExp or exp exp ter , orts - to REFERENCE has oin ortEPS -1 scalar, -2 p scalar, scalar, string, exp 3; . alette ortEPS( gpExportEPS(&gp,area,"graphic.eps"); = graph tP = graph a gpExp rks ry ose gpExp also example the area ret orts ra = rmat COMMAND a e o et gp et graphic.eps commands. Source gp.src See gpSetPrin Example This Rema Output Calling gaussplot F r Input Purp Exp Lib 3. once lename r p ar 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpExportHPGL

Purpose

Exports a graph to an HP-GL format graphics le. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpExportHPGL(pgp, area, lename); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. area scalar, area of the graph to export, one of the following:

-2 export entire workspace. -1 export all frames. - or - scalar, number of frame to export.

lename string, name of HP-GL output le. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

Calling gpExportHPGL sets an option to export the graph to an HP-GL format graphics le once the graph has been created with gpPlot or one of the gpMakePlotTypePlot commands. Example

area = -1; ret = gpExportHPGL(&gp,area,"graphic.hp");

This example exports all frames to the HP-GL graphics le graphic.hp. Source gp.src See also gpExportHPGL2, gpExportPS

106 Reference rtHPGL2 o 107 gpExp format . de. co the HP-GL/2 of wing: an error graphic.hp2 one to follo an le or the graph of gpPlot the one graphics le. otherwise le. ort with ort, ort. exp ortPS ); exp exp graphics to output HP-GL/2 to structure. to successful, created gpExp if the , trol 0 lename orkspace. een option format to graph , w b frame a con e de, an HP-GL/2 of frames. the ar has co tire of , er plot of all en ortHPGL sets b frames gp a p HP-GL/2 um all ort ort to graph commands. - n return area name an gpExp or exp exp ter , the orts - to Plot REFERENCE e oin ortHPGL2 -1 scalar, -2 p scalar, scalar, string, exp yp -1; once alette ortHPGL2( gpExportHPGL2(&gp,area,"graphic.hp"); = graph tP = le a PlotT gpExp rks e ry ose gpExp also example area ret orts ra = rmat COMMAND a e o et gp et graphics gpMak Source gp.src See gpSetPrin Example This Rema Output Calling gaussplot F r Input Purp Exp Lib 3. lename r p ar 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpExportJPEG

Purpose Exports a graph to a Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) format graphics le. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpExportJPEG(pgp, area, lename); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. area scalar, area of the graph to export, one of the following: -2 export entire workspace. -1 export all frames. - or - scalar, number of frame to export.

lename string, name of JPEG output le. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Calling gpExportJPEG sets an option to export the graph to a JPEG format graphics le once the graph has been created with gpPlot or one of the gpMakePlotTypePlot commands. You may call gpSetExportJPEGQuality to set the quality of the exported JPEG le. The range for the output le quality is 1 100. By default, the output le quality is set to 75. Example area = -2; ret = gpExportJPEG(&gp,area,"graphic.jpg"); This example exports the entire workspace to the JPEG graphics le graphic.jpg. Source gp.src See also gpSetExportJPEGQuality, gpSetExportImageWidth, gpExportBMP, gpExportPS

108 Reference rtPNG o gpExp le 109 Plot graphics e . yp de. format co PlotT ortPS e wing: PNG error a follo graphic.png gpExp an gpMak , to le. the le the of of graph one (PNG) ortJPEG otherwise one the graphics or ort, ort. ort le. gpExp exp , exp PNG exp Graphics ); to structure. to gpPlot successful, to the ork if output trol to w 0 orkspace. with ortBMP graph w frame lename con Net option de, , PNG of frames. a the three co tire e an of er plot gpExp of ar all en b , created a , ortable sets um gp frame ort ort to P - p n return area name een a b or exp exp ter orts - to REFERENCE has oin ortPNG -1 scalar, -2 p scalar, scalar, string, exp 3; ortPNG( gpExportPNG(&gp,area,"graphic.png"); = graph ortImageWidth = graph a gpExp rks ry ose gpExp also example the area ret orts ra = rmat COMMAND a e o et gp et commands. once Source gp.src See gpSetExp Example This Rema Output Calling gaussplot F r Input Purp Exp Lib 3. lename r p ar 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpExportPS

Purpose

Exports a graph to a PostScript (PS) format graphics le. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpExportPS(pgp, area, lename); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. area scalar, area of the graph to export, one of the following:

-2 export entire workspace. -1 export all frames. - or - scalar, number of frame to export.

lename string, name of PS output le. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

Calling gpExportPS sets an option to export the graph to a PostScript format graphics le once the graph has been created with gpPlot or one of the gpMakePlotTypePlot commands. Example

area = 3; ret = gpExportPS(&gp,area,"graphic.ps");

This example exports frame three to the PostScript graphics le graphic.ps. Source gp.src See also gpSetPrintPalette, gpExportEPS, gpExportHPGL

110 Reference rtRAS o . gpExp 111 format graphic.ras de. le co the Raster ortPS of wing: Sun error graphics one a follo gpExp an or , to le. the Raster of graph gpPlot one Sun ortJPEG otherwise graphics the the with ort, ort. ort to le. gpExp exp , exp format exp ); to structure. to successful, created to if output trol 0 orkspace. orkspace een (RAS) ortBMP graph w b w frame con lename de, option RAS , of frames. the a has co tire tire e of an er plot gpExp Raster of all en en ar b , a , sets um ort ort gp the to graph Sun commands. - n return area name p a or exp exp ter the orts - to Plot REFERENCE e oin ortRAS -1 scalar, -2 p scalar, scalar, string, exp yp -2; once ortRAS( gpExportRAS(&gp,area,"graphic.ras"); = graph ortImageWidth = le a PlotT gpExp rks e ry ose gpExp also example area ret orts ra = rmat COMMAND a e o et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetExp Example This Rema Output Calling gaussplot F r Input Purp Exp Lib 3. graphics gpMak lename r p ar 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpExportTIFF

Purpose

Exports a graph to a Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) graphics le. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpExportTIFF(pgp, area, lename); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. area scalar, area of the graph to export, one of the following:

-2 export entire workspace. -1 export all frames. - or - scalar, number of frame to export.

lename string, name of TIFF output le. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

Calling gpExportTIFF sets an option to export the graph to a TIFF format graphics le once the graph has been created with gpPlot or one of the gpMakePlotTypePlot commands. Example

area = 2; ret = gpExportTIFF(&gp,area,"graphic.tif");

This example exports frame two to the TIFF graphics le graphic.tif. Source gp.src See also gpSetExportImageWidth, gpSetPrintPalette, gpExportBMP, gpExportJPEG

112 Reference rtWMF o 113 gpExp Plot e graphics yp . PlotT format de. e co le. wing: WMF gpMak error a follo an to graphic.wmf the graphics the of le of graph one format one or otherwise the graphics ort, ort ort. le. ortJPEG (WMF) exp gpPlot exp exp ); WMF to structure. to to successful, File with output if the gpExp trol , 0 orkspace. to graph lename w frame option Meta con o , de, WMF a of w frames. e the created t an ws co tire of er ar plot of all en ortBMP b , a een sets b gp um frame ort ort p to Windo - n return area name a gpExp has or exp exp ter , orts - to REFERENCE oin ortWMF -1 scalar, -2 p scalar, scalar, string, exp 2; graph alette ortWMF( gpExportWMF(&gp,area,"graphic.wmf"); = graph tP = the a gpExp rks ry ose gpExp also example area ret orts ra once = rmat COMMAND a e o et gp et le commands. Source gp.src See gpSetPrin Example This Rema Output Calling gaussplot F r Input Purp Exp Lib 3. lename r p ar 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpExportXWD

Purpose

Exports a graph to an X-Windows Format (XWD) graphics le. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpExportXWD(pgp, area, lename); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. area scalar, area of the graph to export, one of the following:

-2 export entire workspace. -1 export all frames. - or - scalar, number of frame to export.

lename string, name of XWD output le. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

Calling gpExportXWD sets an option to export the graph to an X-Windows format graphics le once the graph has been created with gpPlot or one of the gpMakePlotTypePlot commands. Example

area = 2; ret = gpExportXWD(&gp,area,"graphic.xwd");

This example exports frame two to the X-Windows Format graphics le graphic.xwd. Source gp.src See also gpSetExportImageWidth, gpExportBMP, gpExportJPEG, gpExportPS

114 Reference gpFillGridArea 115 in grid call ate unlled default y and color, b deactiv de. ll o co plots T used . the y is tour error gra an as hange Con c shading o 3D T ositionGrid ears . gpP and app ting , source otherwise white. t area is ting ligh grid ); lled. Cartesian l color area structure. is l successful, the 3D , ll wing: if trol grid 0 area. area for er. follo b con plots, de, gpUseGridAreaLigh grid default um grid amenum co the lled n fr area. plot call tour ll Because is of gpUseGridAreaLigh , a the The , . gp p to grid Con not return one frame not es. area do ll ter 3D yp 1; or t shading, REFERENCE grid = oin 0 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar, and 1; plot gpFillGridArea(&gp,framenum,fill); the = source = whether t rks other ry ose gpFillGridArea( also ligh framenum fill ret ra Cartesian default, all = rmat COMMAND ecies l o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetGridAreaFillColor Example Rema Output By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sp Lib 3. for area 3D gpSetGridAreaFillColor r p fr l 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpFramePause

Purpose Pauses drawing for a specied number of seconds after drawing for a frame is completed. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpFramePause(pgp, framenum, pause); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar or N 1 vector, frame number(s). pause scalar, number of seconds to pause drawing after the specied frame is completed. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks The pause specied with gpFramePause is applicable only if each frame is shown as it is created. Thus this command is ignored unless gpShowDrawing is called with a draw argument of 2 (show each frame after the drawing for that frame is completed) or 3 (show all drawing). By default, draw is set to 1 (do not show drawing), and thus no pause is used. Example draw = 2; framenum = 2; pause = 0.25; gpShowDrawing(&gp,draw); ret = gpFramePause(&gp,framenum,pause); This example shows each frame after the drawing for that frame is completed, and pauses drawing for 0.25 seconds after the second frame is displayed. Source gp.src See also gpShowDrawing

116 Reference rMessage 117 of alue v gpGetErro the ass P de. de. co message. co . error el error ciated an asso the returns particular it get a gpSetErrorLev to }; fails, call ); with de o c "V2" ciated err gp; de. command handling, asso message. co "V1", { error = error error gpGetErrorMessage(ret); of gpGetErrorMessage USSplot message = el errmsg; to REFERENCE GA gp.sdf lev in el gaussplot; string, scalar, a vnames gpPlotControl error gpMakeBarPlot(&gp,x,y,vnames); if de the gpBarPlotCreate; gpGetErrorMessage( errmsg print pi; seqa(0,p/4,15); sin(x); = co the = (ret); rks = = = = ry ose also p x y string library #include struct gp ret if endif; de hange ra error default, o c rmat COMMAND c o o the T Source gp.src See gpSetErrorLev By Example Output Rema gaussplot F errmsg Input Purp Returns Lib 3. errmsg err 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpInitPlotData

Purpose

Initializes a GAUSSplot data structure and writes specied variable names to it.

Library gaussplot

Format gdat = gpInitPlotData(vnames);

Input vnames N 1 string array of variable names for the data.

Output gdat a GAUSSplot data structure containing vnames.

Remarks

This command creates a GAUSSplot data structure, which contains variable names, but no data. Use gpAddZone to add data to the structure. Once the data has been added, it can be written to a .plt data le with gpWritePlotData.

Example

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

struct gpData gdat; string vnames = { "X1", "X2", "X3" }; gdat = gpInitPlotData(vnames);

Source gpwritedata.src

See also gpAddZone, gpWritePlotData, gpSetPlotData

118 Reference rtesianPlot the the 119 one use the data. les on a egin e2DCa plot. and for b with if these structure that writing , graphs, these le will placed M of the creates e names V with rst e , b gpMak delete v de. data . Cartesian . o . co Y-axis. X-axis. ha names T plot , will orary names 2D 02 .plt gpSetDataFile a le the the still without complicated V a error les , , The to temp path). to . 01 ust an with with y V m more The macro Cartesian with easily taining calls this . or ou y e2DCartesianPlot (or and F y b 2D ely con and . ciated ciated x generate plot a M so hange V otherwise created gpCleanUp ectiv c ); , asso asso will data gpMak zone. at, . frame ecied e e . . to . b b call resp sp , creates ariables 2 v ting one eld to to gpCleanUp Cartesian orary names. V vnames , een . , oin structure 1 the b y then one p successful, 2D call with , V temp a x if is program, trol , not ariable ariable ou 0 gauss.cfg and ariable v v extensions only y gp e v , automatically gp writes p The v , p con graph our de, y names It y the the create ha e2DCartesianPlot a (edit co .mcr when that plot to arra the ws taining vnames le. a and ou path creates. in dra names gpMak y con generated to matrix, matrix, return running it e string data le string, b ws P P le ter 1 and .plt orkspace structure then REFERENCE les w e frame , ull after names allo oin v will n .plt le gp2DCartesianPlotCreate N N p scalar, 2 orary the e2DCartesianPlot( ha a a macro the one USS les in is to 100) macro data temp and GA rks and < a . ry ose with gpMak using command and gp orary data M ra stored our COMMAND USS = rmat y vnames data rites < o et gp et data GA with plot temp zone, Example Rema Output This gaussplot F r Input Purp W Lib 3. 9 gpSetMacroFile are in If gpPlot If graph r p x y vnames 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMake2DCartesianPlot

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

// Generate data x = seqa(1,5,20); y = seqa(10,2,20).*log(x’); x = x’.*ones(20,20); string vnames = { "V1", "V2" };

struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gp2DCartesianPlotCreate; ret = gpMake2DCartesianPlot(&gp,x,y,vnames);

Source gpcartesianplot.src

See also gp2DCartesianPlotCreate, gpPlot

120 Reference . the 121 if the with , e2DContourPlot les the on graph egin M that le and a b plot. V for use these , structure . these writing . will with data . placed tour of , the gpMak e creates e tourPlotCreate b names 02 delete rst v de. plot Con graphs, V o .plt , co Y-axis. X-axis. ha names T a will names 2D 01 tour orary gpSetDataFile a le the the to V still error tourPlot les without gp2DCon The to cv Con , path). (or . temp ust an with with m The 2D macro M complicated with and taining calls this . a easily V y ou y e2DCon , y , b ely . con and . x . ciated ciated more . generate so plot ); , hange otherwise 2 created gpCleanUp ectiv c or asso asso creates data gpMak at, V F frame will ecied e e , . tour to 1 b b call resp sp ariables vnames V v ariable. then ting one to to v , Con gpCleanUp orary names. zone. een cv oin structure the b , p and successful, 2D call with y tourPlot tour , temp a names eld if is , program, x trol not ariable ariable ou 0 gauss.cfg ariable v v con extensions , y gp e v automatically writes the p one The v , con gp graph our de, y p It y the the the vnames create ha e2DCon a (edit co .mcr when that in only plot to arra ws le. string, a ou and path creates. dra names gpMak y generated to ull matrix, matrix, matrix, return running it tourPlot( n e data string names le taining ws b P P P a le ter 1 and .plt orkspace structure then REFERENCE les is w e the , con after allo oin v will .plt le N N p N scalar, 3 orary the e2DCon ha a macro USS les in using to 100) macro frame data temp vnames and GA rks and < a . ry ose If gpMak command and one gp orary data M zone, ra stored our COMMAND USS = rmat y data rites < o et gp et data gpSetMacroFile GA with temp are gpPlot If in 9 with data. plot one Example Rema Output This gaussplot F r Input Purp W Lib 3. r p x vnames y cv 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMake2DContourPlot

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

// Generate data p = pi; x = seqa(0,p/4,15)’; y = seqa(0,p/4,15);

cv = cos(x).*sin(x-y); x = x.*ones(15,15); y = y.*ones(15,15); string vnames = { "V1", "V2", "V3" };

struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gp2DContourPlotCreate; ret = gpMake2DContourPlot(&gp,x,y,cv,vnames);

Source gpcontourplot.src

See also gp2DContourPlotCreate, gpPlot

122 Reference rtesianPlot the the 123 use if the with , les on that a egin e3DCa M plot. and for b le V these , structure writing . with graphs, these . will . placed data of , the creates e names rst e plot b gpMak 02 delete v de. Cartesian V o .plt , co Y-axis. Z-axis. X-axis. ha names T will a orary names 3D 01 gpSetDataFile a le the the the V to still without complicated error les , z The to temp Cartesian path). (or . ust an with with with m more The 3D and macro M with easily taining calls , this . a V y or ou y e3DCartesianPlot , F , y b ely . con and . x . ciated ciated ciated generate plot . so ); , hange otherwise 2 created gpCleanUp ectiv c asso asso asso creates will data gpMak zone. at, V frame ecied e e e , . to 1 b b b call resp sp ariables vnames V v then ting one eld to to to , gpCleanUp Cartesian orary names. z een . , oin the structure b y one p and successful, 3D call with , , temp names a x if is program, trol , not ariable ariable ariable ou 0 gauss.cfg ariable v v v extensions only y gp e v automatically gp writes the p The v , p con graph our de, y It y the the the vnames create ha e3DCartesianPlot a (edit co .mcr when that in plot to arra ws taining le. string, a and ou path creates. dra names gpMak y con generated to ull matrix, matrix, matrix, return running it n e data string names le b ws P P P a le ter 1 and .plt orkspace structure then REFERENCE les is w e the frame , after allo oin v will .plt le gp3DCartesianPlotCreate N N N p scalar, 3 orary the e3DCartesianPlot( ha a macro one USS les in using to 100) macro data temp vnames and GA rks and < a . ry ose with If gpMak command and gp orary data M zone, ra stored our COMMAND USS = rmat y data rites < o et gp et data GA with temp 9 gpSetMacroFile are in gpPlot If graph data. one plot Example Rema Output This gaussplot F r Input Purp W Lib 3. r p x y z vnames 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMake3DCartesianPlot

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

// Generate data p = pi; x = seqa(0,p/4,15)’; y = seqa(0,p/4,15);

z = cos(x).*sin(x-y); x = x.*ones(15,15); y = y.*ones(15,15); string vnames = { "V1", "V2", "V3" };

struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gp3DCartesianPlotCreate; ret = gpMake3DCartesianPlot(&gp,x,y,z,vnames);

Source gpcartesianplot.src

See also gp3DCartesianPlotCreate, gpPlot

124 Reference . the 125 the e3DContourPlot le les the on zone. egin with and b plot. for these structure data eld these writing plot will placed tour of the gpMak e one e tourPlotCreate .plt b names delete rst tour v de. Con a o . co Y-axis. Z-axis. X-axis. ha names T only will to Con names 3D (or orary gpSetDataFile a le the the the cv still 3D error les without gp3DCon M The to a , path). V . temp ust an taining , and with with with . m The z macro . with taining calls . , this . con easily , y automatically ou y 2 , y b ely con creates and . ); x ciated ciated ciated V , generate so plot 1 frame hange otherwise created gpCleanUp ectiv c V asso asso asso then data at, frame will ecied e e e tour to vnames one b b b call resp generated , sp ariables and v ariable. ting one e to to to , cv v Con gpCleanUp orary names. b names . , een with z oin the structure b , p successful, 3D call with the y tourPlot tour will temp a if is , program, x trol vnames not ariable ariable ariable gpPlot ou 0 gauss.cfg ariable v v v graph con extensions , y gp e v writes in p The 100) v a , con gp graph our use de, y string, p It y the the the the create ha < e3DCon a (edit co .mcr when that ull plot to arra M ws n le. names a creates < a ou and path creates. graphs, dra names gpMak y 9 to matrix, matrix, matrix, matrix, is return the running it tourPlot( data if string le ws P P P P le , ter 1 and .plt orkspace structure then REFERENCE les w e M , after allo oin using v tourPlot .plt le V N N N p N scalar, 4 orary the , vnames e3DCon ha a . macro USS . les If in . to complicated macro zone, , data temp and GA rks and a 02 e3DCon ry ose gpMak command and one gp orary V data. data , more ra stored our COMMAND USS = rmat y data rites 01 o or et gp et plot that data with gpSetMacroFile F GA Example Rema Output This gaussplot F r Input Purp W Lib 3. with temp gpMak V are If in r p x y vnames z cv 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMake3DContourPlot

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

// Generate data p = pi; x = seqa(0,p/4,15)’; y = seqa(0,p/4,15);

z = cos(x).*sin(x-y); cv = sin(x).*cos(x-y); x = x.*ones(15,15); y = y.*ones(15,15); string vnames = { "V1", "V2", "V3", "V4" };

struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gp3DContourPlotCreate; ret = gpMake3DContourPlot(&gp,x,y,z,cv,vnames);

Source gpcontourplot.src

See also gp3DContourPlotCreate, gpPlot

126 Reference endent of 127 one as eAxesIndep same plot XZ-ratio Cartesian Cartesian the the an e 2D 3D or b , de. in gpMak t co tly and and also enden one length ust error one, enden of m of an another. same indep t one the X-axis e of XY-ratio sized b enden eAxesXYDep XY-ratio the otherwise tly an are ust ); an on m gpMak with enden unit with plots t t call structure. amenum successful, X-axis one indep fr Line if enden , eAxesXYZDep trol enden 0 the er. gp XY p ratios, b con sized plots, on de, t( gp; e um . gpMak b co and n t 3D , plot XY-dep XYZ-dep t unit Z-axis. to a enden for endence Bar are are one to the enden return frame of plot enden dep and a on ter t that plots plots of REFERENCE axes gp.sdf oin gaussplot; p scalar, scalar, unit gpPlotControl eAxesIndep tour tour gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); gpMakeAxesIndependent(&gp,1); gpPlot(&gp); Y-axis, the axes dieren gp3DCartesianPlotCreate; means one = = = = Con Con the rks the as eAxesXYDep eAxesXYZDep ry ose gpMak also ecify This on struct library #include gp ret ret ret 2D 3D ws ra default, = sp rmat COMMAND o o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpMak Example By Output Rema gaussplot F r Input Purp Allo Lib 3. and and one. unit T gpMak length r p fr 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMakeAxesXYDependent

Purpose

Makes the X and Y axes dependent on each other, using the specied XY-ratio.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpMakeAxesXYDependent(pgp, framenum, xyratio);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. xyratio scalar, ratio of the length of one unit on the X-axis to the length of one unit on the Y-axis.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, the axes of Bar and XY Line plots are sized independently, 2D Cartesian and 2D Contour plots are XY-dependent with an XY-ratio of one, and 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots are XYZ-dependent with an XY-ratio of one and an XZ-ratio of one. This means that one unit on the X-axis must be the same length in the plot as one unit on the Y-axis, and for 3D plots, one unit on the X-axis must also be the same length as one unit on the Z-axis.

Changing the XY ratio has an inverse eect on the relative size of the Y-axis in the plot. Thus if you want to decrease the relative size of the Y-axis, then you should increase the XY-ratio. Similarly, to increase the relative size of the Y-axis, decrease the XY-ratio.

Call gpMakeAxesXYDependent to change a plot to XY-dependent or specify a dierent XY-ratio. To specify dierent XY and XZ ratios for 3D plots, call gpMakeAxesXYZDependent. Or to allow the axes to be sized independently, call gpMakeAxesIndependent.

Example

128 Reference endent 129 one of eAxesXYDep length the gpMak that Y-axis. the on meaning t 10, unit to one enden of frame rst length eAxesIndep the the for gp; gpMak times , t 10 XY-ratio enden equals the REFERENCE gp.sdf gaussplot; sets gpPlotControl gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); gpMakeAxesXYDependent(&gp,1,10); gpPlot(&gp); X-axis gp2DCartesianPlotCreate; = = = = the eAxesXYZDep also example on struct library #include gp ret ret ret COMMAND See gpMak Source gp.src 3. This unit 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMakeAxesXYZDependent

Purpose

Makes the X, Y and Z axes dependent on one another, using the specied XY and XZ ratios. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpMakeAxesXYZDependent(pgp, framenum, xyratio, xzratio); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. xyratio scalar, ratio of the length of one unit on the X-axis to the length of one unit on the Y-axis. xzratio scalar, ratio of the length of one unit on the X-axis to the length of one unit on the Z-axis. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

Changing the XY and XZ ratios has an inverse eect on the relative sizes of the Y and Z axes in the plot. Thus if you want to decrease the relative sizes of the Y and Z axes, then you should increase the XY and XZ ratios. Similarly, to increase the relative sizes of the Y and Z axes, decrease the XY and XZ ratios.

This command applies only to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots; call it to specify dierent XY and XZ ratios. To change a plot to XY-dependent, call gpMakeAxesXYDependent. Or to allow the axes to be sized independently, call gpMakeAxesIndependent. Example

130 Reference endent 131 unit This 5. . one 0 of eAxesXYZDep to length gpMak XZ-ratio the the times and 10 10, t Z-axis. to the equals enden on frame X-axis unit rst the one the eAxesIndep on of for gp; unit gpMak , length t one the of XY-ratio enden half the REFERENCE length gp.sdf gaussplot; and sets gpPlotControl gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); gpMakeAxesXYZDependent(&gp,1,10,0.5); gpPlot(&gp); the gp3DCartesianPlotCreate; = = = = Y-axis that eAxesXYDep also example struct library #include gp ret ret ret the COMMAND means on This See gpMak Source gp.src 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMakeBarPlot

Purpose

Writes a data le and draws a graph with one frame containing a Bar plot. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpMakeBarPlot(pgp, x, y, vnames); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure created with gpBarPlotCreate. x N 1 vector or N K matrix, the variable(s) to be associated with the X-axis. y N 1 vector or N K matrix, the variable(s) to be associated with the Y-axis. vnames M 1 string array or null string, variable names.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

This command allows you to create a Bar plot easily, without rst writing the plot data to a .plt data le. It writes the variables contained in x and y to a .plt data le with one zone, using the names in vnames. If vnames is an M 1 string array, then M must equal cols(x)+cols(y). If vnames is a null string, the names V 1, V 2, . . . , V M (or V 01, V 02, . . . , V M, if 9 < M < 100) will be generated automatically.

If data and macro le names have not been specied by calls to gpSetDataFile and gpSetMacroFile, then gpMakeBarPlot will generate temporary names for the data and macro les it creates. The temporary data and macro le names will begin with gp and have .plt and .mcr extensions respectively. The les will be placed on the GAUSS temporary le path (edit gauss.cfg to change this path). To delete these temporary les after running your program, call gpCleanUp. The names of these les are stored in the structure that pgp is pointing at, so you must still have the structure in your GAUSS workspace when you call gpCleanUp.

After writing the data le, gpMakeBarPlot plots a graph with one frame, containing one or more line maps. If both x and y are N 1 vectors, then only one line map will

132 Reference rPlot eBa 1 133 the are gpMak N graph tained to and then zones, an plotted con names e is b x written If ultiple created, information. will is . m e columns, ariables y ariable b complicated v v to in more data ector will v since more ultiple since for 1 the a m written column le, maps N used, tain efore are e b create line b data the con o onding K y T the will eXYLinePlot then ariables in deleted v then e corresp b and/or ersa, matrix. the zone gpMak v x vnames the If K will }; in See and vice matrices, N size. or alues "V2" K le. separate v . against in names a the alues, gp; v N in to data matrix, "V1", equal gpPlot plotted missing oth e ariable the { K b b v e use b missing = in o written w columns are ust data t e N gpPlot are m will b , taining REFERENCE x the gp.sdf an zones gaussplot; they rst frames, con vnames gpPlotControl is in will of zone all there If gpMakeBarPlot(&gp,x,y,vnames); y h gpBarPlotCreate; the If pi; seqa(0,p/4,15); sin(x); = for Generate = eac = = = ultiple ations and same also only m le. column column // p x y string library #include struct gp ret once created. h h COMMAND the e ector See gpBarPlotCreate Source gpbarplot.src Example 3. against v eac b with Observ in then eac data set 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMakePolarLinePlot

Purpose

Writes a data le and draws a graph with one frame containing a Polar Line plot.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpMakePolarLinePlot(pgp, theta, r, vnames);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure created with gpPolarLinePlotCreate. theta N 1 vector or N K matrix, the variable(s) to be associated with the Theta-axis. r N 1 vector or N K matrix, the variable(s) to be associated with the R-axis. vnames M 1 string array or null string, variable names.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

This command allows you to create a Polar Line plot easily, without rst writing the plot data to a .plt data le. It writes the variables contained in theta and r to a .plt data le with one zone, using the names in vnames. If vnames is an M 1 string array, then M must equal cols(x)+cols(y). If vnames is a null string, the names V 1, V 2, . . . , V M (or V 01, V 02, . . . , V M, if 9 < M < 100) will be generated automatically.

If data and macro le names have not been specied by calls to gpSetDataFile and gpSetMacroFile, then gpMakePolarLinePlot will generate temporary names for the data and macro les it creates. The temporary data and macro le names will begin with gp and have .plt and .mcr extensions respectively. The les will be placed on the GAUSS temporary le path (edit gauss.cfg to change this path). To delete these temporary les after running your program, call gpCleanUp. The names of these les are stored in the structure that pgp is pointing at, so you must still have the structure in your GAUSS workspace when you call gpCleanUp.

134 Reference rLinePlot ola 1 eP 135 in the are e one a then b tained to N zones, only will con names create column the gpMak o columns, then written T frame, ultiple maps information. then is m ariables ariable one onding v v line to ultiple ectors, more data ersa, v K matrix. m v with }; 1 since since for K the corresp tain vice then written le, N the . "R2" graph N or used, con efore are a e r b are b data the r gpPlot in "R1", matrices, plots against the will matrix, eXYLinePlot and ariables and/or K in deleted use v K e b theta the N zone gpMak plotted theta columns vnames N If e will frames, b in oth "Theta2", oth an See the and b b olarLinePlot is of If size. will eP r alues le. h are separate v in ultiple names a alues, m eac gp; v and theta to data maps. they gpMak "Theta1", equal in If with missing e gpPlot ariable the { ector line b v , le, v against missing = in o 1 written w ust data t e graph column more are data m b taining created. REFERENCE h N seqa(0,5,37); seqa(270,5,19)|seqa(5,5,18); gp.sdf zones or e gaussplot; plotted rst the b con gpPlotControl = = vnames eac will an e zone all there gpMakePolarLinePlot(&gp,theta1~theta2,r1~r2,vnames); b one gpPolarLinePlotCreate; sin(theta1*pi/180); cos(theta2*pi/180); is the If = will for and = Generate = = ations will same writing also complicated only le. column theta struct gp ret theta2 r1 r2 string // theta1 library #include map olarLinePlotCreate once taining h COMMAND the If ector . line created, con Source gppolarlineplot.src See gpP Example After 3. r v more Observ data in then eac set 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMakeVectorsTangent

Purpose Projects the vectors in the vector layer onto the 3D eld zone surface. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpMakeVectorsTangent(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, tangent); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). tangent scalar, one of the following: 0 do not project vectors onto the 3D eld zone surface. 1 project vectors onto the 3D eld zone surface. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Calling gpMakeVectorsTangent with a tangent argument set to 1 causes the component of the vectors normal to the 3D eld zone surface to be removed, giving you vectors that are tangent to the surface. By default, the vector layer is turned o. To activate the vector layer in a frame, call gpShowVectorLayer. When the vector layer is activated, plain arrow heads are used by default. Field zone numbers correspond to the number of the associated zone in the data le. Example framenum = 1; seton = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; tangent = 1; ret = gpShowVectorLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetMakeVectorsTangent(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,tangent); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpShowVectorLayer, gpSetVectorColor, gpSetVectorType, gpSetVectorVariables

136 Reference eXYLinePlot in gp 137 line the the USS . then data M data , the V y with orary one , GA and . stored with with the . gpMak .plt our . arra plot. y the , a egin are only temp 2 for b in writing to V on , . Line ciated ciated frame, y 1 les string de. then will these V rst 1 co names asso asso XY one and placed e e x these gpSetDataFile b b an e structure M b names error ectors, in delete of gpXYLinePlotCreate with names orary to to to v o without an the 1 an T le , will automatically e the is v with names. taining temp calls tained graph names ha N y les a easily b con con macro path). ariable(s) ariable(s) string, are The v v still vnames ariable The otherwise created y . plot v generated plots and . ull this generate If frame the the ecied ust n e . . ely b m a and sp ariables ); Line will v x one data is ou string, hange will y ectiv een c XY structure the b oth vnames matrix, matrix, successful, ull gpCleanUp so with b to n orary vnames an if resp in 100) K K , If trol not 0 eXYLinePlot vnames at, gpCleanUp y or call < e , writes y v If con x temp graph N N de, , M call It create ha ting eXYLinePlot ). a names co maps. y arra or or gp < gpMak ( p plot to The ou oin 9 ws gauss.cfg y le. extensions p the a line if program, ou cols le, is dra names gpMak y , ector ector to string return v v )+ (edit data M gp our .mcr x when 1 ws 1 1 using le p ( ter y creates. more and V data then , REFERENCE . it , allo oin or and . cols path .plt le Y-axis. X-axis. N N p scalar, M . the that zone, , eXYLinePlot( a macro les le one 02 orkspace running to .plt data equal one V w e , rks and a v ry ose writing gpMak 01 command orary ust data after macro ha ra structure V with USS = taining rmat m COMMAND data rites o et gp et con After les the GA temp and and gpSetMacroFile Rema Output This gaussplot F r Input Purp W Lib 3. If le plot (or M vnames y x r p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMakeXYLinePlot map will be created. If they are both N K matrices, then K line maps will be created, and each column in x will be plotted against the corresponding column in y. If x is an N 1 vector and y is an N K matrix, or vice versa, then the N 1 vector will be plotted against each of the columns in the N K matrix. To create a more complicated graph with multiple frames, use gpPlot.

Observations containing missing values will be deleted before the data is written to the data le. If there are missing values, and x and/or y contain multiple columns, then each column will be written to a separate zone in the data le, since variables contained in the same zone must be equal in size. If the variables are written to multiple zones, then only the rst two variable names in vnames will be used, since variable names are set once for all zones in the data le. For example, suppose that the variables for an XY Line plot are as follows:

x = 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5

y = 5 . 7.2 . 9 4 3.5 15 4.7 17 12 20 8 29 13.4 . with variable names set to “X” and “Y”. The generated data le would be laid out as follows:

Zone 1 Variable Observations Data X 8 x Y 8 y[.,1]

Zone 2 Variable Observations Data X 5 x[3:7] Y 5 y[3:7,2]

138 Reference eXYLinePlot 139 gpMak }; "V3" "V2", gp; "V1", { gpPlot = , data REFERENCE gp.sdf gaussplot; vnames gpPlotControl gpMakeXYLinePlot(&gp,x,y,vnames); gpXYLinePlotCreate; seqa(0.2,0.2,20); log(x)~ln(x); = Generate = = = also // x y string library #include struct gp ret COMMAND See gpXYLinePlotCreate Source gpxylineplot.src Example 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMoveContourLegend

Purpose Moves a contour legend to a specied location in the frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpMoveContourLegend(pgp, framenum, contourgroupnum, xpos, ypos); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure framenum scalar, frame number contourgroupnum scalar, contour group number xpos scalar, horizontal location of the upper right-hand corner of the contour legend as a percentage of the frame width. ypos scalar, vertical location of the upper right-hand corner of the contour legend as a percentage of the frame height. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks A call to gpMoveContourLegend must be preceded by a call to gpAddContourLegend. Example framenum = 1; contourgroupnum = 1; xpos = 85; ypos = 80;

ret = gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); ret = gpMoveContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum,xpos,ypos); Source gpcontourplot.src See also gpAddContourLegend, gpSetContourLegendOrientation, gpSetContourLegendBoxStyle

140 Reference 141 zone zone eld zone eld the eld the of de. gpMoveFieldZoneLegend of t. frame. co The t corner es. heigh width. , to error corner paren yle an call the ); t-hand frame frame describ xSt a t t os in t-hand y righ yp b , righ er paren paren os legend frame. otherwise er cation t xp upp , lo the the zone upp preceded of of the paren e frame. b the of t eld ecied structure. tage tage the successful, of amenum sp ust fr if of the a m , paren trol 0 cation ercen ercen er gp to p p b lo p gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo con cation the that de, a a . , lo um tal co n as as plot frame rame rame a frame inside ertical to v return frame frame frame horizon the legend inset ter is 1; eFieldZoneLegend REFERENCE an = oin v legend legend scalar, scalar, p scalar, scalar, zone is 97; 15; eFieldZoneLegend( gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(&gp,framenum); gpMoveFieldZoneLegend(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos); frame v = = t = = gpMo eld rks frame a to ry ose gpMo also framenum xpos ypos ret ret paren es ra = rmat v COMMAND call os os o amenum et gp et gpAddFieldZoneLegendF Source gpfieldzone.src See gpAddFieldZoneLegendF Example Output Rema A gaussplot F r Input Purp Mo Lib 3. legend gpSetFieldZoneLegendLineSpacing The yp r p fr xp 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMoveFrame

Purpose

Moves and resizes a frame in the workspace.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpMoveFrame(pgp, framenum, xpos, ypos, width, height);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure framenum scalar, frame number xpos scalar, distance between the left-hand side of the frame and the left-hand edge of the workspace in paper ruler units. ypos scalar, distance between the top of the frame and the top edge of the workspace in paper ruler units. width scalar, width of the frame in paper ruler units. height scalar, height of the frame in paper ruler units.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all frames have a width of 9, a height of 8, and are located 1 unit from the left edge of the workspace, and 0.25 units from the top edge. Multiple frames will be stacked one on top of another unless a call is made to gpMoveFrame.

Example

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gpPlotCreate;

142 Reference rame gpMoveF 143 latter the making frame, plot Line XY former. an the and of yle frame corner plot rameSt Bar a left-hand gpSetF er 1; 2; , w REFERENCE 8; 2.5; = = lo 10.5; 3.5; creates 0.25; 0.25; 2; 4.6; = = gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); gpPlot(&gp); = = the ======in rameName also example ret gpAddBarFrame(&gp); gpAddXYLineFrame(&gp); framenum xpos ypos width height ret framenum xpos ypos width height ret ret inset COMMAND See gpSetF Source gp.src 3. This an 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpMoveLineLegend

Purpose

Moves a line legend to a specied location in the frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpMoveLineLegend(pgp, framenum, xpos, ypos); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. xpos scalar, horizontal location of the upper right-hand corner of the line legend as a percentage of the frame width. ypos scalar, vertical location of the upper right-hand corner of the line legend as a percentage of the frame height. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

A call to gpMoveLineLegend must be preceded by a call to gpAddLineLegend. Example

framenum = 1; xpos = 85; ypos = 80;

ret = gpAddLineLegend(&gp,framenum); ret = gpMoveLineLegend(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos); Source gplinemap.src See also gpAddLineLegend, gpSetLineLegendBoxStyle, gpSetLineLegendMargin, gpSetLineLegendLineSpacing

144 Reference outFile y enLa 145 o as using T le. e b to gpOp out least y graph will la at graph. information setting a return e , the le v the the as to ha . e out dify v y ust sa outFile la mo y create graph m closed . a the to USSplot then le enLa een for b GA used and data name, in later. gpOp has commands, w le GUI, new immediately call le(s) ened le(s). created information data windo The USS data name. re-op a USSplot le(s), le ); e the GA data USSplot b le. the le GA of out to wait tains of data y GA , can USSplot wing: all la data con e using a . ecied the v GA original follo same return that name sp of sa in datale the the to , the string, le the graph the ait; the datale . as til a w a USSplot of name ull If un n to tain options with GA USS from not one the ossible u or ait p con in layoutle create le GA do w ariables is string. data men v graph to REFERENCE le it will out 0 1 scalar, string string, ull y 0; ou the n and and la y out le outFile( = a y died y la ws the to with rks out mo a ry ose y USSplot zones enLa allo en wait gpOpenLayoutFile("layout.lay","mydata.plt",wait); la y ra buttons the rmat ens GA COMMAND ened o Source gp.src Example Rema In Input gaussplot F gpOp Purp Op Lib 3. This op datale the man re-op for The wait layoutle datale 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpPlot

Purpose

Draws a graph.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpPlot(pgp);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

This command creates a graph using the information contained in the structure that pgp is pointing at. You must call gpSetDataFile before gpPlot to set the data le(s) that will be used in the graph.

If a macro le name has not been specied by a call to gpSetMacroFile, then gpPlot will generate a temporary name for the macro le it creates. The temporary name will begin with gp and have an .mcr extension. The le will be placed on the GAUSS temporary le path (edit gauss.cfg to change this path). To delete this temporary le, as well as the data and structure les used for the graph, call gpCleanUp after running you program (see Section 1.7 for information on structure les).

The names of these les are stored in the structure that pgp is pointing at, so you must still have the structure in your GAUSS workspace when you call gpCleanUp.

Example

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

// Generate data p = pi; x = seqa(0,p/4,15); y1 = sin(x);

146 Reference gpPlot 147 the the maps. In with line Y-axis. plot ciated the asso Bar o is w t with V3 V2 and taining and con X-axis, X-axis }; frame the the one }; "V3" with with with "V3" "V2", "V2", ciated ciated gp; graph asso "V1" "V1" a asso "V1", { outFile is y { = again gdat; = V1 is enLa creates 1; V1 REFERENCE map, = gpOp , gpSetPlotData(x~y1~y2,vnames); gpData gpPlotControl vnames linemaps gpWritePlotData(&gdat,"mydata.plt"); gpSetDataFile(&gp,framenum,"mydata.plt"); gpSetLineMaps(&gp,framenum,linemaps); gpPlot(&gp); map, line example gpBarPlotCreate; cos(x); = = = = = e = = v line o rst also struct ret struct gp ret ret ret gdat y2 string framenum string ab the COMMAND Y-axis. second In The See gpPlotCreate Source gp.src 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpPlotCreate

Purpose

Creates a plot control structure and initializes its members to generic default values for a graph with frames containing dierent plot types.

Library gaussplot

Format gp = gpPlotCreate;

Output gp plot control structure with its members set to generic default values.

Remarks

Use gpPlotCreate to create a plot control structure that does not have a plot type set for the entire graph. Since the graph has no plot type, it contains no frames by default. Therefore, you must add frames to the graph, using one or more of the following commands:

gpAdd2DCartesianFrame gpAdd2DContourFrame gpAdd3DCartesianFrame gpAdd3DContourFrame gpAddBarFrame gpAddPolarLineFrame gpAddXYLineFrame

The frames will be numbered in the order in which they are added, beginning with one.

You must use gpPlot to plot a graph initialized with gpPlotCreate.

Example

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gpPlotCreate;

ret = gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); gpAdd2DContourFrame(&gp);

148 Reference gpPlotCreate 149 the with le the tour as that Con data ariable. three so v ariables 2D v the ariable a frame. least v in tour resized at three con rst last tains and the the ariable con rst the tains v ed of as v con the rst uses rst mo and corner The the and ariable are ciates v asso exists last ciates Y-axis, frames frames. left-hand the o asso frame w the er t The already w uses lo tour with frame with plot. and the Con , tour in tour ely 3D graph ariable v wn a mydata.plt Con a Con , ectiv dra 2D 3D that a resp a second creates inset 1; 2; Similarly the REFERENCE axes, an 8; 2.5; = = 10.5; 3.5; assumes Z default, is second 0.25; 0.25; 2; 4.6; = = gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); gpMoveFrame(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,width,height); gpPlot(&gp); = = example = = = = By the = = = and ariable. e X-axis, v v frame o Y also and example the gpAdd3DContourFrame(&gp); framenum xpos ypos width height ret framenum xpos ypos width height ret ret ab X, tour COMMAND ariables. v second plot, This See gpPlot Source gp.src 3. con The with the 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpPolarLinePlotCreate

Purpose Creates a plot control structure and initializes its members to default values for a Polar Line plot. Library gaussplot Format gp = gpPolarLinePlotCreate; Output gp plot control structure with its members set to default values for a Polar Line plot. Remarks You may use gp to plot a graph using either gpMakePolarLinePlot or gpPlot. Calling gpPolarLinePlotCreate sets the plot type of the entire graph to Polar Line. To create a graph with multiple frames that contain plots of dierent types, use gpPlotCreate. A plot control structure initialized with gpPolarLinePlotCreate contains one frame by default. Example library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

theta = seqa(0,5,37); r = sin(theta*pi/180); string vnames = { "V1", "V2" };

struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gpPolarLinePlotCreate; ret = gpMakePolarLinePlot(&gp,theta,r,vnames); This example illustrates how you may create a Polar Line plot with one line map, using defaults for all style and display options. The rst variable (V1) will be associated with the Theta-axis, and the second variable (V2) with the R-axis. Source gppolarlineplot.src See also gpMakePolarLinePlot, gpPlot

150 Reference ositionGrid 151 gpP 100). plots. 100). 100). 100). (0 tour (0 (0 (0 de. Con units co units 2D units units frame units. error and frame in ); frame frame an in in in top grid frame , grid in the grid grid Cartesian 0) the of , ottom otherwise b the the 2D (0 of , of of edge right Line, edge ws: , edge edge t osition structure. p XY successful, left ottom follo , is top left righ b if trol as 0 er. Bar, the the the the is b con de, to frame of of of of um co amenum Y n grid plot fr the , a of the ONL gp frame. osition osition osition osition to p p return p p p frame of a ter in corner REFERENCE applies 11; oin 88; scalar, p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, osition grid 13; = p 88; = = ositionGrid( the = rks ry ose ottom-left gpP command left right bottom top default b ra = rmat COMMAND o ositions amenum et gp ottom et The Example Output Rema The Input gaussplot F r Purp P Lib 3. This r p fr right b left top 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpPositionGrid

framenum = 1; left = 20; right = 88; bottom = 11; top = 88; ret = gpPositionGrid(&gp,framenum,left,right,bottom,top);

Source gp.src

See also gpPositionXAxis, gpPositionYAxis

152 Reference ositionXAxis of 153 an that o gpP T to tage grid grid Y-axis plots. frames the the used. ercen maps (the and tour y p e w b v a o are line axisnum elo de. Con um, b ab as co only t t Y-axis um 2D The more Y-axis wing: ); min used error or heigh heigh d and gridline is or one onding follo an o frame. grid c one it grid grid , a the and ordinates. the in ertical link the the and of co corresp v er. um. at Cartesian b of of to osition for, t t one axes p otherwise the the X-axis grid um 2D , n Y Y set on on maxim one ercen ercen is in p p Line, and ositioned ) system, p grid frame. X-axis X axisnum structure. is osition osition XY , successful, e 5, p p the option default, if v osition osition trol at at p p 0 at axisnum er. Bar, ecied to the By t. frame ordinate b con sp gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, to a co amenum osition. up um p co fr Y same n in X-axis X-axis X-axis X-axis heigh w the , plot call plots. X-axis axisnum than um. um. a gp in ositioned the allo h p ONL p grid osition to return p X-axis 1 frame Line axes, X-axis osition osition osition osition line are whic with the maxim minim p p p p X ter plots greater REFERENCE XY rst applies oin 1 4 2 3 axes p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, Line X-axis ered and ecies the X b sp t ositionXAxis( an XY t um Bar additional rks n ry ose gpP y command and ra d COMMAND default, = tain rmat or o ositions amenum et osition gp o et This Example Rema Bar Output gaussplot F r Input Purp P Lib 3. subsequen argumen displa con By X-axis p r p fr axisnum c 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpPositionXAxis

framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; position = 50; coord = 4; ret = gpPositionXAxis(&gp,framenum,axisnum,position,coord);

This example vertically centers the rst X-axis in the grid.

Source gp.src

See also gpPositionGrid, gpShowXAxis, gpSetXAxisColor

154 Reference Axis ositionY 155 a the that tage o gpP the T to of of X-axis t plots. ercen p frames left righ used. maps (the a and tour y b as the the are line axisnum de. Con um, to to co only X-axis um 2D The more Y-axis wing: gridline ); min used error or width width d and is one tal or onding follo an o frame. grid one c it grid grid a , the and ordinates. the in link the the and of co corresp horizon er. um. at Cartesian b of of to osition for, t t one axes otherwise p the the X-axis grid um 2D , n Y X set on on maxim one ercen ercen is in p p Line, and ositioned ) system, p grid Y-axis X axisnum structure. frame. is osition osition XY successful, e , 5, p p the option default, if v osition osition trol at at p p 0 at axisnum er. Bar, to the By frame ordinate b ecied con gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, to a um. co width. osition. um. sp up amenum um p co fr Y same n in Y-axis Y-axis Y-axis Y-axis w plot call , plots. the Y-axis axisnum than grid a gp ositioned the allo h maxim minim p ONL in p osition to the return p Y-axis 1 frame Line axes, Y-axis osition osition osition osition are whic line with of grid grid p p p p Y ter plots Axis( greater REFERENCE XY rst applies oin 1 4 2 3 axes p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, Line ered and ecies the Y Y-axis b sp t ositionY a XY t um Bar additional rks n ry ose gpP y command and ra d COMMAND default, = tain rmat or o ositions amenum et osition gp o et This Example Rema Bar Output gaussplot F r Input Purp P Lib 3. subsequen argumen displa con By Y-axis p r p fr axisnum c 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpPositionYAxis

framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; position = 0; coord = 3; ret = gpPositionYAxis(&gp,framenum,axisnum,position,coord);

This example positions the rst Y-axis at the grid maximum (on the right edge of the grid).

Source gp.src

See also gpPositionGrid, gpShowYAxis, gpSetYAxisColor

156 Reference gpPrint in t are 157 that ecied the gpPrin with sp of installation output call example: output ws: t t one or ou USS plotted F y is follo prin commands prin GA output as een output commands t b t efore is oler our b o format y prin oler has sp prin o ostScript of t command. it output P HP-GL/2 sp t print t as prin oler ter. commands o prin on prin and commands ostScript hrome hrome sp so for P HP-GL/2 c c directory prin oler the as o sample oler our sub o y sp Used HP-GL color mono color mono sp ted t in commands. using t default some command, prin prin structure. ted prin e the Plot " name oler b e tains the o to trol gaussplot prin yp the to le sp cmd con is for con ted up the the le PlotT oler tax in e set o graph prin plot for graph sp desired a syn is " ust the = to the m found the gpMak The is holder ou ter graph ux, le Y the causes REFERENCE ux. oin tecplot.cfg format Lin t of the cmd p place Lin out. format ); a graph. The ws, and one or oler gp { print } . o p as ted gpPrin rks or the t( ry ose SPOOLER sp HPGL2MONOSPOOLCMD HPGL2COLORSPOOLCMD HPGLSPOOLCMD print PSMONOSPOOLCMD PSCOLORSPOOLCMD ‘@’ ts wing: $!PRINTSETUP ra tecplot.cfg Windo UNIX rmat UNIX COMMAND o gp on directory where Use commen Calling Input Rema gaussplot F gpPrin Purp Prin Lib 3. gpPlot On the On follo p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpPrint

$!PRINTSETUP SPOOLER { PSMONOSPOOLCMD = "lpr @; rm @" HPGL2COLORSPOOLCMD = "lpr -P hp5550 @; rm @" } species that the spooler command “lpr @; rm @” is to be used for all monochrome PostScript print output, and the spooler command “lpr -P hp5550 @; rm @” is to be used for all color HP-GL/2 print output.

The default format for print output on UNIX and Linux is PostScript. We recommend that you always use PostScript as your print format. However, if you want to change the print output format to HP-GL or HP-GL/2, you may do so by calling gpSetPrintFormat.

By default, the graph is printed in color. To print the graph as a monochrome image, call gpSetPrintPalette. If you want to print to a le instead of a printer, call gpPrintToFile before calling gpPrint.

Example

monochrome = 1; ret = gpSetPrintPalette(&gp,monochrome); gpPrint(&gp);

Source gp.src

See also gpSetPrintPalette, gpSetPrintFormat, gpPrintToFile, gpSetPaperOrientation

158 Reference oFile t gpPrintT o 159 T will the gpPrin to jobs output command t the t command ted y to a b The prin ostScript. prin commands. prin t P at call e is le. the b ter ter. ecied wing to le on the prin prin (sp another to follo subsequen to t ends graph til jobs all ouptut the go sen t dep un taining e le. e the to a the b yp con prin t ter, to t , string, le jobs cause created prin ull t output not n a oFile is t default, not a tT of .prn prin le. ter, is es By t a prin alette that subsequen . do structure. . tP prin t all le gpPrin sets a output instead trol to or ormat t to name lename then tF subsequen con generates gpPrin le, If prin call output le gpSetPrin to all a name ); a le of , of plot output that y a name, /b e a b call le tered. to that to yp with a le to t gpSetPrin t name ormat y sends a lpt1 lename b tF sen t ter ting , the encoun oFile e created output ecies with ter. REFERENCE gp b oin t p is tT tains sp prin ux, p string, name le prin gpPrin will con prin a ws, le ecied a gpSetPrin oFile( oFile succeeded to gpPrin , rks .prn sp merely e t tT tT ry ose t also b a gpSetPrintToFile(&gp,"print.ps"); gpPrint(&gp); It copy ra t UNIX/Lin Windo default, rmat sen COMMAND ecies lename ust o e gp le. command) Source gp.src See gpPrin Example If Rema gaussplot F gpPrin Input Purp Sp Lib 3. m Calling prompt: By On b gpPrin format prin On p lename 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpRedeneColor

Purpose

Sets the RGB values for a color in the color palette. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpRedeneColor(pgp, color, rvalue, gvalue, bvalue); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. color string or N 1 string array, name(s) of color(s) to redene. – or – scalar or N 1 vector, indices of color(s) in color list. rvalue scalar or N 1 vector, 0 rvalue 255, red value(s). gvalue scalar or N 1 vector, 0 gvalue 255, green value(s). bvalue scalar or N 1 vector, 0 bvalue 255, blue value(s).

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

When you redene a color in the color palette, all instances of that color in the graph will use the new denition. To redene multiple colors with one call to gpRedeneColor, use N 1 vectors for all of the arguments. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = 1; ret = gpRedefineColor(&gp,"custom6",55,127,199); ret = gpSetMeshColor(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,"custom6");

Source gp.src

160 Reference gpRotateAxes 161 X, zero, to the otation plot yr set degrees. degrees. out degrees. is the ab in in order. in . de. X-axis, plot that co rotate a ); otation X-axis Y-axis Z-axis in o the zr plots. T error the the the or out , rotate otation an tour Z-axis axis. ab out out out zr to , gpRotateZAxis ab ab ab Con the ou otation or y 3D yr onding out degrees , ws otation otherwise ab Axis yr and rotation rotation rotation allo , corresp otation otation 180, 180, 180, that xr xr degrees the structure. otation If successful, axes. xr gpRotateY Cartesian if plot out , , Z trol 0 gpRotateZAxis er. ab 3D otation function , b the otation otation otation con and r r zr de, to y z xr um Y co Y n Axis command. amenum plot and fr X, rotated a rotates enience , e ONL v 180 180 180 b to gp the return frame single p gpRotateXAxis con a 45; 90; 180; ter Y-axis, not 1; a out gpRotateY = = = REFERENCE call applies is = oin , ab the p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, with will gpRotateAxes(&gp,framenum,xrotation,yrotation,zrotation); axis, out plot = gpRotateAxes plot axes a ab rks Z to ry ose one gpRotateAxes( also command command the framenum xrotation yrotation zrotation ret ra = rmat COMMAND call and out otation o otation otation amenum et gp et ab then degrees A Y This Source gpfieldzone.src See gpRotateXAxis Example Output Rema This gaussplot F r Input Purp Rotates Lib 3. r p fr xr zr yr 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpRotateTextObject

Purpose Rotates a text object from the horizontal. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpRotateTextObject(pgp, framenum, name, angle); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of a text object created by gpAddTextObject. angle scalar, 360 angle 360, angle in degrees to rotate the text object from the horizontal. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks A call to gpRotateTextObject must be preceded by a call to gpAddTextObject. By default, the angle is set to 0, i.e., the text object is drawn horizontally.

Inputting a negative value for angle rotates the text object clockwise, while inputting a positive value rotates the text object counter-clockwise. Example framenum = 1; objectname = "text1"; angle = 15;

ret = gpAddTextObject(&gp,framenum,objectname,"f(x) = sin(x)"); ret = gpRotateTextObject(&gp,framenum,objectname,angle); Source gptext.src See also gpAddTextObject, gpSetTextObjectBoxStyle

162 Reference 163 gpRotateXAxis rotate o T degrees. in de. X-axis. co X-axis the plots. error the out ab an tour out ab Con . 3D degrees otherwise ); and rotation otation 180, xr gpRotateAxes otation structure. xr successful, plot , call Cartesian if trol 0 er. the 3D b otation con axes, de, to xr Z um amenum co Y n fr plot rotates , X-axis. a and gp ONL 180 p Y to the return frame -45; X, ter 1; out = REFERENCE applies = oin the ab p scalar, scalar, scalar, gpRotateXAxis(&gp,framenum,xrotation); out plot = gpRotateXAxis ab a rks to ry ose gpRotateXAxis( also command framenum xrotation ret ra plot = rmat COMMAND call o otation amenum et gp et This Source gpfieldzone.src See gpRotateAxes Example Rema Output A Input gaussplot F r Purp Rotates Lib 3. the r p fr xr 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpRotateYAxis

Purpose

Rotates a plot about the Y-axis.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpRotateYAxis(pgp, framenum, yrotation);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. yrotation scalar, 180 yrotation 180, rotation about the Y-axis in degrees.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

A call to gpRotateYAxis rotates the plot yrotation degrees about the Y-axis. To rotate the plot about the X, Y and Z axes, call gpRotateAxes.

This command applies ONLY to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 1; yrotation = 130; ret = gpRotateYAxis(&gp,framenum,yrotation);

Source gpfieldzone.src

See also gpRotateAxes

164 Reference 165 gpRotateZAxis rotate o T degrees. in de. Z-axis. co Z-axis the plots. error the out an tour ab out ab Con . 3D degrees otherwise and rotation ); otation 180, zr gpRotateAxes otation structure. successful, zr call plot Cartesian , if trol 0 er. 3D the b otation con axes, r de, to z Z um co amenum Y n plot fr Z-axis. rotates , a and ONL 180 gp Y to p the return frame -75; X, ter 1; out = REFERENCE applies = oin the ab p scalar, scalar, scalar, gpRotateZAxis(&gp,framenum,zrotation); out plot = gpRotateZAxis ab a rks to ry ose gpRotateZAxis( also command framenum zrotation ret ra plot = rmat COMMAND call o otation amenum et gp et Source gpfieldzone.src See gpRotateAxes Example Rema Output A Input gaussplot F r Purp Rotates Lib 3. This the r p fr zr 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpRunMacroFile

Purpose

Runs a macro le in GAUSSplot.

Library gaussplot

Format gpRunMacroFile(macrole);

Input macrole string, the name of a macro le created with GAUSSplot.

Remarks

When you call gpPlot or any of the other plotting commands (see Section 2.1.15) to plot a graph based on the information in a plot control structure, GAUSSplot writes the information out as a macro le and then runs the macro le to produce the graph. Call this command to run a macro le that was previously created by a GAUSSplot plotting command.

The plotting commands generate a temporary le name for the macro le if a name is not specied with gpSetMacroFile.

Example

gpRunMacroFile("macro.mcr");

Source gp.src

See also gpAddMacroFile, gpSetMacroFile, gpOpenLayoutFile

166 Reference ViewDistance 167 size 3D the the will ossible. then in the p , e for and as plot h er gpSet3D a uc distanc of osition increase m de. view p t co as call oin will e the ViewDistance p e plots. plot. error een ter a increasing ectiv ordinate w an tour used. of cen co et distanc ersp t gpSet3D b ordinates, then p Con not the co t oin ), ); p e is e 3D after e and (X,Y,Z) grid otherwise ter distance ectiv curren er and decreasing an ectiv 3D cen distanc e the the , ersp in view ose and ersp the er p ho ectiv c structure. the ecify tains successful, gpSetPlotFit and 3D Cartesian sp view if ersp amenum or frame, will een er trol 0 to fr main w er. 3D gpUse3DP the , b et con the de, to view b gp and p um for default, (see in co Y osition n e plot the USSplot By gpUse3DP a erP plot , . ONL GA een to cation return distance frame ordinates. w distanc enabled lo the ViewDistance View et co ter erridden. 1; 35; is frame. b of plot, v osition osition REFERENCE o e applies = = oin a ViewDistance( e grid p scalar, scalar, scalar, exact the erP erP b size of gpSet3DViewDistance(&gp,framenum,distance); satises ectiv in t an gpSet3D gpSet3D = the distance will View View oin rks ersp that e p e ry ose call call plot gpSet3D also p ecify command the framenum distance ret er ra ou ou = sp rmat ter COMMAND the y y 3D o o amenum et gp et Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSet3D Example Rema If Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. cen of This view distanc gpSet3D decrease T If If r p fr distanc 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSet3DViewerPosition

Purpose

Sets the position of the viewer in 3D grid coordinates. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSet3DViewerPosition(pgp, framenum, xpos, ypos, zpos); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. xpos scalar, X-coordinate position of the viewer. ypos scalar, Y-coordinate position of the viewer. zpos scalar, Z-coordinate position of the viewer.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

To specify a distance between the viewer and the center point of a plot and allow GAUSSplot to calculate an appropriate (X,Y,Z) coordinate position for the viewer, call gpSet3DViewDistance. If you call gpSet3DViewDistance after gpSet3DViewerPosition, then the former command will reset the distance between the viewer and the center point of the plot, while maintaining, as much as possible, the perspective set by gpSet3DViewerPosition.

If you call gpSet3DViewerPosition and one or more of the rotation commands (gpRotateXAxis, gpRotateYAxis, gpRotateZAxis or gpRotateAxes), then the operations will be performed in the order in which you call them. For example, if you call gpSet3DViewerPosition and then call gpRotateXAxis, then the specied viewer position will be set before the rotation and will be changed by the rotation. However, if you call gpRotateXAxis and then gpSet3DViewerPosition, then the specied viewer position will be set after the rotation.

If you call gpSet3DViewerPosition and one or more of the rotation animation commands (gpAnimateXAxisRotation, gpAnimateYAxisRotation,

168 Reference osition erP 169 View set er outside e b view plot will called. gpSet3D tire ecied are en sp osition p the the plots. er place tour view commands erride v o will Con the the ), h 3D will that whic er and in osition view e erP the order ectiv Cartesian for the View ersp 3D of to gpAnimate3DRotation osition Y p or gpSet3D , a gpUse3DP ONL view. regardless , after of ecify 1; sp REFERENCE applies = eld to 15; 15; 18; gpSet3DViewerPosition(&gp,framenum,xpos,ypos,zpos); er’s not = = = animation, = ViewDistance gpSetPlotFit the view also command framenum xpos ypos zpos ret careful COMMAND the efore osition. Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSet3D Example 3. gpAnimateZAxisRotation b This of Calling p Be 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetActiveFieldZones

Purpose

Species which eld zones to display in a frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetActiveFieldZones(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, number(s) of the eld zone(s) to be displayed. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

This command does not apply to Bar, XY Line or Polar Line plots. For all other plot types, the default is to display all eld zones in a frame unless a call to gpAnimateFieldZones is encountered. If gpAnimateFieldZones is called in the program, then only the rst eld zone is displayed by default. Example

library gaussplot; #include gp.sdf

struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gpPlotCreate;

ret = gpSetDataFile(&gp,0,"mydata.plt"); gpAdd3DCartesianFrame(&gp); gpAdd2DContourFrame(&gp);

ret = gpSetActiveFieldZones(&gp,1,1); ret = gpSetActiveFieldZones(&gp,2,2|3);

ret = gpPlot(&gp);

170 Reference 171 eld third gpSetActiveFieldZones and second the and one frame in zone eld rst the ates o. REFERENCE w t activ frame in also example COMMAND zones See gpSetAxisMap Source gpfieldzone.src 3. This 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetArrowColor

Purpose Sets the color of an arrow. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetArrowColor(pgp, framenum, name, color); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of an arrow object created by gpAddArrow. color string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks See Section 2.2.1 for the list of available colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. Example framenum = 1; xstart = 0; xend = 1.5; ystart = 0; yend = 1; coord = 2; ret = gpAddArrow(&gp,framenum,"arrow1",xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord); ret = gpSetArrowColor(&gp,framenum,"arrow1","green"); This example adds an arrow to frame one, drawing the arrow from the origin to point (1.5, 1). It then sets the color of the arrow to green. Source gparrow.src See also gpAddArrow, gpSetArrowHeadStyle, gpSetArrowLineThickness

172 Reference wHeadAngle t 173 the of t. segmen side line gpSetArro segmen one the . de. w line co that with w es error arro angle an mak the ); gpAddArro the y b head degrees. with angle sets w , es 20 otherwise arro to then created mak name t , the and 12. ject of head ob to structure. segmen one w successful, w side amenum if set trol fr line arro 0 yle is er. , arro one b w frame con an gp de, an p to um of co arro angle n of that plot w wHeadSt a the side arro head to return name frame angle w one an with ter 1; degrees. wHeadAngle( REFERENCE es arro 0; 0; = oin that gpSetArro 2; "arrow1"; 20; in p scalar, string, scalar, scalar, adds 0.5; 1.25; = = , gpAddArrow(&gp,framenum,aname,xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord); gpSetArrowHeadAngle(&gp,framenum,aname,angle); = = = the mak w = = = = angle rks ry ose head gpSetArro also example the ret framenum xstart xend ystart yend coord aname angle ret ra w default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et arro Source gparrow.src See gpAddArro Rema By Example This Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. r p fr angle name 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetArrowHeadAttachment

Purpose

Species to which end of an arrow the arrow head is attached. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetArrowHeadAttachment(pgp, framenum, name, attachment); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of an arrow object created by gpAddArrow. attachment scalar, one of the following:

1 arrow head attaches to the beginning of the line segment. 2 arrow head attaches to the end of the line segment. 3 arrow heads attach to both ends. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

By default, arrows are drawn with an arrow head attached to the end of the line segment. Example

framenum = 1; xstart = 0; xend = 1.5; ystart = 0; yend = 1; coord = 2; aname = "arrow1"; attachment = 1;

ret = gpAddArrow(&gp,framenum,aname,xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord); ret = gpSetArrowHeadAttachment(&gp,framenum,aname,attachment);

174 Reference ttachment to 175 t wHeadA hmen attac head gpSetArro w arro the sets then and one yle t. frame to w segmen wHeadSt arro line an the REFERENCE gpSetArro of adds , w also eginning example b COMMAND See gpAddArro Source gparrow.src 3. the This 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetArrowHeadSize

Purpose Sets the size of an arrow head. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetArrowHeadSize(pgp, framenum name size); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of an arrow object created by gpAddArrow. size scalar, size of the arrow head as a percentage of the frame height. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, arrow heads have a size of 5. Example framenum = 2; xstart = 0; xend = 1.5; ystart = 0; yend = 1; coord = 2; aname = "arrow1"; size = 7;

ret = gpAddArrow(&gp,framenum,aname,xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord); ret = gpSetArrowHeadSize(&gp,framenum,aname,size); This example adds an arrow to frame two and then sets the size of the arrow head to 7% of the frame height. Source gparrow.src See also gpAddArrow, gpSetArrowHeadStyle

176 Reference yle wHeadSt of 177 the end head 12. t. w with the of ); t. gpSetArro es to arro heigh . de. angle angle mak hed , w eral t. co segmen wing: frame size sev , attac head line the follo error default set w segmen are a of to the an h the arro gpAddArro line of ou and of y y tage b whic attachment the 5 wing: , the e ws one of of of ercen follo typ t, otherwise , p allo eginning heads, size side a ends. oin created h end b the p w as name t of , one oth the the ject whic b arro to to ob call. default structure. one head to successful, hmen that a w e, h w if hes hes plain trol amenum 0 yp has er. t attac arro fr , head. function, arro b attac con head. head. function attac attac de, gp an with w degrees p um w w co the head head head n of in plot head. wn arro w t. of yle( w w head head heads a arro arro enience single w w v dra w w w a to arro size arro return name angle frame arro arro con are arro arro arro plain lled hollo segmen ter An a with REFERENCE an wHeadSt ws is oin t. 2 1 3 1 2 3 line p scalar, scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, scalar, of arro yle st segmen rks ry ose gpSetArro parameters command the ra line COMMAND default, = rmat e yle o amenum et gp et By st Example Output Rema This gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. the r p fr typ name attachment size angle 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetArrowHeadStyle

framenum = 1; xstart = 0; xend = 1.5; ystart = 0; yend = 1; coord = 2; aname = "arrow1";

type = 1; attachment = 1; size = 7; angle = 20;

ret = gpAddArrow(&gp,framenum,aname,xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord); ret = gpSetArrowHeadStyle(&gp,framenum,aname,type,attachment,size,angle);

Source gparrow.src

See also gpAddArrow, gpSetArrowHeadAngle, gpSetArrowHeadAttachment, gpSetArrowHeadSize, gpSetArrowHeadType

178 e Reference yp wHeadT 179 gpSetArro . de. w co error an gpAddArro ); y e b wing: typ , follo otherwise heads. created the name w , of ject arro ob structure. one successful, w e, if amenum plain trol 0 yp fr er. t arro , head. b con head. head. de, gp an with w p um w w co head n of e( plot wn head. arro w a yp arro arro w w dra to arro return name frame arro are plain lled hollo ter 1; an wHeadT REFERENCE ws 0; 0; = oin 2; "arrow1"; 1 2 3 p scalar, scalar, string, scalar, of 1.5; 1; 2; = = e gpAddArrow(&gp,framenum,aname,xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord); gpSetArrowHeadType(&gp,framenum,aname,type); = = arro = = = = = yp t rks ry ose gpSetArro the framenum xstart xend ystart yend coord aname type ret ret ra default, = rmat COMMAND e o amenum et gp et Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. r p fr typ name 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetArrowHeadType

This example adds an arrow to frame one and then sets the arrow head type to lled.

Source gparrow.src

See also gpAddArrow, gpSetArrowHeadStyle

180 Reference attern wLineP 181 line gpSetArro ailable v . de. a w co of list error ); an The gpAddArro y ts. attern b . p list. , otherwise segmen name created USSplot , pattern line GA in ject t. in ob structure. solid successful, e w amenum if fr trol pattern pattern. , 0 segmen er. arro with b gp con p de, line an line line wn um insensitiv co n of w of of plot dra a case attern( arro are to index return name name frame – are the ws Solid Dashed DashDot Dotted LongDash DashDotDot ter or ws: of – wLineP REFERENCE oin arro scalar, p scalar, string, string, scalar, follo 2 3 4 5 6 1 names all as is pattern rks ry ose gpSetArro pattern the ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp attern et Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. patterns Line r p fr p name 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetArrowLinePattern

framenum = 1; xstart = 0; xend = 1.5; ystart = 0; yend = 1; coord = 2; aname = "arrow1";

ret = gpAddArrow(&gp,framenum,aname,xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord); ret = gpSetArrowLinePattern(&gp,framenum,aname,"dashed");

This example adds an arrow to frame one and then sets the pattern of the arrow line segment to ‘dashed’.

Source gparrow.src

See also gpAddArrow, gpSetArrowLinePatternLength, gpSetArrowColor

182 Reference atternLength 183 frame the the wLineP of lines, . tage de. w co ); ercen p non-solid gpSetArro error a length or as F , an gpAddArro y b name solid. , pattern to otherwise line set created is amenum the fr ject pattern. , of t ob structure. gp successful, p w pattern if cycle trol 0 er. arro segmen line b con one de, an um line co of the n of plot w if 2. a atternLength( is arro to return name frame length t. ter the 1; ignored wLineP REFERENCE length of is 0; 0; 3; = oin 2; "arrow1"; heigh p scalar, string, scalar, scalar, 1.5; 1; = = = gpAddArrow(&gp,framenum,aname,xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord); gpSetArrowLinePattern(&gp,framenum,aname,"dashed"); gpSetArrowLinePatternLength(&gp,framenum,aname,length); ======length pattern rks ry ose gpSetArro command the framenum xstart xend ystart yend coord aname length ret ret ret ra = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Example Rema Output This gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. default r p fr length name 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetArrowLinePatternLength

This example adds an arrow to frame one, sets the pattern of the arrow line segment to ‘dashed’, and then sets the length of one cycle of the pattern to 3% of the frame height.

Source gparrow.src

See also gpAddArrow, gpSetArrowLinePattern, gpSetArrowColor

184 Reference 185 line wLineThickness w frame arro the of the . de. of gpSetArro w tage co ); kness ercen error p thic a an gpAddArro as the thickness y t b , 1. . sets 0 of otherwise name segmen , then created line kness t. and ject w ob thic amenum structure. one successful, fr a arro w , if e segmen trol v 0 gp the er. arro p ha b frame line con of de, an ts w to um co n of kness( plot w arro kness wColor a arro segmen to return name thic frame the an t. 0.4; of ter line 1; = wLineThic REFERENCE w 0; 0; = oin gpSetArro 2; "arrow1"; heigh p scalar, string, scalar, scalar, adds 4. 1.5; 1; = = , . kness gpAddArrow(&gp,framenum,aname,xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord); gpSetArrowLineThickness(&gp,framenum,aname,thickness); = = arro 0 w = = = = to thic rks t ry ose gpSetArro also example the ret ret framenum xstart xend ystart yend coord aname thickness ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gparrow.src See gpAddArro This Rema By Example Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. segmen r p fr thickness name 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetAxisMap

Purpose Sets the variable to be associated with each axis in a frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetAxisMap(pgp, framenum, vars); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. vars K 1 vector, indices of the variables in the data le. – or – K 1 string array, names of the variables. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks If the specied frame contains a 2D Cartesian or 2D Contour plot, then vars must be a 2 1 vector or string array, with the rst element corresponding to the X-axis and the second element to the Y-axis. If the specied frame contains a 3D Cartesian or 3D Contour plot, then vars must be a 3 1 vector or string array, with the rst element corresponding to the X-axis, the second element to the Y-axis, and the third element to the Z-axis. By default, the rst variable in the data le is associated with the X-axis, the second variable with the Y-axis, and (for 3D plots) the third variable with the Z-axis. Example framenum = 1; vars = { 1, 4, 5 }; ret = gpSetAxisMap(&gp,framenum,vars); This example associates the rst variable in the data le with the X-axis, the fourth variable with the Y-axis, and the fth variable with the Z-axis. Source gp.src See also gpSetActiveFieldZones

186 r Reference rColo . gpSetBa 187 USSplot GA in de. e ); co olor lc error l insensitiv , an olor c case er(s). b line are , otherwise um n map(s). names list. list. map line color. structure. color color color successful, linemapnum line color. gpSetBarWidth , if in in , trol ecied 0 ll outline er. sp b con ector, colors; de, v rame color color bar bar um of the 1 co amenum n of of of of plot fr in , list a N gp to p index index return frame name name – – the bars or 2; gpAddBarF ter or or 1; = for , the – – REFERENCE = oin of scalar, scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, string, scalar 2.2.1 gpSetBarColor(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,"custom25","green"); = color rks ry ose gpSetBarColor( also the framenum linemapnum ret olor Section ra = olor c rmat COMMAND lc o amenum et gp et Source gpbarplot.src See gpBarPlotCreate Example Output Rema See gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. l line r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetBarLineThickness

Purpose

Sets the line thickness of the bar outlines in the specied line map(s).

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetBarLineThickness(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, thickness);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar or N 1 vector, line map number(s). thickness scalar, line thickness of the bar outlines as a percentage of the height of the frame.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all bars outlines are set to a line thickness of 0.4.

Example

framenum = 3; linemapnum = 2; thickness = 0.6; ret = gpSetBarLineThickness(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,thickness);

Source gpbarplot.src

See also gpSetBarColor, gpSetBarOrientation, gpSetBarWidth

188 Reference rOrientation 189 gpSetBa de. ); co error an orientation , er(s). map(s). b otherwise um line n linemapnum , . map gpSetBarWidth ecied , . structure. sp successful, tally line . wing: if trol the kness 0 amenum er. fr b follo in ertically con ector, , horizon v de, v um gp ertically 1 co the p n v wn wn bars plot of a wn dra dra N the to 2; return frame one tation( dra or of 1; = bars bars ter 2; = are gpSetBarLineThic REFERENCE = oin , 2 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar tation gpSetBarOrientation(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,orientation); bars = orien rks ry ose gpSetBarOrien also the ret framenum linemapnum orientation ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gpbarplot.src See gpSetBarColor Example Rema Output By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. orientation r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetBarWidth

Purpose

Sets the width of the bars in the specied line map(s).

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetBarWidth(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, width);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar or N 1 vector, line map number(s). width scalar, width of the bars as a percentage of the height of the frame.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all bars are set to a width of 2.5.

Example

framenum = 3; linemapnum = 2; width = 1; ret = gpSetBarWidth(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,width);

Source gpbarplot.src

See also gpSetBarColor, gpSetBarLineThickness, gpSetBarOrientation

190 r Reference ryColo . 191 er le. y USSplot gpSetBounda data GA the in de. in e co ); zone olor error c zone(s). insensitiv an line ciated wFieldZoneBoundaryLa , eld case er(s). asso b gpSho are , the um ecied otherwise n er sp of y color. er names eldzonenum list. the zone b , line um structure. n color color successful, eld if in around trol the 0 amenum er. wBoundaryLa fr b to ector, con colors; oundary line , v de, color b gp um of 1 co p n of ond of plot gpSho , list a N 2; oundary to index return frame name – the or b = corresp kness ter or 1; for the ers – REFERENCE = oin b scalar of scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, um 2.2.1 gpSetBoundaryColor(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,"purple"); n = color rks ry ose gpSetBoundaryColor( also zone the ret framenum fieldzonenum olor Section ra = c rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et See Source gp.src See gpSetBoundaryThic Example Rema Output Field gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. line r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetBoundaryThickness

Purpose

Sets the line thickness of the boundary around the specied eld zone(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetBoundaryThickness(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, thickness); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). thickness scalar, thickness of the boundary line as a percentage of the height of the frame.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all boundary lines have a thickness of 0.4. Field zone numbers correspond to the number of the associated zone in the data le. Example

framenum = 3; fieldzonenum = 2; thickness = 0.6; ret = gpSetBoundaryThickness(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,thickness);

Source gp.src See also gpSetBoundaryColor, gpShowBoundaryLayer, gpShowFieldZoneBoundaryLayer

192 Reference rDistribution as ); 193 the ed y ending tour tour trols ciated color to group. con displa dep con con asso distribution is h , tour e solid ary de. b group v a with y con co that and/or whic to ed ma tour y uses els oupnum er(s). zone h lines error gpSetContourColo gr con b ecied lev group, they a an displa sp um whic eld tour n is for tour h tour ontour the c zone, con , con options. plot con Eac for group all eld otherwise with een a tour w ding ed tour et trol o distribution, y group. amenum in b con distribution fr o con a con , particular tour a gp used color to structure. displa used p color successful, tour e con wing: if ector, b are one v trol with a con the default 0 er. color 1 el. b follo of can banded con a By ding de, distribution. lev o um of group co N the ciated n use within o plot distribution. plots of or a uous tour Changing set asso tour groups. and shade tin to e con return frame one tour b groups con are els. distribution scalar banded con ter the tour the lines Con lev ust REFERENCE tourColorDistribution( oin tour m map con using 1 2 p scalar, scalar, scalar, oth , t tour from options b con causes plot If oupnum con color only options. rks gr tour ry ose uous gpSetCon tour dieren the een ra con ding. ding default, = tin tour rmat distance w COMMAND o o con o et amenum et gp ontour et Example Output Rema By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. b on All con with con a o o r p fr distribution c 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetContourColorDistribution

framenum = 1; contourgroupnum = 1; distribution = 2;

ret = gpSetContourColorDistribution(&gp,framenum, contourgroupnum,distribution);

This example sets the color map distribution of contour ooding for contour group one to continuous.

Source gpcontourplot.src

See also gpSetContourFloodGroup, gpSetContourVariable

194 Reference dGroup o ; as 195 the ed group y ); tour trols ciated tour zone(s). con displa con asso is con oupnum h e eld gr de. b gpSetContourFlo y co that and/or whic using , ma ontour ecied c zone lines error , sp only group, they an the eld tour ding h tour in o zone, con er(s). o b con Eac ding um eld otherwise with eldzonenum o n tour , a o er. ed b y group. in con zone um particular tour n tour a used amenum structure. with displa successful, con eld fr e con , if ed b are y trol for with a group 0 gp er. p b can ector, con ding v de, used o tour displa um 1 co ciated n e within o is plot 2; b plots con a dGroup( 4; = set N asso to o 2; groups. and plot to e = return frame tour or b = are scalar, ter 1; options. tour lines Con tour group ust REFERENCE = tourFlo oin m all scalar con p scalar, scalar, con oth t tour options gpSetContourVariable(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum,variableindex); gpSetContourFloodGroup(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,contourgroupnum) b a trol plot If = = oupnum con options. rks gr tour con ry ose gpSetCon tour dieren the ret framenum contourgroupnum fieldzonenum ret variableindex to ra con ding. default, = tour rmat COMMAND o con o amenum et gp ontour et Example Rema Output All gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. one with By con a o c r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetContourFloodGroup

This example sets the contour variable in contour group two to the fourth variable in the data le. It then sets the contour group to be used for contour ooding in eld zone two to contour group two.

Source gpcontourplot.src

See also gpSetContourLineGroup, gpSetContourVariable, gpSetContourColorDistribution

196 r Reference xColo 197 x, o b used, colors , in w e not olor c is these hollo legend. a line , de. then insensitiv has tour to co llcolor con case call none, gpSetContourLegendBo a oupnum error a call legend then gr to are y e, an b w, set yp tour t is ontour x hollo kground. names c con o e , b a to yp surrounding bac outline. t preceded otherwise x x x the color x e o set o o o b er. b b b b is b list. list. amenum e default, ust for for the fr um hange yp m colors; n , c t of By structure. o gp use use legend color color successful, x p T o if in in b to to trol group 0 ailable tour er. xColor colors v b line. con a de, . color color con color color k xColor( kground. tour e um of legend co n of of of of plot yp bac the con blac list a kground a xT If tour no . to y index index return frame name name – – the bac b con tourLegendBo has scalar, ter or or for x – – and the REFERENCE o tourLegendBo oin b scalar, scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, string, If w 2.2.1 . tourLegend tourLegendBo gpSetCon oupnum surrounded outline used. rks hollo ); gr to ry ose is gpSetCon a the h olor Section ra not olor USSplot = olor c rmat COMMAND call lc lc o amenum et gp ontour et l since are whic Example Rema A Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. gpAddCon gpSetCon GA See r p fr c line l 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetContourLegendBoxColor

framenum = 1; contourgroupnum = 1; linecolor = "red"; fillcolor = "";

ret = gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); ret = gpSetContourLegendBoxColor(&gp,framenum, contourgroupnum,linecolor,fillcolor);

In this example, llcolor is set to a null string because the box type is hollow and thus has no background.

Source gpcontourplot.src

See also gpAddContourLegend, gpSetContourLegendBoxStyle

198 Reference yle xSt 199 t. at and , heigh , e kness . oxtyp frame b parameters de. , xThic the co eral of gpSetContourLegendBo sev individually error oupnum tage gr set an to ercen tourLegendBo p ou ontour kground. y c a , parameters bac outline. ws as otherwise x x legend. yle o o er. allo st gpSetCon b b b , x list. list. e amenum tour o for for outline um b fr that yp n , x con structure. o use use color color successful, xT gp a kground). the b p wing: if in in to to trol bac group 0 set the er. yle( function follo b con to of de, (no color color color color xSt tour um x co the n of of ); of of o plot x. con b o of kness surrounding a b x. enience tourLegendBo xColor olor w o v x to lc o b index index return one frame thic name name – – b l con scalar, no hollo lled , ter or or a the – – REFERENCE is tourLegendBo oin olor gpSetCon 1 2 3 scalar, scalar, p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, string, string, of c yle line See tourLegendBo oupnum , st rks gr ry ose gpSetCon e command the olor time. ra = olor c rmat COMMAND lc o amenum et gp ontour oxtyp et one This Rema Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. thickness gpSetCon r p fr c b thickness line l 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetContourLegendBoxStyle

A call to gpSetContourLegendBoxStyle must be preceded by a call to gpAddContourLegend. By default, a contour legend has a hollow box (i.e., a box with no background), which is surrounded by a black line that is 0.1% of the frame height. If boxtype is specied as hollow, then llcolor is ignored.

See Section 2.2.1 for the list of available colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot.

Example

framenum = 1; contourgroupnum = 1; boxtype = 3; thickness = 0.4; linecolor = "red"; fillcolor = "white";

ret = gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); ret = gpSetContourLegendBoxStyle(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum, boxtype,thickness,linecolor,fillcolor);

Source gpcontourplot.src

See also gpAddContourLegend, gpSetContourLegendBoxColor, gpSetContourLegendBoxThickness, gpSetContourLegendBoxType

200 Reference ess); xThickness ); 201 is t. heigh thickness , thickness no to frame de. then with call the co oupnum legend. a x of o gr y b b none, error a tour t. tage to an ontour con c gpSetContourLegendBo (i.e., set a , ercen heigh x is p o preceded b a x e o b yle w b as otherwise frame amenum xSt ust er. fr hollo the b tour m , surrounding a gp of outline um con x p n o x has b structure. o kness 1% . successful, the b 0 if kness( the of trol is group 0 the e er. xThic tourLegendBo of legend b con of yp de, t that xThic tour um co n tour plot 1; the con outline kness a = con If gpSetCon outline , . a to return thic frame the 0.4; tourLegendBo an scalar, of ter 1; = REFERENCE = tourLegendBo oin p scalar, scalar, scalar, with default, kness gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); gpSetContourLegendBoxThickness(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum,thickn tourLegend tourLegend By = = gpSetCon oupnum thic rks gr to ry ose gpSetCon also the framenum contourgroupnum ret ret thickness used. ra = kground), rmat COMMAND call o amenum et gp ontour et bac not Source gpcontourplot.src See gpAddCon Example Output Rema A gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpAddCon r p fr c thickness 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetContourLegendBoxType

Purpose Sets the type of the box surrounding a contour legend. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetContourLegendBoxType(pgp, framenum, contourgroupnum, boxtype); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure framenum scalar, frame number contourgroupnum scalar, contour group number boxtype scalar, one of the following: 1 no box. 2 hollow box (no background). 3 lled box. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks A call to gpSetContourLegendBoxType must be preceded by a call to gpAddContourLegend. By default, a contour legend has a hollow box (i.e., a box with no background). Example framenum = 1; contourgroupnum = 1; boxtype = 3;

ret = gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); ret = gpSetContourLegendBoxType(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum,boxtype); Source gpcontourplot.src See also gpAddContourLegend, gpSetContourLegendBoxStyle

202 Reference ont t. a 203 , in e heigh fonttyp written frame , is to de. the co of frame. call oupnum legend a 5% gr . y the error 2 b of gpSetContourLegendHeaderF tour an is t t ontour con c a , heigh heigh preceded in t e otherwise the b fon text of er. amenum b legend. ust fr m , list. um tage t gp n t tour default p header structure. on successful, t( fon ts. con ercen wing: if the on ws: The p trol a in oin group 0 er. a t t. p in b follo con t. follo de, as in fon fon tour um t t as co the n of of default, text plot “helv”). is heigh con of a t By = ts heigh heigh . to e t t index return fon name frame one – fon header tourLegendHeaderF scalar, fon fon ter or ); – REFERENCE the tourLegendHeaderF oin fonttyp ( 1 2 scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, of ailable t v t a tourLegend fon gpSetCon oupnum fon of rks heightunit gr to ry ose e gpSetCon , the list etica ra = rmat COMMAND call o amenum et gp ontour et height Output Rema A Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. gpAddCon helv The r p fr c heightunit height fonttyp 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetContourLegendHeaderFont

1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef

Font names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot.

Example

framenum = 1; contourgroupnum = 2; height = 18; heightunit = 2;

ret = gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); ret = gpSetContourLegendHeaderFont(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum, "timesitalic",height,heightunit);

Source gpcontourplot.src

See also gpAddContourLegend, gpSetContourLegendLabelFont, gpSetContourLegendLineSpacing, gpSetContourLegendMargin

204 Reference ont elF t. 205 a , heigh e in frame fonttyp , de. written the to co of frame. are call oupnum 5% a . the error gpSetContourLegendLab 2 gr y of b an is legend t t ontour c tour heigh , heigh t con preceded otherwise the a e fon b of er. in b amenum ust els fr list. um tage m , n t default t lab legend. structure. gp successful, p fon ts. on ercen wing: t( if the ws: The p trol in elF oin tour group 0 on er. a t t. p b follo con t. follo con elF de, as in fon fon tour a um t t as co the n of of default, plot in “helv”). is heigh con of a t By = ts heigh heigh els . to e t t index return fon name frame one – fon lab tourLegendLab scalar, fon fon ter or ); – REFERENCE the tourLegendLab oin fonttyp ( 1 2 scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, of ailable t v t a tourLegend fon gpSetCon oupnum fon of rks heightunit gr to ry ose e gpSetCon , the list etica ra = rmat COMMAND call o amenum et gp ontour et height Output Rema A Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. gpAddCon helv The r p fr c heightunit height fonttyp 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetContourLegendLabelFont

1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef

Font names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot.

Example

framenum = 1; contourgroupnum = 2; height = 18; heightunit = 2;

ret = gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); ret = gpSetContourLegendLabelFont(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum, "timesitalic",height,heightunit);

Source gpcontourplot.src

See also gpAddContourLegend, gpSetContourLegendHeaderFont, gpSetContourLegendLineSpacing, gpSetContourLegendMargin

206 Reference cing); ); , 207 acing linesp , to de. co call legend. tourLegendMargin oupnum a gr y error b tour gpSetContourLegendLineSpacing an con ontour 1. c gpSetCon legend. in , , to t preceded on set e tour text otherwise b elF is of con er. amenum ust b a fr m , in lines um gp n spacing p structure. successful, een text w if line of trol et group 0 b er. tourLegendLab b con de, lines tour um co n default, plot 1; con the spacing a = By gpSetCon , . to een 1.25; return frame the w = tourLegendLineSpacing scalar, ter et 1; b REFERENCE = tourLegendLineSpacing( oin p scalar, scalar, scalar, gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); gpSetContourLegendLineSpacing(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum,linespa tourLegend tourLegend tourLegendSkip = = gpSetCon oupnum spacing rks gr to ry ose gpSetCon also acing the framenum contourgroupnum linespacing ret ret ra = rmat COMMAND call o amenum et gp ontour et gpSetCon Source gpcontourplot.src See gpAddCon Example Output Rema A gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpAddCon r p fr c linesp 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetContourLegendMargin

Purpose

Sets the size of the margin between the contour legend text and the surrounding box. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetContourLegendMargin(pgp, framenum, contourgroupnum, margin); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. contourgroupnum scalar, contour group number. margin scalar, the size of the margin between the contour legend text and the surrounding box as a percentage of the legend box width. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

A call to gpSetContourLegendMargin must be preceded by a call to gpAddContourLegend. By default, the margin is set to 10. Example

framenum = 1; contourgroupnum = 1; margin = 20;

ret = gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); ret = gpSetContourLegendMargin(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum,margin); Source gpcontourplot.src See also gpAddContourLegend, gpSetContourLegendLineSpacing, gpSetContourLegendSkip

208 Reference tion); ); 209 orientation , to de. co call oupnum a gr error y b gpSetContourLegendOrientation an tourLegendView ontour c , preceded ertical. e v otherwise b gpSetCon is , er. . amenum b ust fr . m , tally um n tation gp p structure. successful, wing: tation if ertically orien tourLegend trol horizon v group 0 er. legend. tation( b follo con ted ted de, eCon tour v um co tour the n default, plot 1; con orien orien of con a = By gpMo a , . to 2; return frame one of = tourLegendOrien scalar, legend legend ter 1; REFERENCE = tourLegendOrien oin 2 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar, tation gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); gpSetContourLegendOrientation(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum,orienta tourLegend tourLegend = = gpSetCon oupnum orien rks gr to ry ose gpSetCon also the framenum contourgroupnum orientation ret ret ra = rmat COMMAND call o amenum et gp ontour et Source gpcontourplot.src See gpAddCon Rema Example A gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpAddCon Output p fr c r orientation 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetContourLegendSkip

Purpose

Sets an option to show only one in every skipnum contour levels in a contour legend. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetContourLegendSkip(pgp, framenum, contourgroupnum, skipnum); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. contourgroupnum scalar, contour group number. skipnum scalar, show only one in every skipnum contour levels in contour legend.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

A call to gpSetContourLegendSkip must be preceded by a call to gpAddContourLegend. By default, all contour levels are shown (skipnum = 1). Example

framenum = 1; contourgroupnum = 1; skipnum = 2;

ret = gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); ret = gpSetContourLegendSkip(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum,skipnum);

Source gpcontourplot.src See also gpAddContourLegend, gpSetContourLegendLineSpacing, gpSetContourLegendMargin

210 Reference 211 , tour separating con ader lines bands. the de. gpSetContourLegendView of co and showhe , color bands. to error name tour header call an color oupnum the a con gr y b tour the legend con taining ontour otherwise c tour , con header. the er preceded b con e separating b um the n legend header amenum structure ust successful, fr lines oth m , wing: wing: if b k separating tour trol group 0 gp er p legend b follo follo legend. con blac wn. con de, lines tour w w um k co sho the the tour n default, tour plot sho sho con of of a are con blac By con . to w w not not a return one frame one ariable. tourLegendView scalar, v do sho do sho ter for bands REFERENCE tourLegendView( oin 0 1 0 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, color tourLegend options ); gpSetCon oupnum rks tour gr to ader ry ose gpSetCon lines view lines ra con = rmat COMMAND call o amenum et gp ontour et gpAddCon Example Output Rema A Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. the show r p fr c showhe show 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetContourLegendView

framenum = 1; contourgroupnum = 1; showheader = 1; showlines = 0;

ret = gpAddContourLegend(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum); ret = gpSetContourLegendView(&gp,framenum, contourgroupnum,showheader,showlines);

Source gpcontourplot.src

See also gpAddContourLegend, gpSetContourLegendOrientation, gpSetContourLegendBoxStyle

212 r Reference son); . 213 le. USSplot data GA gpSetContourLineColo the in de. in ); e co olor c zone error line insensitiv , an ciated zone(s). case er(s). asso b are eld the um otherwise n of eldzonenum , er names list. ecied zone b color. ariable sp um structure. n color color line successful, eld the amenum if tourV in fr trol the in 0 , er. tour b to ector, gp con colors; p v de, color con lines um of 1 co n of ond of plot gpSetCon list a , tour N 2; to index return frame name – the or con = corresp ter or 1; for the 1; 1; ers – REFERENCE = tourLineColor( oin b scalar = = of scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, um 2.2.1 gpShowFieldZoneContourLayer(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,floodon,line gpSetContourLineColor(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,"purple"); n tourLineGroup = = color rks ry ose gpSetCon also zone the ret lineson floodon framenum fieldzonenum ret olor Section ra = c rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et See Source gpcontourplot.src See gpSetCon Rema Example Output Field gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. line r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetContourLineGroup

Purpose Sets the contour group to be used for contour lines in the specied eld zone(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetContourLineGroup(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, contourgroupnum); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). contourgroupnum scalar, contour group number. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks All contour options are set within a contour group. Each eld zone that is displayed as a contour plot must be associated with a particular contour group, which controls the contour options. Contour plots can be displayed with contour lines and/or contour ooding. If both lines and ooding are used in a eld zone, they may be associated with dierent contour groups. By default, a contour plot is displayed with contour ooding only, using contour group one to control all options. Use gpShowFieldZoneContourLayer to activate or deactivate contour lines and ooding. If contour lines are activated for a eld, contour group one will be used to control the contour options by default. Calling gpSetContourLineGroup overrides that default. Example framenum = 1; contourgroupnum = 2; variableindex = 4; fieldzonenum = 1; floodon = 1; lineson = 1;

ret = gpShowFieldZoneContourLayer(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,floodon,lineson); ret = gpSetContourVariable(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum,variableindex); ret = gpSetContourLineGroup(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,contourgroupnum);

214 Reference 215 sets and le then It gpSetContourLineGroup data o. w t one. the in group frame tourLineColor in tour ariable v one con to gpSetCon zone , fourth lines the eld ariable to for tour o w t con tourV lines for group tour used con gpSetCon e tour , b ates con to in activ dGroup o group REFERENCE rst ariable v tour tourFlo con tour also example the con COMMAND sets the See gpSetCon Source gpcontourplot.src 3. This 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetContourVariable

Purpose

Sets the contour variable for the specied contour group(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetContourVariable(pgp, framenum, contourgroupnum, variable); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. contourgroupnum scalar or N 1 vector, contour group number(s). variable scalar, index of variable in the data le. – or – string, name of variable.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

All contour options are set within a contour group. Each eld zone that is displayed as a contour plot must be associated with a particular contour group, which controls the contour options. Contour plots can be displayed with contour lines and/or contour ooding. If both lines and ooding are used in a eld zone, they may be associated with dierent contour groups.

By default, a contour plot is displayed with contour ooding only, using contour group one to control all options. Each contour group uses the last variable in the data le as the default contour variable. Example

framenum = 1; contourgroupnum = 1; variableindex = 2;

ret = gpSetContourVariable(&gp,framenum,contourgroupnum,variableindex);

216 Reference riable a 217 in ariable v gpSetContourV second the to one group tour con in tourLineGroup ariable v gpSetCon , tour con the dGroup o REFERENCE sets tourFlo le. also example data COMMAND See gpSetCon Source gpcontourplot.src 3. This the 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetCurveFitDataFile

Purpose Species les to which curve t details and data are written. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetCurveFitDataFile(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, datale, detaille); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar, line map number. datale string or null string, name of curve t data le. detaille string or null string, name of curve t detail le. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks This command allows you to specify les to which the details for a curve t function and the curve data are written. Both the curve t data and details are written in ASCII format. If datale is a null string, the curve data will not be written to a le. Likewise, if detaille is a null string, the details for the curve t function will not be written to a le. The linemapnum argument must refer to a line map to which a curve t has been applied with gpSetCurveFitType. Example framenum = 1; linemapnum = 1; ret = gpSetCurveFitDataFile(&gp,framenum,linemapnum, "curvedat.txt","curvedetails.txt"); Source gp.src See also gpSetCurveFitType

218 Reference riable a 219 endentV the with as with t t ciated used ); enden enden is asso applied axis de. dep dep , co een ). ). t. b Y-axis y the the x e ariable ( ( v f f as as error has the = = curv the an t x y gpSetCurveFitDep a e or linemapnum with X-axis Y-axis , eFitRange curv er(s). the the b a X-axis function function ciated h otherwise um computing t t n amenum with with the asso e e fr in whic , gpSetCurv , map to gp curv curv with p ts ciated ciated a a structure. ariable successful, line ariable oin v v wing: if maps asso asso trol t ciated 0 the er. ariable( follo b eFitP line con ector, tV de, asso v enden um 1 co ariable ariable for the computing computing n v v plot of dep default, a enden N the the only ariable to v By the one return frame gpSetCurv or 3; , . ariable, ariable, e e e v v sets sets ter b 1; = used the eFitDep yp yp REFERENCE is = oin 1 2 scalar, p scalar, scalar, scalar 3; 1; ariable. gpSetCurveFitType(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,type); gpSetCurveFitDependentVariable(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,axis); should v = = eFitT eFitT = = t whether rks ry ose gpSetCurv also command framenum linemapnum type axis ret ret ra Y-axis enden = rmat COMMAND ecies o amenum et gp et Source gplinemap.src See gpSetCurv Example Rema Output This gaussplot F r Input Purp Sp Lib 3. the gpSetCurv dep axis r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetCurveFitPoints

Purpose

Sets the number of points on a curve. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetCurveFitPoints(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, points); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar or N 1 vector, line map number(s). points scalar, number of points.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

This command is used only for line maps to which a curve t has been applied with gpSetCurveFitType. By default, there are 200 data points on a curve. Example

framenum = 1; linemapnum = 3; type = 3; points = 400; ret = gpSetCurveFitType(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,type); ret = gpSetCurveFitPoints(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,points);

Source gplinemap.src See also gpSetCurveFitType, gpSetCurveFitRange, gpSetCurveFitWeightVariable

220 Reference 221 olynomialOrder is een b has ); function t der de. e or co , curv t. , e error gpSetCurveFitP function. olynomial p an curv a linemapnum olynomial eFitRange , P for er(s). olynomial b a p h otherwise third-order um used n a the e amenum b whic of gpSetCurv fr , map to , to ts gp structure. p default, successful, order line oin if maps trol By 0 10, applied. er. function . b e eFitP line is con ector, de, v yp um t 1 co for n der plot or a eFitT N ariable only olynomial olynomialOrder( to Linear return 1 frame p gpSetCurv tV or 3; , a e ter 1; = used the 1, eigh eFitP yp REFERENCE is = oin of = 4; p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar gpSetCurv 3; gpSetCurveFitType(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,type); gpSetCurveFitPolynomialOrder(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,order); = = eFitT eFitW der = = order or with rks ry ose If gpSetCurv also command the framenum linemapnum type order ret ret ra = rmat COMMAND der o amenum et gp et Source gplinemap.src See gpSetCurv Example Output Rema This gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. used. applied gpSetCurv or r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetCurveFitRange

Purpose Sets the range of the independent variable for a curve. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetCurveFitRange(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, min, max); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar or N 1 vector, line map number(s). min scalar, minimum value of the independent variable. max scalar, maximum value of the independent variable. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks This command is used only for line maps to which one of the following curve ts has been applied: Linear t, Polynomial t, Exponential t, Power t, or the Stineman interpolation. Call gpSetCurveFitType to apply a curve t to a line map. By default, there is no nite range set on the independent variable. Example framenum = 1; linemapnum = 3; type = 2; min = 0; max = 100; ret = gpSetCurveFitType(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,type); ret = gpSetCurveFitRange(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,min,max); Source gplinemap.src See also gpSetCurveFitType, gpSetCurveFitPoints, gpSetCurveFitWeightVariable

222 Reference 223 a e wice with t v not e ha is b ); e. the e. and not that applied is, deriv e. e curv ts de. curv , een co t gpSetCurveFitSplineClamp need oin curv that b t p spline deriv t b ed, A has error , spine spline spline t an ending ed a spline the clamp of pre-set. of and the ts not t Spline clamp er(s). of b a is a not oin linemapnum oin t e h otherwise p p , um er, are oin n p ev eginning curv whic ts b w t map to ending oin Ho amenum ts p the eginning structure. fr b ending successful, ts. line , at oin and if maps gp Spline trol oin the the p 0 p a er. ending b eFitP at at line con ector, tiable de, v e e oth um and 1 co eginning for b n ts. b plot ativ ativ at default, a oin dieren N only the to By return deriv deriv frame gpSetCurv or zero 3; at . , endp eginning e e wice ter b 1; = used of t es eFitSplineClamp( its yp yp REFERENCE e e is 0; 5; = oin b p scalar, the scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar at ativ 6; = = ativ gpSetCurveFitType(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,type); gpSetCurveFitSplineClamp(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,bderiv,ederiv); at ust = eFitT eFitT = = m deriv es rks deriv tiable ry ose ed gpSetCurv also command ativ the framenum linemapnum type bderiv ederiv ret ret ra = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp deriv deriv et dieren second deriv clamp gpSetCurv Source gplinemap.src See gpSetCurv Example Output Rema This gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. b r p fr linemapnum e 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetCurveFitType

Purpose

Sets the curve t type of the line(s) in the specied line map(s).

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetCurveFitType(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, type);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar or N 1 vector, line map number(s). type scalar, one of the following:

1 No curve t, linear segments are drawn between data points. 2 Linear t. 3 Polynomial t. 4 Exponential t. 5 Power t. 6 Spline t. 7 Parametric spline t. 8 Akima spline t. 9 General curve t. 10 Stineman interpolation.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, lines are drawn as line segments between data points.

Following is a description of each of the curve t types:

224 e Reference yp 0. to y 225 can x > es 8. the of Call An and of the t, t and ts t, all 3. and are er a slop of n the oin er gpSetCurveFitT b ariable, n = ecifying t or oin oin p v w data. f ts p p Before o reecting , 0 use sp t tial, um N . 1 P n more . o t, ariable oin t. y < where the . v normalized b t p T e data A . , v data t oin 2 onen oin segmen ecifying and all to N enden f p p ending . ha , use ery x sp ts 1 data, of the default, Exp b f are y line used. 0. ev data. spline t. e enden b dieren ending not of and indep data data is > the By a alue the 2 a the the v should x alues to all and ery will the ery constan where of indep = to -v spline e segmen index t ev ev y or ecify y 3 b ), through the used. . on eFitOptions c are h x x 0 the sp olynomial, eginning ( clamp is the order the the n + curv n b P erage the o < c y eac . f as a v x form calling , T is th a eginning . x hange of passes i = y . all ma sorted the b c N n through The through 2 . b y c the c , ts clamp when at 2 ou to t. are are + c Linear, the + y function the of require. that Y whether , . oin using this 1 1 . oin where ts e p default. c at of c form . data. ma only form p passes passes ), nonlinear y = oin i + alues h data b eFitSplineClamp ecify ( ou a linear p curv ) the y the -v g the gpSetGeneralCurv function Y hange x sp y that a that eac used ( c compute function of the eFitSplineClamp = ending to 200 2 of e e e oth t to y 1, f uses functions. at y function function b data computed . call to is the . e tial = the or ma e is 2 curv the t smo curv than ts c oth olynomialOrder the function can and that N gpSetCurv a at a highest. ou slop used of ts + sub-functions, onen oin curv ), when If function the Y ariable oth function t ) t e i es equation smo to is the ws ( wn, a x gpSetCurv oin eFitP ariables, ( er tV Fits of f exp with p v 1 olynomial 10. an function w smo ativ tial est e function slop are f dra only on e eFitP p Dra = o y t w ecied a an linear p g a is with x Spline ts t lo 1 ativ ariable. enden a a the Fits e e c N onen t e curv deriv computed ws v default, A used oin Fits and REFERENCE t olation = algorithm Fits p e t nd gpSetCurv dieren the Exp the By f 1 user-sp curv inection y and/or using b the from deriv curv Fits Dra Fits curv t of e t a terp spline t gpSetCurv eFitDep enden er in b tial curv squares call spline t ts. t dep t um n ts, er er onen default, the COMMAND w least w o oin olynomial o arametric p gpSetCurv 3. The as P By A Akima Linear General P Stineman Exp Spline P P 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetCurveFitType

For Linear, Polynomial, Exponential, and Power ts as well as the Stineman interpolation, you may specify a range for the independent variable with gpSetCurveFitRange. You may also use a weight variable for Linear, Polynomial, Exponential, and Power ts. Call gpSetCurveFitWeightVariable to specify a weight variable.

Example

framenum = 1; linemapnum = 3; type = 3; order = 2; ret = gpSetCurveFitType(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,type); ret = gpSetCurveFitPolynomialOrder(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,order);

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpSetCurveFitPoints, gpSetCurveFitDependentVariable, gpSetCurveFitRange, gpSetCurveFitWeightVariable, gpSetCurveFitDataFile

226 Reference riable a eightV 227 has ts e ); curv de. Call co variable t. wing , gpSetCurveFitW er error w follo o P an the or of eFitRange t, linemapnum er(s). , b one le. map. h tial otherwise um n line data whic onen gpSetCurv a amenum , map to fr the to Exp ts , structure. in successful, gp line t oin p t, e. if maps e trol 0 er. used. curv b eFitP line curv con ector, ariable ariable. is de, a v v v a ariable( um 1 co for n of of for tV plot olynomial P a N apply ariable only eigh v to t, name return index frame gpSetCurv – or t to 3; , ariable e e ter or v 1; = used t eigh eFitW – yp yp REFERENCE is = oin w Linear string, p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar 2; eigh 5; gpSetCurveFitType(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,type); gpSetCurveFitWeightVariable(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,var); no w = eFitT eFitT = = = a rks ry ose gpSetCurv also applied: command framenum linemapnum type var ret ret ra default, = rmat COMMAND ecies o een amenum et gp et By gpSetCurv Source gplinemap.src See gpSetCurv Example Output Rema This gaussplot F r Input Purp Sp Lib 3. b variable r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetDataFile

Purpose

Sets the data le to be used for the specied frame(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetDataFile(pgp, framenum, datale); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar or N 1 vector, frame number(s). datale string, name of data le.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

If framenum = 0, then datale will be set as the data le for all frames in the graph. Otherwise, the data le will be set for only the specied frames. If you specify frame number(s), then the specied frames must already exist when you call gpSetDataFile. You must specify a data le for all of the frames in a graph before calling gpPlot to plot the graph. Example

framenum = 0; ret = gpSetDataFile(&gp,framenum,"mydata.plt");

This example sets mydata.plt as the data le to be used for all of the frames in the graph. Source gp.src See also gpSetMacroFile

228 Reference of 229 title the gpSetDataSetTitle .plt headers as the the }; in de. ation” co ed 1.9 y gpSetDataSetTitle without Observ error displa Call le, 1.79, an is }; “First data 38 and 1.6, default. the sets le y 32, b of otherwise Observation"); 1.5, and title. data le 43, structure. name set the 42, 1.05, data ext data the of successful, }; data the if 37, ); a top 0.8, mydata.plt 0 then set. "Y" title with the 29, le , de, USSplot title. ecify data at co sp 0.67, GA gdat 22, "X", ecied, the of data rameHeaderT p to a ciated sp { as set. to the 0.5, 18, gdat; = return title written asso not gpSetF ter is used data is , 30, are e REFERENCE a 0.4, gp.sdf oin b gaussplot; scalar, p string, creates of title gpSetPlotData(x~y,vnames); gpData vnames title 14, 0, gpWritePlotData(&gdat,"mydata.plt"); gpSetDataSetTitle(&gdat,"First set. that ritePlotData = will set { { = = set title rks = = gpW ry ose data gpSetDataSetTitle( also example the ret y x library #include struct string gdat ret data ritePlotData frames data ra = rmat COMMAND the y a o efore et gdat et an of extension, This If Source gpwritedata.src See gpW The Example Output Rema gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. b title r p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetDefaultTextFont

Purpose Sets the default font to be used for text objects in a plot. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetDefaultTextFont(pgp, framenum, fonttype, height, heightunit); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar or N 1 vector, frame number(s). fonttype string, name of font. – or – scalar, index of font in font list. height scalar, font height. heightunit scalar, one of the following: 1 font height as a percentage of the height of the frame. 2 font height in points. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, all text objects are written in a bold helvetica font (fonttype = “helvbold”). The default font height is 14 points. The list of available fonts is as follows: 1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef Font names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. Example

230 Reference ont extF t); 231 gpSetDefaultT t on jectF extOb 5; 1; gpSetT , 1; = = REFERENCE = ject gpSetDefaultTextFont(&gp,framenum,"timesbold",fontheight,heightuni = extOb also framenum fontheight heightunit ret COMMAND See gpAddT Source gptext.src 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetErrorBarColor

Purpose Sets the color of the error bars in the specied line map(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetErrorBarColor(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, linecolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar or N 1 vector, line map number(s). linecolor string, name of error bar color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, the error bar layer is turned o. To activate the error bar layer in a frame, call gpShowErrorBarLayer.

See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. Example framenum = 1; seton = 1; linemapnum = 2; ret = gpShowErrorBarLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetErrorBarColor(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,"purple"); Source gplinemap.src See also gpShowErrorBarLayer, gpShowLineMapErrorBarLayer, gpSetErrorBarVariable, gpSetErrorBarSize

232 Reference the 233 rLineThickness line of e a frame, t rBa yp a to in heigh set ); er y the are de. la of co bar bars gpSetErro thickness , tage gpSetErrorBarT error , error error map(s). an ercen all p the line a ate er(s). as linemapnum ated, b , otherwise ecied um activ bars n activ sp o T is the gpSetErrorBarSkip amenum map error er , y o. fr in , structure. la successful, the line gp if p of the bars trol 0 er. turned b con ector, is de, v kness( error kness um When er 1 co n y . plot thic la the a er y N of to gpSetErrorBarSize bar return frame line or , 2; default. 0.4; ter 3; = y kness = REFERENCE b error = oin 1; frame. p scalar, 1 scalar, scalar, scalar . thic 0 gpShowErrorBarLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetErrorBarLineThickness(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,thickness); = the wErrorBarLa of = = line rks ry ose gpSetErrorBarLineThic also the framenum seton linemapnum thickness ret ret gpSho ra kness default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gplinemap.src See gpSetErrorBarColor Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. call thic thickness r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetErrorBarSize

Purpose

Sets the length of the crossbar for the error bars in the specied line map(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetErrorBarSize(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, size); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar or N 1 vector, line map number(s). size scalar, length of the crossbar for the error bars as a percentage of the height of the frame. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

By default, the error bar layer is turned o. To activate the error bar layer in a frame, call gpShowErrorBarLayer. When the layer is activated, the crossbar for an error bar is set to a length of 2.5 by default. Example

framenum = 3; seton = 1; linemapnum = 2; size = 4; ret = gpShowErrorBarLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetErrorBarSize(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,size); Source gplinemap.src See also gpSetErrorBarColor, gpSetErrorBarLineThickness, gpSetErrorBarSkip, gpSetErrorBarType

234 Reference rSkip rBa 235 ery the ev data frame, gpSetErro e at a ecied from sp in t wn ); ts. er de the y sho oin de. la heigh successiv p in co h are ts bar skipmo eac data , oin frame bars ignored. p error at error is the an and data error of the t skipnum skipnum t , the t. oin ate er(s). ery p ated, b skipnum of ercen oin ev otherwise p p um activ n in activ data o then T is subset data 1, one linemapnum map a er rst , to y o. skipnum ery structure. la successful, ev only the line set only wing: if the at at at is trol least 0 at bar. er. turned amenum b follo de at con ector, is fr de, v bars bars bars is , bars um When er 1 co the error n y gp . plot p la of skipmo a that er error error error error y N t If to w w w bar return one skip. frame w or oin p previous sho sho sho ter sho REFERENCE error oin to default. 1 2 3 p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar y the b wErrorBarLa t option rks ry ose de oin gpSetErrorBarSkip( p an map(s). gpSho ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et line Example Output Rema By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. call data skipnum skipmo r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetErrorBarSkip

framenum = 3; seton = 1; linemapnum = 2; skipnum = 3; skipmode = 2; ret = gpShowErrorBarLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetErrorBarSkip(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,skipnum,skipmode);

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpSetErrorBarColor, gpSetErrorBarLineThickness, gpSetErrorBarSize, gpSetErrorBarType

236 e Reference yp rT rBa to ts. bar 237 error bar as oin the p error bar ell error error the error gpSetErro ts. w error the data the the as oin where the error p t the ts where the t the oin de. where oin of p where where data p t where co t oin t t t where p oin t the oin oin p righ where data oin data p p error p t oin data p ); the the e ts. an oin the from data p data data of the data typ oin and wn data , p the of the the from left the do t er(s). data of left the b map(s). of t wn data the otherwise righ the and from from um the do n line righ left to e. from the up the to wn wn of from and linemapnum the the do do to wn and map t , oth oth e. e. e. e up do to b up to ecied b negativ structure. successful, and and and righ line sp is wn wn wn wn wn wn e e e wing: wn if ositiv trol 0 the negativ p negativ negativ the er. dra dra dra dra dra amenum dra dra follo b fr con is is is is ector, to in ositiv ositiv ositiv de, v , p p p ariable are are are are are are are um v 1 co the gp n is is is p plot and bars of e( a bar bars bars bars bars bars bars bars ariable ariable ariable ariable N v v v v left yp to one return frame or error ariable ariable ariable v bar v v bar bar bar the error error error error error error error error ter REFERENCE the oin 1 2 3 4 6 5 7 p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar of e yp t ry ose gpSetErrorBarT the ra COMMAND = rmat e o amenum et gp et Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. typ r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetErrorBarType

Remarks

By default, the error bar layer is turned o. To activate the error bar layer in a frame, call gpShowErrorBarLayer. When the layer is activated, error bars are drawn both up and down from the data points by default.

Example

framenum = 3; seton = 1; linemapnum = 2; type = 4; ret = gpShowErrorBarLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetErrorBarType(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,type);

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpSetErrorBarColor, gpSetErrorBarSize, gpSetErrorBarVariable

238 Reference riable a rV rBa 239 from ts. is frame, as error oin ariable a p v t, ell in w oin ariable gpSetErro (call p v er data as y t ts second de. la bar the oin oin data co ); p the p map(s). bar h from error eac error line data data ated, error at the variable an bars , the the if the activ default. e ecied v then y is o error b sp ate er(s). from w, ab er b le. y ro the otherwise the wn la um activ h n of Therefore, in do o linemapnum units ariable data eac T , bar v 5 . in 0 map and bars the o. bar 5 vior). . to structure. error in up 0 successful, t line eha amenum if error b magnitude the oin error trol fr oth 0 p , er. turned b b the the con ector, w. gp this ariable ariable. is the taining de, v p v v wn um elo for When data er 1 co as n con of of b y . plot trols dra la a er hange the 5; c y N used con used are ariable( to ector = units e bar name return index frame – e to or v 2; b b 5 from . e 1 ter or 1; = 0 bars to – yp REFERENCE error = wn oin will ariable to 1; v string, p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar N t dra gpShowErrorBarLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetErrorBarVariable(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,variableindex); = error the le an e oin bar wErrorBarLa ariable = = b p v as rks ry ose data gpSetErrorBarV will the framenum seton linemapnum variableindex ret ret error gpSho ra data default, default, = rmat COMMAND the o amenum et gp et By Example Rema Output By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. dened gpSetErrorBarT the call The in bars variable r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetErrorBarVariable

This example sets the error bar variable for line map two in frame one to the fth variable in the data le.

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpShowErrorBarLayer, gpShowLineMapErrorBarLayer, gpSetErrorBarColor, gpShowErrorBarType

240 Reference rLevel 241 gpSetErro king ciated tered. tered. tered. hec c asso el error for encoun the encoun the encoun is de. are get are use co the to onsible of not error errors errors gpSetErrorLev error resp do if an one if if an are call des des tered. with co ou run co Y . el error encoun otherwise error program, ritePlotData gpGetErrorMessage program are structure tire gpW to return en return trol in stop errors program. and structure. de con our successful, and if y and co wing: if gpSetErrorLev simply ourself. our trol y y 0 for plot des to ); follo in con co error de, the call co the messages message level gpAddZone a the plot , error of y a gp of commands handling b p commands commands. error error handling to return one el( alue log log return error ter v initializing these REFERENCE ecied error of commands gp.sdf oin USSplot sp the gaussplot; 2 3 1 p scalar, scalar, of el after el GA from el PlotCreate lev e write pass lev lev yp y rks the ry ose gpSetErrorLev the library #include data ma ra returns COMMAND default, = set rmat PlotT o ou o et gp et Y message. T Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. immediately gp The handling the r p level 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetErrorLevel

p = pi; x = seqa(0,p/4,15); y = sin(x); string vnames = { "V1", "V2" };

struct gpPlotControl gp; gp = gpBarPlotCreate;

ret = gpSetErrorLevel(&gp,3); call gpMakeBarPlot(&gp,x,y,vnames);

Source gp.src

See also gpGetErrorMessage

242 Reference to rtImageWidth le 243 o tire to orts en exp orts the for exp orts t gpSetExp exp used to is call then subsequen option and all pixels. another for 500, 671 width Command pixels. til ortJPEG ortPNG ortBMP ortTIFF ortRAS ortXWD to to in un . ort width set image gpExp gpExp gpExp gpExp Exp gpExp gpExp image is pixels. used image is in image The alette orted structure. image the orted tP graphic.bmp ); image exp option tered. trol exp sets ws le orted the con width the ormat orted , of Raster F width exp encoun of gpSetPrin gp plot exp p , is the y a X-Windo File BMP PNG Sun TIFF JPEG graphics width of image the to width of the ter the BMP ortImageWidth formats: h REFERENCE width oin p scalar, sets the le -2; width gpExportBMP(&gp,area,"graphic.bmp"); the whic to = ortImageWidth ortJPEGQualit ortImageWidth( = the for wing gpSetExp rks ry ose also example area gpSetExportImageWidth(&gp,500); ret ra follo default, rmat COMMAND ecies o orkspace gp the gpSetExp Source gp.src See gpSetExp Calling Example This By Rema gaussplot F gpSetExp Input Purp Sp Lib 3. formats w p width 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetExportJPEGQuality

Purpose

Species the quality of an output JPEG graphics le.

Library gaussplot

Format gpSetExportJPEGQuality(pgp, quality);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. quality scalar, 1 quality 100, quality of the output JPEG le.

Remarks

The higher quality is set, the larger and higher quality the JPEG output le. By default, quality is set to 75.

Calling gpSetExportJPEGQuality sets the quality for all subsequent calls to gpExportJPEG until another call to gpSetExportJPEGQuality is encountered.

Example

quality = 95; area = -2; gpSetExportJPEGQuality(&gp,quality); ret = gpExportJPEG(&gp,area,"graphic.jpg");

This example sets the quality of the JPEG output le to 95, and then exports the entire workspace to the JPEG graphics le graphic.jpg.

Source gp.src

See also gpExportJPEG, gpSetExportImageWidth

244 r Reference xColo a 245 is call has in then e, olor e lc yp t legend. l x none, legend o ); b to de. zone to then insensitiv olor zone co the set w, lc call eld l is case es. a , a eld e error hollo y a gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo hange b are yp c t olor an to c o x describ o T set b line , kground. is names default, e preceded surrounding bac outline. legend frame. By e otherwise yp x t x x legend t b color o o o kground. x b b b o amenum zone ust b list. list. fr bac zone paren m for for , the colors; gp eld of kground. structure. p the use use color color successful, eld white legend bac if of the in in to to a xColor trol 0 the ailable er colors no line v b . If con xColor( a that e and de, . color color color color has um of the co yp n of of of of x plot If o xT rame list a b frame kground outline w to index index return frame name name – – k the bac the used. ter or or is for hollo blac – – and REFERENCE not a oin a scalar, scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, string, are 2.2.1 frame . t with since gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo outline x rks o to ry ose gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo colors b the paren olor Section used, ra USSplot = olor c rmat COMMAND call lc o amenum et gp et Example Output Rema The Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. A gpAddFieldZoneLegendF these gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo lled not GA See r p fr line l 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxColor

framenum = 1; boxtype = 2; linecolor = "red"; fillcolor = "";

ret = gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(&gp,framenum); ret = gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxType(&gp,framenum,boxtype); ret = gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxColor(&gp,framenum,linecolor,fillcolor);

In this example, llcolor is set to a null string because the box type is hollow and thus has no background.

Source gpfieldzone.src

See also gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame, gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxStyle

246 Reference yle xSt 247 , at the , . of kness olor t c line xThic heigh , parameters de. individually the co eral of es. sev thickness error , gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo tage e set an parameters to describ ercen oxtyp b p ou yle kground. , y a st bac outline. x legend legend. frame. ws as otherwise o x x t b gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo o o allo , b b e zone amenum zone list. list. the fr paren yp for for outline , that set x eld xT eld gp structure. o the p use use color color successful, a kground). b to wing: if of the in in to to trol yle( bac 0 the er function follo b con xSt of that de, (no color color color color xColor um x co the n of of of of o plot x. b o of kness surrounding a frame b x. enience w o v x to o b frame. index index return one frame thic name name – – b the con t no hollo lled ter or or is a the – – REFERENCE is oin gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo 1 2 3 scalar, scalar, paren p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, string, string, of frame yle See t st rks ); ry ose gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo e command the paren gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo olor time. ra olor = olor c rmat COMMAND lc lc o amenum et gp oxtyp et The Rema Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. one This l and r p fr b thickness line l 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxStyle

A call to gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxStyle must be preceded by a call to gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame. If boxtype is specied as hollow, then llcolor is not used, since a hollow box has no background. If it is specied as none, then linecolor, llcolor and thickness are not used. By default, a eld zone legend has a lled box with a black outline that is 0.1% of the frame height and a white background.

See Section 2.2.1 for the list of available colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot.

Example

framenum = 1; boxtype = 2; thickness = 0.4; linecolor = "red"; fillcolor = "";

ret = gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(&gp,framenum); ret = gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxStyle(&gp,framenum,boxtype, thickness,linecolor,fillcolor);

Source gpfieldzone.src

See also gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame, gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxColor, gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxThickness, gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxType

248 Reference xThickness 249 the none, an of t to with to set x heigh o is de. call b x legend. the ); o co a b y of b lled es. zone error a tage yle legend an thickness has eld , describ xSt a ercen preceded gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo zone p e a b legend legend frame. eld as amenum otherwise ust t fr m , zone t. the zone gp surrounding p of paren outline x e eld o heigh kness x eld a b structure. o yp the successful, t b kness( if of the the xThic trol 0 frame the the er of t b If gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo con xThic of default, that de, , . um co n By paren plot outline kness rame rame a frame the to frame. return thic frame used. the the of t 0.4; of ter is 1; not = 1% REFERENCE . = oin is 0 paren p scalar, scalar, scalar, is kness gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(&gp,framenum); gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxThickness(&gp,framenum,thickness); frame t = = gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo thic rks that to ry ose gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo also thickness the framenum thickness ret ret paren ra = rmat COMMAND call o amenum et gp et Source gpfieldzone.src See gpAddFieldZoneLegendF Example Output Rema The gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. A gpAddFieldZoneLegendF outline then r p fr thickness 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxType

Purpose

Sets the type of the box surrounding a eld zone legend. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxType(pgp, framenum, boxtype); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number of the parent frame. boxtype scalar, one of the following: 1 no box. 2 hollow box (no background). 3 lled box. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

The parent frame is the frame that the eld zone legend describes.

A call to gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxType must be preceded by a call to gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame. By default, a eld zone legend has a lled box. Example

framenum = 1; boxtype = 1;

ret = gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(&gp,framenum); ret = gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxType(&gp,framenum,boxtype); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame, gpSetFieldZoneLegendBoxStyle

250 Reference ont t a 251 in paren the ); written of is frame. t 3% de. is co gpSetFieldZoneLegendF t heightunit legend paren , to es. the error heigh zone call t of height an a t , fon describ e y eld b a heigh in fonttyp legend frame. ws: default otherwise the , t text of preceded follo zone The e the b as paren list. tage t is amenum eld legend. ust structure. fr the successful, old”). ts m fon ts. , ercen wing: if of the t default, gp p trol in fon oin zone 0 p on er a t t. p t( b follo By con “helvb t. that de, as in . fon fon on eld um = t t co the n ailable of a of e plot v heigh of a rame a in frame t heigh heigh of to t t index return fon name frame one – the fonttyp Courier CourierBold Helv HelvBold Times TimesBold TimesItalic TimesItalicBold Greek Math UserDef text ( list fon fon ter or is t – REFERENCE the oin fon 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 The 1 2 scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, of 10 11 frame t t. old t b gpSetFieldZoneLegendF fon rks to ry ose e heigh gpSetFieldZoneLegendF the paren etica ra = rmat COMMAND call o amenum et gp et Rema Output The gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpAddFieldZoneLegendF A helv frame heightunit r p fr height fonttyp 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetFieldZoneLegendFont

Font names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot.

Example

framenum = 1; height = 13; heightunit = 2;

ret = gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(&gp,framenum); ret = gpSetFieldZoneLegendFont(&gp,framenum,"timesitalic",height,heightunit);

Source gpfieldzone.src

See also gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame, gpSetFieldZoneLegendLineSpacing, gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitle

252 Reference 253 to de. 1. ); call co legend. a to erMargin y es. acing b w error zone set is an , t linesp eld gpSetFieldZoneLegendLineSpacing describ legend. , on in preceded e spacing zone b text legend frame. otherwise t amenum line of ust eld fr m a , zone the gp paren in lines p eld structure. the successful, een gpSetFieldZoneLegendLo text w , if of the default, of trol et 0 b er b By gpSetFieldZoneLegendF con that de, , . lines um co n erMargin plot the spacing rame rame a frame to een 1.25; return frame the the w = ter is et 1; b REFERENCE = oin p scalar, scalar, scalar, gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(&gp,framenum); gpSetFieldZoneLegendLineSpacing(&gp,framenum,linespacing); frame t = = gpSetFieldZoneLegendLineSpacing spacing rks to ry ose gpSetFieldZoneLegendLineSpacing( also acing the ret framenum linespacing ret paren ra = rmat COMMAND call o amenum et gp et Source gpfieldzone.src See gpAddFieldZoneLegendF Example Output Rema The gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpSetFieldZoneLegendUpp gpAddFieldZoneLegendF A r p fr linesp 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetFieldZoneLegendLowerMargin

Purpose Sets the size of the margin between the bottom of the eld zone legend text and the bottom of the surrounding box. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetFieldZoneLegendLowerMargin(pgp, framenum, margin); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number of the parent frame. margin scalar, the size of the margin between the bottom of the eld zone legend text and the bottom of the surrounding box in relation to the height of the legend font. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks The parent frame is the frame that the eld zone legend describes. A call to gpSetFieldZoneLegendLowerMargin must be preceded by a call to gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame. If the margin is set to 1, then the size of the margin equals the height of the font used for the legend text. By default, the margin is set to 0.5, which produces a margin that is half the size of the font used for the legend text. Example framenum = 1; margin = 1;

ret = gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(&gp,framenum); ret = gpSetFieldZoneLegendLowerMargin(&gp,framenum,margin); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame, gpSetFieldZoneLegendUpperMargin, gpSetFieldZoneLegendLineSpacing

254 Reference x o 255 b the zone and eld text the surrounding de. title. of co the gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitle no top to legend of es. has t error the the call top on . an a to of y describ the b legend top ); added and the zone title erMargin legend is frame. otherwise , t title een preceded eld title w zone e a b the et paren b of amenum then eld ust structure. fr the successful, m , top if of the gp default, trol spaces p 0 legend. er called, the b By gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitleF con that is de, The , . the um Legend"; een . co n legend. w plot for et rame rame a frame tally b gpSetFieldZoneLegendUpp Zone to zone return title frame y the b and ter is 1; eld horizon REFERENCE = oin a title "Field p scalar, string, scalar, trolled gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(&gp,framenum); gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitle(&gp,framenum,title); = frame for tered the t = = gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitle con of cen rks title to ry ose gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitle( also oth a framenum title ret ret paren ra b = rmat COMMAND call gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitle o ottom amenum et gp et are Source gpfieldzone.src See gpAddFieldZoneLegendF Example Rema The Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpAddFieldZoneLegendF A b legend, If r p fr title 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitleFont

Purpose Sets the font of the title in a eld zone legend. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitleFont(pgp, framenum, fonttype, height, heightunit); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number of the parent frame. fonttype string, name of font. – or – scalar, index of font in font list. height scalar, font height. heightunit scalar, one of the following: 1 font height as a percentage of the height of the parent frame. 2 font height in points. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks The parent frame is the frame that the eld zone legend describes. A call to gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitleFont must be preceded by calls to gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame and gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitle. By default, if a title exists, it is written in the same font as the legend text. The list of available fonts is as follows: 1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef

256 Reference ont ightunit); t on 257 gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitleF gpSetFieldZoneLegendF , . USSplot GA in gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitle e , rame insensitiv 2; 1; = REFERENCE case 13; = = are gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(&gp,framenum); gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitleFont(&gp,framenum,"timesitalic",height,he = = also names framenum height heightunit ret ret t COMMAND on See gpAddFieldZoneLegendF Source gpfieldzone.src Example 3. F 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetFieldZoneLegendUpperMargin

Purpose

Sets the size of the margin between the top of the eld zone legend text and the top of the surrounding box. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetFieldZoneLegendUpperMargin(pgp, framenum, margin); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number of the parent frame. margin scalar, the size of the margin between the top of the eld zone legend text and the top of the surrounding box in relation to the height of the legend font. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

The parent frame is the frame that the eld zone legend describes.

A call to gpSetFieldZoneLegendUpperMargin must be preceded by a call to gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame.

If the margin is set to 1, then the size of the margin equals the height of the font used for the legend text. By default, the margin is set to 0.5, which produces a margin that is half the size of the font used for the legend text.

If a title is added to the legend with gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitle, then margin controls the space between the top of the legend text and the bottom of the legend title as well as the space between the top of the legend title and the top of the surrounding box. Example

framenum = 1; margin = 1;

ret = gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame(&gp,framenum); ret = gpSetFieldZoneLegendUpperMargin(&gp,framenum,margin);

258 Reference rgin erMa 259 , erMargin w gpSetFieldZoneLegendUpp gpSetFieldZoneLegendLo , rame REFERENCE also COMMAND gpSetFieldZoneLegendLineSpacing Source gpfieldzone.src See gpAddFieldZoneLegendF 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetFieldZoneNames

Purpose

Sets names for all of the eld zones in a frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetFieldZoneNames(pgp, framenum, names); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. names N 1 string array, names of the eld zones. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

By default, a eld zone is given the same name as the associated zone in the data le. If you write the data le yourself, you may specify zone names with gpAddZone. Otherwise, default names (“Zone 1”, “Zone 2”,. . ., “Zone N”) are used.

These names are used to identify the eld zones in a eld zone legend. Call gpSetFieldZoneNames to rename the eld zones in the frame before adding a legend.

N must equal the number of eld zones in the specied frame. Example

framenum = 1; string names = { "Observed data", "Estimation" }; ret = gpSetFieldZoneNames(&gp,framenum,names); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpAddFieldZoneLegendFrame

260 r Reference . 261 USSplot rameBackgroundColo GA in de. e co ); kground. gpSetF olor bac error insensitiv an oundc frame case ackgr b the rameName are , y otherwise list. color. displa gpSetF names frame. , amenum to color fr yle t , structure. in color successful, an gp kground ecied p w if trol 0 sp er. color bac rameSt not b con colors; of of de, the do um of co n plot for gpSetF ou list a , y index name – if to kgroundColor( or return frame color the – yle ter 1; for scalar, string, REFERENCE = oin p scalar, scalar, rameBac kground 2.2.1 gpSetFrameBackgroundColor(&gp,framenum,"custom2"); rameSt olor = bac rks rameHeaderColor ry ose gpSetF also oundc the gpSetF framenum ret Section ra = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp ackgr et Call Source gp.src See gpSetF Example Rema Output See Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. r p fr b 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetFrameHeaderColor

Purpose

Sets the header color for the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetFrameHeaderColor(pgp, framenum, headercolor);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. headercolor string, name of header color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot.

Call gpSetFrameStyle if you do not want to display the frame header.

Example

framenum = 1; ret = gpSetFrameHeaderColor(&gp,framenum,"blue");

Source gp.src

See also gpSetFrameBackgroundColor, gpSetFrameStyle, gpSetFrameName

262 Reference ext 263 ed date y rameHeaderT frame wing: the e b our wing displa y y follo e in b follo ma gpSetF the example, the will of some or of F le one date all ‘&(TIME)’ input: or the data y name. (although an umeric, ecial th n graph. include as sp ciated string, a plot plot mon Input ou ell in y ” plot asso w HH:MI:SS. with text frame, If plot ext Header & haracters in as as \\\\ \\\ \ T c of Line e only ed set w), Line headers y Cartesian Cartesian rame yp text header 2004’. F t elo olar structure. abbreviated frame b date time XY 2D 3D P data in duced t t Dec of displa plot frame text. of trol the see frame e ‘1 pro normal ); b 1 2 3 4 is all e con Character & \ ” y as our b in Curren Curren Output Basic Name Title text y an will y , ed header input, Mon plot y in ed gp ma y a p time ecial to frame TE)’ include displa ext( where sp A displa the e y ter b e b REFERENCE ma oin haracters with ‘&(D c p string, options: to ould YYYY, string, w ASETTITLE) only string text TE) T wing text Input rks A A text Mon rameHeaderT ry ose include the ext follo text ra ou duced rmat &(PLOTTYPE) &(TIME) &(FRAMENAME) &(D &(D T DD COMMAND y o gp The as If 12/1/2004 header The Input Rema gaussplot F gpSetF Purp Sets Lib 3. dynamic pro p name 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetFrameHeaderText

By default, the following frame header text string is used:

"&(FRAMENAME) $o$ &(DATE) $o$ &(DATASETTITLE)" where the substring

$o$ produces a long vertical bar. See Appendix A for a list of all of the available characters in GAUSSplot.

Example

framenum = 1; text = "&(FRAMENAME), &(DATE), &(TIME)"; gpSetFrameHeaderText(&gp,text);

Source gp.src

See also gpSetFrameName, gpSetFrameStyle, gpMoveFrame

264 Reference rameName 265 y b gpSetF padded is header de. co frame amenum fr the error in an where ed ”, y rame displa eF otherwise v is amenum fr ); gpMo name , rame name , yle structure. “F successful, The if trol 0 er. name rameSt b frame. con amenum digits. de, fr um the co , name. n plot gp en gpSetF a three p ecied , giv sp to to return frame frame ext is ter the Map"; 1; zeros REFERENCE = oin for p scalar, string, scalar, frame "US rameName( gpSetFrameName(&gp,framenum,name); a with = = name rks left rameHeaderT ry ose gpSetF also the framenum name ret ra default, = rmat the COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetF Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. on default. r p fr name 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetFrameStyle

Purpose Sets style options for the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetFrameStyle(pgp, framenum, showheader, showborder, showbackground); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. showheader scalar, one of the following: 0 do not display frame header. 1 display frame header. showborder scalar, one of the following: 0 do not display frame border. 1 display frame border. showbackground scalar, one of the following: 0 do not display frame background. 1 display frame background. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, the frame header, border, and background are all displayed. Example framenum = 1; showheader = 0; showborder = 0; showbackground = 1; ret = gpSetFrameStyle(&gp,framenum,showheader,showborder,showbackground); Source gp.src See also gpMoveFrame, gpSetFrameName, gpSetWorkspaceView

266 Reference to x. 267 o b the is , applied as used. form whether is dialog that een ‘x’ information 2 b normx x the , yle’ Use de. has of 3 ecies St c more ariable co sp v t terms + , e for x gpSetGeneralCurveFitOptions the function. and to error 2 curv function c 8, help functions. t set an ‘Mapping call + t e v 1 a e the n and c the y ha online b linemapnum = for er(s). of General curv , 1 y b ’s ou a y a otherwise tab h um erators if in n terms ariable. ariable. ariable op v es’ where v en v whic 8, x y amenum C t USSplot ), ev function used map fr x to ( , e ‘Curv GA n ariable. ariable. b structure. the f M gp successful, v v line enden p to x y wing: wing: if terms, the See maps n trol n 1 common 0 c . dep er. f , on , follo follo b the y normalized normalized + con ector, . line . de, default, v . the a a . of . um . most ariables. 1 co to , the the arra n h v ariable as 2 plot By + f use use of of ws y button . , ) a tV normalized normalized eFitOptions( eac e 1 x N only f ( a a to not not allo 2 in yp string return one one frame or f X-axis 1 enden do use use do ‘Help’ ter and/or 2 REFERENCE c the eFitT x applies oin terms the 0 1 1 0 p scalar, scalar, M scalar, scalar, scalar + ariable v ) for x on t with eFitDep ( 1 sub-functions f tax rks ry ose king ); gpSetGeneralCurv enden 1 command gpSetCurv the syn c ciated ra normalized COMMAND = rmat clic = o amenum y et gp et normy with The Example Rema This Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. indep asso y use gpSetCurv b normx terms normy r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetGeneralCurveFitOptions

framenum = 1; linemapnum = 3; type = 9; string terms = { "1", "sin(x)", "cos(x)" }; normx = 0; normy = 0; ret = gpSetCurveFitType(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,type); ret = gpSetGeneralCurveFitOptions(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,terms,normx,normy);

This example sets the curve t type for line map three in frame one to a General curve t and then sets the curve t sub-functions to produce a function of the form y = c1 + c2 sin(x) + c3 cos(x).

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpSetCurveFitType, gpSetCurveFitPoints, gpSetCurveFitDependentVariable

268 r Reference 269 ears . app source ting unlled t area and ligh gpSetGridAreaFillColo grid de. area co plots the grid tour error plots, an Con gpUseGridAreaLigh tour 3D Because ); call Con and olor otherwise lc white. 3D l ositionGrid , is shading, list. and gpP , Cartesian color frame. structure. color successful, source a amenum 3D ting ll if t in fr trol in 0 , for er. color. Cartesian ligh b gp con p de, color ll area 3D default um co lled n area of of plot in is grid a The grid to index return frame name – the es. area default ate ter or yp 1; for t y gpUseGridAreaLigh – REFERENCE b grid = oin , scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, 1; plot color gpFillGridArea(&gp,framenum,fill); gpSetGridAreaFillColor(&gp,framenum,"custom2"); deactiv the = used o = = ll T is rks . other ry ose gpSetGridAreaFillColor( also y the framenum fill ret ret ra default, all = olor rmat gra COMMAND lc o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpFillGridArea Example Rema Output By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. for shading as r p fr l 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetIPlaneRange

Purpose

Sets the range of I-planes to display in I, IJ, IK or IJK plane surface plotting. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetIPlaneRange(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, min, max, skipnum); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). min scalar, rst I-plane to display. max scalar, last I-plane to display. skipnum scalar, show only one in every skipnum I-planes. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

This command applies only to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour volume plots for which I, IJ, IK or IJK plane surface plotting has been selected with gpSetSurfacesToPlot. See that command for more information on these surface plotting options.

Assuming that the X, Y and Z-axis variables used in the graph are L N P , then there are P I-planes in the graph. Thus, max must be P . By default, min is set to 1, max is set to P and skip is set to 1 (i.e., all I-planes between 1 and P are displayed). Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; iplanes = 3; min = 2; max = 10; skip = 2; ret = gpSetSurfacesToPlot(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,iplanes); ret = gpSetIPlaneRange(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,min,max,skip);

270 Reference 10 271 with gpSetIPlaneRange ending and 2 with eginning b I-planes gpSetKPlaneRange , en ev the of all that gpSetJPlaneRange , frame. ecies REFERENCE the oPlot sp in ed y also example displa COMMAND e See gpSetSurfacesT Source gpfieldzone.src 3. This b 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetJPlaneRange

Purpose

Sets the range of J-planes to display in J, JK, IJ or IJK plane surface plotting. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetJPlaneRange(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, min, max, skipnum); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). min scalar, rst J-plane to display. max scalar, last J-plane to display. skipnum scalar, show only one in every skipnum J-planes. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

This command applies only to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour volume plots for which J, JK, IJ or IJK plane surface plotting has been selected with gpSetSurfacesToPlot. See that command for more information on these surface plotting options.

Assuming that the X, Y and Z-axis variables used in the graph are L N P , then there are N J-planes in the graph. Thus, max must be N. By default, min, max and skip are all set to 1 (i.e., only the rst J-plane is displayed). Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; jplanes = 4; min = 3; max = 7; skip = 1; ret = gpSetSurfacesToPlot(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,jplanes); ret = gpSetJPlaneRange(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,min,max,skip);

272 Reference e 273 b 7 gpSetJPlaneRange with ending and 3 with eginning b gpSetKPlaneRange , J-planes the of all that gpSetIPlaneRange , frame. ecies REFERENCE oPlot sp the in ed also y example COMMAND See gpSetSurfacesT Source gpfieldzone.src 3. This displa 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetKPlaneRange

Purpose

Sets the range of K-planes to display in K, IK, JK or IJK plane surface plotting. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetKPlaneRange(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, min, max, skipnum); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). min scalar, rst K-plane to display. max scalar, last K-plane to display. skipnum scalar, show only one in every skipnum K-planes. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

This command applies only to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour volume plots for which K, IK, JK or IJK plane surface plotting has been selected with gpSetSurfacesToPlot. See that command for more information on these surface plotting options.

Assuming that the X, Y and Z-axis variables used in the graph are L N P , then there are L K-planes in the graph. Thus, max must be L. By default, min, max and skip are all set to 1 (i.e., only the rst K-plane is displayed). Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; kplanes = 5; min = 2; max = 8; skip = 1; ret = gpSetSurfacesToPlot(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,kplanes); ret = gpSetKPlaneRange(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,min,max,skip);

274 Reference e 275 b 8 gpSetKPlaneRange with ending and 2 with eginning b gpSetJPlaneRange , K-planes the of all that gpSetIPlaneRange , frame. ecies REFERENCE oPlot sp the in ed also y example COMMAND See gpSetSurfacesT Source gpfieldzone.src 3. This displa 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLightingEect

Purpose

Sets the lighting eect to use in the specied eld zone(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetLightingEect(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, eect); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). eect scalar, one of the following:

1 paneled lighting eect. 2 gouraud lighting eect. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

By default, a paneled lighting eect is used. This command applies ONLY to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots. Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; effect = 2; ret = gpSetLightingEffect(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,effect); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpUseLightingEect, gpUseFieldZoneContourLighting, gpUseFieldZoneShadeLighting

276 r Reference . 277 gpSetLineColo USSplot GA in de. e co error ); insensitiv an kness olor c case er(s). line b are , otherwise um map(s). n gpSetLineThic names list. line , map structure. color linemapnum color rame successful, line , ecied if in trol sp color. 0 er. b con ector, colors; the de, v color line um of amenum 1 co in n of of fr plot , list a N gp gpAddXYLineF p to index return frame name , – the line(s) or 3; ter or 1; = for the – REFERENCE = oin of scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, scalar 2.2.1 gpSetLineColor(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,"red"); = color rks ry ose gpSetLineColor( also the framenum linemapnum ret olor Section ra = c rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gplinemap.src See gpXYLinePlotCreate Example Rema Output See Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. line r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLineLegendBoxColor

Purpose

Sets the outline and background colors of the box surrounding a line legend. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetLineLegendBoxColor(pgp, framenum, linecolor, llcolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linecolor string, name of color to use for box outline. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. llcolor string, name of color to use for box background. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

A call to gpSetLineLegendBoxColor must be preceded by a call to gpAddLineLegend. If the line legend box type is set to none, then these colors are not used. If the line legend box type is set to hollow, then llcolor is not used, since a hollow box has no background. By default, a line legend has a hollow box, which is surrounded by a black line. To change the box type, call gpSetLineLegendBoxType.

See Section 2.2.1 for the list of available colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. Example

framenum = 1; linecolor = "red"; fillcolor = "";

ret = gpAddLineLegend(&gp,framenum); ret = gpSetLineLegendBoxColor(&gp,framenum,linecolor,fillcolor);

278 r Reference xColo us 279 th and w hollo gpSetLineLegendBo is e yp t x o b the ecause b yle string xSt ull n a to set is olor gpSetLineLegendBo lc , l REFERENCE kground. example, bac also no this COMMAND See gpAddLineLegend Source gplinemap.src 3. In has 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLineLegendBoxStyle

Purpose

Sets the style of the box surrounding a line legend.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetLineLegendBoxStyle(pgp, framenum, boxtype, thickness, linecolor, llcolor);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. boxtype scalar, one of the following:

1 no box. 2 hollow box (no background). 3 lled box. thickness scalar, thickness of the box outline as a percentage of the frame height. linecolor string, name of color to use for box outline. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. llcolor string, name of color to use for box background. – or – scalar, index of color in color list.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

This command is a convenience function that allows you to set several parameters at one time. See gpSetLineLegendBoxType, gpSetLineLegendBoxThickness, and gpSetLineLegendBoxColor to set the box style parameters individually.

A call to gpSetLineLegendBoxStyle must be preceded by a call to gpAddLineLegend. If boxtype is specied as hollow, then llcolor is not used, since a hollow box has no

280 Reference yle xSt 281 line in k not , e are blac a kness y b insensitiv gpSetLineLegendBo xThic thickness case and are surrounded olor is lc h names l , whic color olor gpSetLineLegendBo x, c , o b line thickness,linecolor,fillcolor); w colors; xColor then hollo a ailable v none, a has t. as of heigh e list legend yp ecied the sp line xT gpSetLineLegendBo frame 0.4; "red"; "white"; , a 1; is for 3; = = = REFERENCE = it the = If of 2.2.1 gpAddLineLegend(&gp,framenum); gpSetLineLegendBoxStyle(&gp,framenum,boxtype, . default, = = 1% . 0 By also is ret ret thickness linecolor fillcolor framenum boxtype Section USSplot kground. COMMAND GA See used. bac that Source gplinemap.src See gpAddLineLegend Example 3. gpSetLineLegendBo 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLineLegendBoxThickness

Purpose

Sets the thickness of the outline of the box surrounding a line legend. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetLineLegendBoxThickness(pgp, framenum, thickness); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. thickness scalar, thickness of the box outline as a percentage of the frame height.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

A call to gpSetLineLegendBoxThickness must be preceded by a call to gpAddLineLegend. If the type of the line legend box is set to none, then thickness is not used. By default, a line legend has a hollow box (i.e., a box with no background), with an outline that is 0.1% of the frame height. Example

framenum = 1; thickness = 0.4;

ret = gpAddLineLegend(&gp,framenum); ret = gpSetLineLegendBoxThickness(&gp,framenum,thickness);

Source gplinemap.src See also gpAddLineLegend, gpSetLineLegendBoxStyle

282 e Reference yp xT . 283 de. gpSetLineLegendBo co gpAddLineLegend kground). to bac error call no an a ); y e b with x o oxtyp b otherwise b a , preceded legend. e yle (i.e., b x o xSt line amenum structure. b ust successful, kground). fr a m , wing: if w trol e bac 0 gp er. p yp follo b con hollo e( de, (no xT a um yp x co the n o plot x. b xT o of has a surrounding b x. w o x to b o return one frame b gpSetLineLegendBo no hollo lled ter , legend 1; 3; the REFERENCE = oin = 1 2 3 p scalar, scalar, scalar, of line e gpAddLineLegend(&gp,framenum); gpSetLineLegendBoxType(&gp,framenum,boxtype); a = = yp gpSetLineLegendBo t rks to ry ose gpSetLineLegendBo also e the ret ret framenum boxtype ra default, = rmat COMMAND call o amenum et gp oxtyp et By Source gplinemap.src See gpAddLineLegend Example Rema Output A gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. r p fr b 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLineLegendFont

Purpose Sets the font of the text in a line legend. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetLineLegendFont(pgp, framenum, fonttype, height, heightunit); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. fonttype string, name of font. – or – scalar, index of font in font list. height scalar, font height. heightunit scalar, one of the following: 1 font height as a percentage of the height of the frame. 2 font height in points. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks A call to gpSetLineLegendFont must be preceded by a call to gpAddLineLegend. By default, the text in a line legend is written in a helvetica bold font (fonttype = “helvbold”). The default font height is 3% of the frame height. The list of available fonts is as follows: 1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef

284 Reference ont ; 285 gpSetLineLegendF gpSetLineLegendMargin , . USSplot GA in e insensitiv 2; gpSetLineLegendLineSpacing , 1; = REFERENCE case 18; = = are gpAddLineLegend(&gp,framenum); gpSetLineLegendFont(&gp,framenum,"timesitalic",height,heightunit) = = also names framenum height heightunit ret ret t COMMAND on See gpAddLineLegend Source gplinemap.src Example 3. F 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLineLegendLineSpacing

Purpose

Sets the spacing between the lines of text in a line legend.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetLineLegendLineSpacing(pgp, framenum, linespacing);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linespacing scalar, the spacing between lines of text in line legend.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

A call to gpSetLineLegendLineSpacing must be preceded by a call to gpAddLineLegend. By default, the line spacing is set to 1.

Example

framenum = 1; linespacing = 1.25;

ret = gpAddLineLegend(&gp,framenum); ret = gpSetLineLegendLineSpacing(&gp,framenum,linespacing);

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpAddLineLegend, gpSetLineLegendFont, gpSetLineLegendMargin

286 Reference rgin By 287 . x. o b the and gpSetLineLegendMa de. co text width. gpAddLineLegend surrounding x error o to b legend the an call line and a ); y legend b the text gin the otherwise een of mar w , et legend b preceded tage e b line structure. successful, amenum ercen ust the if margin p fr trol m , 0 a er. gp the een b con p as w de, of x um et 10. co o n b b plot to size a set to return the frame is margin gpSetLineLegendLineSpacing ter , 1; REFERENCE the 20; = oin surrounding p scalar, scalar, scalar, = of margin gpAddLineLegend(&gp,framenum); gpSetLineLegendMargin(&gp,framenum,margin); = = gpSetLineLegendMargin size the rks to ry ose gpSetLineLegendMargin( also the framenum margin ret ret ra gin = rmat COMMAND call o amenum et gp et default, Source gplinemap.src See gpAddLineLegend Rema Example Output A Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. r p fr mar 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLineMapAxes

Purpose

Sets the X and Y axes to be used for the specied line map(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetLineMapAxes(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, xaxisnum, yaxisnum); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar or N 1 vector, line map number(s). xaxisnum scalar, 1 xaxisnum 5, X-axis number. yaxisnum scalar, 1 yaxisnum 5, Y-axis number. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. By default, only one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional X and/or Y axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to X and/or Y axes numbered greater than one. Axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. Call gpShowXAxis or gpShowYAxis to deactivate display of these axes.

Calling gpSetLineMapAxes will create the specied line map(s) if they do not already exist, associating the rst variable in the rst zone of the data le with the X-axis and the second variable in the rst zone of the data le with the Y-axis. It will also create the specied frame if it does not yet exist. However, if the program calls gpPlotCreate to initialize the plot control structure, then there is no plot type associated with the graph. Thus gpAddXYLineFrame, and/or gpAddBarFrame should be called before gpSetLineMapAxes to ensure that the frame defaults are set correctly for the plot type.

Call gpSetLineMaps to specify multiple line maps in a frame or dierent variables for the X and Y axes. Call gpSetLineMapZone to specify a dierent zone for one or more line maps. Example

288 Reference 289 rst gpSetLineMapAxes the along plotted e b should three and o w t maps }; line 3 that 2, Y-axis. { 1; 2; 3; = gpSetLineMapZone ecies REFERENCE = = = , sp second gpSetLineMapAxes(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,xaxisnum,yaxisnum); a = and also example xaxisnum yaxisnum ret framenum linemapnum COMMAND X-axis This See gpSetLineMaps Source gplinemap.src 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLineMapNames

Purpose

Sets names for all of the line maps in a frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetLineMapNames(pgp, framenum, names); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. names N 1 string array, line map names. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

By default, line maps are given either the same name as the variable associated with the Y (or R) axis in the line map or “Vnum”, where num is the index of the variable in the data le, if the variable names cannot be accessed from the structure le when the line maps are created. See Section 1.7 for information about structure les.

These names are used to identify the line maps in a line legend. Use gpSetLineMapNames to rename the line maps in a frame before adding a line legend.

N must equal the number of line maps in the specied frame. Example

framenum = 3; string names = { "sin(x)", "cos(x)", "log(x)" }; ret = gpSetLineMapNames(&gp,framenum,names); Source gplinemap.src See also gpSetLineMaps, gpAddLineLegend

290 Reference 291 in e e gpSetLineMaps b b the frame line line ecied to ariable of to h h v sp the the the e calls ariable eac eac v Y-axis. of yp the rst t with and/or that for for names If , the ariables ariables rst v de. the v plot the co program indices the rame the with no the ensure ariable frame. h v the plots, of is the of to tains error if whic Theta-axis) Theta-axis) con olar an ariable er, ecied tains there v P in second (or (or names indices ev sp gpAddBarF w con for , the then the the map, Ho the column second X-axis X-axis in otherwise and rame line gpSetLineMaps ); rst tains tains column the default; the the y (R-axis). (R-axis). one con con maps created. the b structure, and rst efore e or or h e. with with b b frame. line structure. tain yp linemaps the trol successful, map Theta-axis t , N whic h if will con column column X-axis con trol 0 Y-axis Y-axis in the called ciated ciated line er. gpAddXYLineF plot , ecied b e whic y con the b de, the the sp us plot plots create asso asso one frame in the um with amenum a co second second e e n arra Th fr plot b b the with will Bar , the for with with a for tain the the to to should gp p to ciated - con return frame and string matrix, graph. and and exist, ciated 2 2 maps or ter ciated ciated asso rame - initialize also et REFERENCE Line the correctly y oin is ariables ariables asso line v v asso N map, map, asso p scalar, N to scalar, is set XY le not plots with the gpSetLineMaps le es are olarLineF of rks to ry ose data do Line gpSetLineMaps( all ciated ra data default, = rmat COMMAND the call o olar amenum et gp et P defaults in the Rema By Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpAddP R-axis. A frame asso gpPlotCreate r p fr linemaps 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLineMaps

If you input a string array containing variable names for linemaps, the variable names must match the names in the .fsr structure le associated with the data le (see Section 1.7 for more information). If the data le has not yet been created, or the associated .fsr structure le cannot be accessed, you must use variable indices instead of variable names.

If the specied frame has already been created and you want the frame to contain only one line map, in which the rst variable in the data le is associated with the X or Theta-axis and the second variable with the Y or R-axis, then there is no need to call gpSetLineMaps for that frame.

If you call one of the gpMakePlotTypePlot commands to plot the graph, then the line maps will be set automatically, and you do not need to call gpSetLineMaps. See one of the following commands for more information:

gpMakeBarPlot gpMakePolarLinePlot gpMakeXYLinePlot

Example

framenum = 3; linemaps = { 1 4, 1 5, 2 5, 3 6 }; ret = gpSetLineMaps(&gp,framenum,linemaps);

This example creates four line maps in the third frame as follows, assuming that the frame contains an XY Line or Bar plot:

Line Map X-axis variable Y-axis variable 1 1 4 2 1 5 3 2 5 4 3 6

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpSetLineMapNames, gpSetLineMapZone, gpSetLineMapAxes

292 Reference for the 293 in zone in for e the t already yp with t ariables. gpSetLineMapZone program that v ariable default; not v ariable y plot ariables v dieren R) b and/or v the do ciated a , t no if rst de. ensure and is asso map co they er, to the ecify second rame is if ev h sp ); dieren line w there the Theta le error to or map(s). Ho R-axis. whic one an (or and map(s) then in the data line Y zonenum tain gpAddBarF frame exist. , , line the a er(s). et map, with con and X-axis b y of in ecied X otherwise rame um sp line the structure, also e. not gpSetLineMapZone n zone ecied zone the yp maps sp es the t one trol with linemapnum rst for do map gpSetLineMapZone plots efore rst , the for line b con it plot structure. tain the successful, line if Call the Line if ciated in con used the plot trol in 0 create called e defaults er. ultiple gpAddXYLineF amenum olar b er. e b for asso con ector, m the axes. frame fr P b b de, v us plots will , to is um 1 co ariable R) n um Th gp v ariable plot tioned n p ecify v le Bar le a ecied sp and N should Y-axis. men correctly to initialize sp return zone frame rst and to or e data maps. data graph. second v to the set ter o the rame the Theta the the REFERENCE line Line the ab the oin are p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar in of with (or the XY create and plots, with Y more gpSetLineMapZone zone zone zone olarLineF or rks also to ry ose defaults and Line using gpSetLineMapZone( gpPlotCreate the gpSetLineMaps ciated ra rst X rst default, one = rmat COMMAND will call o olar amenum et gp et the Example Rema Output By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. frame calls the gpAddP P Theta-axis It asso exist, for A Call the zonenum r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLineMapZone

framenum = 3; linemapnum = { 2, 3, 5 }; zonenum = 2; ret = gpSetLineMapZone(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,zonenum);

This example species that the variables for line maps two, three, and ve in frame three are to be taken from the second zone in the data le.

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpSetLineMaps, gpSetLineMapAxes

294 Reference attern 295 as gpSetLineP is de. patterns co line error ); an ailable v kness a attern . p of list. , er(s). b map(s). list otherwise um n line USSplot The pattern gpSetLineThic GA in map , linemapnum in ecied , lines. structure. successful, e line sp if trol pattern pattern. 0 solid er. the b con ector, as amenum de, in v line line fr um insensitiv 1 co , n of of wn plot gpSetLineColor gp a , p dra case N line(s) to index return name frame – or 2; are are the Solid Dashed DashDot Dotted LongDash DashDotDot ter or 1; = attern( of – REFERENCE = oin lines scalar, p scalar, string, scalar, scalar 2 3 4 5 6 1 names gpSetLinePattern(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,"dashed"); all atternLength = pattern rks ry ose gpSetLineP also pattern the framenum linemapnum ret ws: ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et attern gp et follo Line Source gplinemap.src See gpSetLineP Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. p r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLinePatternLength

Purpose

Sets the pattern length of the line(s) in the specied line map(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetLinePatternLength(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, length); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar or N 1 vector, line map number(s). length scalar, length of one cycle of the line pattern as a percentage of the frame height.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

This command is ignored if the line pattern is set to solid. For non-solid lines, the default pattern length is 2. Example

framenum = 1; linemapnum = 2; length = 4; ret = gpSetLinePattern(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,"dashdot"); ret = gpSetLinePatternLength(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,length);

Source gplinemap.src See also gpSetLinePattern, gpSetLineColor, gpSetLineThickness

296 r Reference d); 297 . t in the e green. to from t t gpSetLineSegmentColo de. insensitiv co segmen segmen case gpAddLineSegmen error line line y are b an ); the the of olor c names , created wing color otherwise dra color ject name the , ob kness list. one, t sets colors; structure. tThic color successful, frame amenum segmen if then in fr trol to 0 , ailable It er. t v b gp line con a p de, t. color a color. um of 25). co . n of of of 1 plot segmen list a , tColor( segmen to 25 line index return name name frame . – the gpSetLineSegmen , a (1 line t ter or 1; t for a – REFERENCE 0; 0; = oin oin 2; of scalar, p scalar, string, string, scalar, adds p 1.25; -1.25; = = 2.2.1 gpAddLineSegment(&gp,framenum,"line1",xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coor gpSetLineSegmentColor(&gp,framenum,"line1","green"); = . = = = = the color rks ry ose to gpSetLineSegmen also example the framenum xstart xend ystart yend coord ret ret Section ra USSplot = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp olor et GA Source gplinesegment.src See gpAddLineSegmen Example Output Rema See gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. This origin r p fr name c 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLineSegmentPattern

Purpose

Sets the pattern of the line segment.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetLineSegmentPattern(pgp, framenum, name, pattern);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of a line segment object created by gpAddLineSegment. pattern string, name of line pattern. – or – scalar, index of line pattern in pattern list.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all line segments are drawn as solid lines. The list of available line patterns is as follows:

1 Solid 2 Dashed 3 DashDot 4 Dotted 5 LongDash 6 DashDotDot

Line pattern names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot.

Example

298 Reference attern ; 299 line the of tColor gpSetLineSegmentP pattern the sets gpSetLineSegmen , then and one atternLength tP frame to t segmen line gpSetLineSegmen , a t 1; REFERENCE 0; 0; = 2; "lineseg1"; adds 1.5; 1; = = gpAddLineSegment(&gp,framenum,aname,xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord) gpSetLineSegmentPattern(&gp,framenum,aname,"dashdotdot"); = = ‘dashdotdot’. = = = = to t also example ret framenum xstart xend ystart yend coord aname ret COMMAND See gpAddLineSegmen Source gplinesegment.src 3. This segmen 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLineSegmentPatternLength

Purpose

Sets the length of the line segment pattern. Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetLineSegmentPatternLength(pgp, framenum, name, length); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of a line segment object created by gpAddLineSegment. length scalar, length of one cycle of the line pattern as a percentage of the frame height.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

This command is ignored if the line pattern is set to solid. For non-solid lines, the default pattern length is 2. Example

framenum = 1; xstart = 0; xend = 1.5; ystart = 0; yend = 1; coord = 2; lsname = "lineseg1"; length = 3;

ret = gpAddLineSegment(&gp,framenum,lsname,xstart,ystart,xend,yend,coord); ret = gpSetLineSegmentPattern(&gp,framenum,lsname,"dashdotdot"); ret = gpSetLineSegmentPatternLength(&gp,framenum,lsname,length);

300 Reference atternLength to 301 t frame segmen the of line 3% the tColor to of gpSetLineSegmentP pattern pattern the the of gpSetLineSegmen sets , cycle one, one attern of tP frame to t length the segmen sets line gpSetLineSegmen , a t then REFERENCE adds and also t. example COMMAND See gpAddLineSegmen Source gplinesegment.src 3. This ‘dashdotdot’, heigh 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetLineSegmentThickness

Purpose Sets the thickness of a line segment. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetLineSegmentThickness(pgp, framenum, name, thickness); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of a line segment object created by gpAddLineSegment. thickness scalar, thickness of the line segment as a percentage of the frame height. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, line segments have a thickness of 0.1. Example framenum = 1; xstart = 0; xend = 1; ystart = 0.25; yend = 1.75; coord = 2; lname = "line1"; thickness = 0.4;

ret = gpAddLineSegment(&gp,framenum,lname,xstart,ystart,xend,yend,2); ret = gpSetLineSegmentThickness(&gp,framenum,lname,thickness); This example adds a line segment to frame one and then sets the thickness of the line segment to 0.4. Source gplinesegment.src See also gpAddLineSegment, gpSetLineSegmentColor

302 Reference 303 frame. gpSetLineThickness the of t de. co heigh ); the error of an thickness tage , er(s). map(s). b ercen p otherwise um line a n as linemapnum map 1. , . ecied 0 structure. sp successful, line line(s) of if trol the 0 the er. amenum in b con ector, fr kness of de, v , um attern 1 co n gp thic plot p a line(s) kness a e N v to return thic frame the or 2; kness( ha 0.4; of ter 3; = gpSetLineP = REFERENCE = , oin lines p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar kness gpSetLineThickness(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,thickness); all = thic rks ry ose gpSetLineThic also the framenum linemapnum thickness ret ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gplinemap.src See gpSetLineColor Rema Example Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. thickness r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetMacroFile

Purpose

Sets the name of the macro le to be created.

Library gaussplot

Format gpSetMacroFile(pgp, macrole);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. macrole string, name of macro le.

Remarks

The GAUSSplot plotting commands (see Section 2.1.15) take the information in a plot control structure and write it out to a GAUSSplot macro le, which is then run in the GAUSSplot GUI to create the graph.

If gpSetMacroFile is not called, a temporary name will be generated, and the le will be placed on the GAUSS temporary le path. Edit gauss.cfg to change this path. To delete the temporary le after running your program, call gpCleanUp.

Example

gpSetMacroFile(&gp,"plot.mcr");

Source gp.src

See also gpSetDataFile

304 Reference 305 size other than erride. the v o and gpSetMagnication less ws is will Setting reduces arro de. 1 ation co called < text, frame. one error magnic axes, an ication last whole us ts, nif ); th the the , oin default. p mag and ll ation y er(s). otherwise b ), b 1 data will yle um of n setting all magnic data t , gpSetPlotFit rameSt structure. successful, to while frame plot and if gpSetPlotFit trol 0 the plot, gpSetF sized amenum con ector, (see , fr de, magnication v , the are a 1 co then gp magnication. plot e p v 1, frame a 1.25; N ha plots to plot to = return ranslation the or es enlarges set ter to 1 yp 1; Line t is REFERENCE gpSetMagnication > = oin scalar, gpSetT p scalar, scalar olar jects , plot oth gpSetMagnification(&gp,framenum,magnification); P b ation ob plot. = ation a ication rks ry ose call other plot. gpSetMagnication( also ret framenum magnification nif ra default, ou = rmat All COMMAND the y magnic o amenum et gp et If of By mag 1. Source gp.src See gpSetPlotFit Example Rema If Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Resizes Lib 3. geometric magnic r p fr 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetMeshColor

Purpose

Sets the color of the mesh layer in the specied eld zone(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetMeshColor(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, meshcolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). meshcolor string, name of mesh color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

Field zone numbers correspond to the number of the associated zone in the data le. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; ret = gpSetMeshColor(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,"purple");

Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpShowMeshLayer, gpShowFieldZoneMeshLayer, gpSetMeshLinePattern

306 Reference attern 307 as is , gpSetMeshLineP de. kness patterns co ); line error attern p an , ailable v a zone(s). . er(s). list. b of gpSetMeshLineThic um eld otherwise list n , USSplot eldzonenum pattern , The zone GA in ecied sp in structure. successful, e eld lines. the amenum if trol fr pattern pattern. 0 in er. , solid b ector, gpSetMeshColor con gp v de, , line line p um insensitiv 1 co mesh n of of with plot a case the N wn attern( to index return name frame of – or 2; are dra Solid Dashed DashDot Dotted LongDash DashDotDot ter or 1; = is atternLength – REFERENCE = oin e scalar scalar, p scalar, string, scalar, 2 3 4 5 6 1 names pattern yp gpSetMeshLinePattern(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,"dashdotdot"); mesh = line rks ry ose gpSetMeshLineP also pattern the framenum linemapnum ret ws: ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et attern gp et Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSetMeshLineP Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpSetMeshT follo Line p r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetMeshLinePatternLength

Purpose

Sets the length of the mesh line pattern in the specied eld zone(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetMeshLinePatternLength(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, length); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). length scalar, length of one cycle of the line pattern as a percentage of the frame height.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

This command is ignored if the line pattern is set to solid. For non-solid lines, the default pattern length is 2. Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; length = 4; ret = gpSetMeshLinePattern(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,"dashdot"); ret = gpSetMeshLinePatternLength(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,length);

Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpSetMeshLinePattern, gpSetMeshColor, gpSetMeshLineThickness, gpSetMeshType

308 Reference 309 of t zone heigh Field the ); de. le. gpSetMeshLineThickness 1. of . co 0 of data tage error thickness zone(s). the , an ercen kness in p e eld a thic yp er(s). as zone b line er ecied y um a otherwise n eldzonenum la sp , ciated has the zone gpSetMeshT asso mesh , in zone structure. the amenum successful, er eld the y fr if of of , la eld attern trol 0 er. er gp h b p b ector, con v de, eac mesh kness um um 1 co n n in plot kness( thic the a er N the y of 2; to la return line frame or to = 0.4; ter frame. 3; gpSetMeshLineP kness = , ond REFERENCE mesh = oin scalar the p scalar, scalar, scalar, thic gpSetMeshLineThickness(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,thickness); the = corresp line rks ry ose gpSetMeshLineThic also ers the thickness ret framenum fieldzonenum b ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum um et gp et Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSetMeshColor Example Rema Output By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. n thickness r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetMeshType

Purpose Sets the type of the mesh in the specied eld zone(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetMeshType(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, type); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). type scalar, one of the following: 1 Wire frame - mesh is drawn under all other eld layers except scatter and vector and thus cannot be seen if the contour or shade layers are active. 2 Overlay - mesh is drawn over other eld zone layers. 3 Hidden line - mesh is drawn over other eld zone layers, and lines that are hidden behind other surfaces are removed. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, overlay mesh is used. Field zone numbers correspond to the number of the associated zone in the data le. Example framenum = 2; fieldzonenum = 2; meshtype = 3; ret = gpSetMeshType(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,meshtype); This example sets the mesh type for the second eld zone in the second frame to hidden line. Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpSetMeshColor, gpSetMeshLinePattern, gpSetMeshLineThickness

310 Reference erOrientation 311 ap gpSetP de. co error ed. y an displa is otherwise graph ); the h structure. successful, wing: if whic trol orientation 0 , on e. follo con gp de, p co the e. page plot of a t landscap tation( the to 1; return one is of ortrait. = p landscap ter gpPrin REFERENCE page , erOrien oin 1 2 p scalar, scalar, tation ap gpSetPaperOrientation(&gp,orientation); the = erSize orien rks ap ry ose gpSetP also the ret orientation ra default, = rmat COMMAND o et gp et See gpSetP Source gp.src Rema Example Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. r p orientation 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetPaperSize

Purpose

Sets the size of the page on which the graph is displayed. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetPaperSize(pgp, orientation); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. size scalar, one of the following:

1 letter (11 8.5). 2 double (17 11). 3 A4 (11.6929 8.26772). 4 A3 (16.5354 11.6929). 5 Custom1 (14 8.5). 6 Custom2 (10 8). Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

By default, the page size is letter. All dimensions are given in inches and are width height. The dimensions assume that the page is landscape. If the page orientation is changed by a call to gpSetPaperOrientation, then the dimensions will be reversed. Example

size = 3; ret = gpSetPaperSize(&gp,size); Source gp.src See also gpSetPaperOrientation, gpPrint

312 Reference 313 gpSetPlotData K one are only taining and 1 con with . le N zone h one data eac vnames a are only and for x that structure. with le the taining structure to ariables con v data names. 1. a K data gpData for N }; a the gpAddZone ariable v , structure to are ); taining , "Y" y writes con that data data structure arra concatenated. "X", vnames and , { 1 x write data matrix gdat; = tally string ariables to USSplot v 1 K gpInitPlotData N , K REFERENCE GA gp.sdf are gaussplot; horizon N a K USSplot gpSetPlotData(x~y,vnames); gpData vnames gpWritePlotData(&gdat,"mydata.plt"); = GA pi; seqa(0,p/4,15); sin(x); = that taining a rks gpSetPlotData( = = = ry ose also con = p x y struct string library #include gdat ret ritePlotData gpSetPlotData ra rmat COMMAND o ariables v zone Source gpwritedata.src See gpW Example Rema Use Output gaussplot F gdat Input Purp Creates Lib 3. vnames gdat x 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetPlotFit

Purpose Controls how a plot is sized to the frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetPlotFit(pgp, framenum, t); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar or N 1 vector, frame number(s).

t scalar, one of the following: 1 resize to t all data points to the frame. 2 resize to t all data points, axes, text, arrows and other geometric objects to the frame. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, Polar Line plots are sized to t all data points, axes, text, arrows and other geometric objects to the frame, while all other plot types are sized to t only the data points to the frame. Calling gpSetPlotFit after gpSet3DViewDistance or gpSet3DViewerPosition will override the 3D view specications. If you call both gpSetMagnication and gpSetPlotFit, the last one called will override. Example framenum = 1; fit = 2; ret = gpSetPlotFit(&gp,framenum,fit); Source gp.src See also gpSetMagnication, gpSetFrameStyle, gpSetWorkspaceView

314 Reference rAxesTitles ola 315 one axes more ciated oth only b are gpSetP asso for for are there de. title if co titles that the the error space set a set ); an to to and ariable(s) rtitle v ou , y the ws olarAxes otherwise frame. comma of a wP allo thetatitle y b , gpSetRAxisTitle ecied that gpSho sp name(s) structure. or , successful, if the the trol amenum 0 R-axis. Theta-axis. er. fr separated in function b , con de, with the the gp are um p co axes n plot for for a enience titled olar v gpSetRAxisTitle to p is return title frame title , ariables con v ter the 1; a gpSetThetaAxisTitle axis REFERENCE is = oin h (the for p scalar, string, scalar, string, olarAxesTitles( Use gpSetPolarAxesTitles(&gp,framenum,"Theta","R"); eac axis = titles rks time. ry ose gpSetP also one). command that the framenum ret ra default, = rmat COMMAND one o amenum et gp et axis. This than at with Source gppolarlineplot.src See gpSetThetaAxisTitle Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. r p fr thetatitle rtitle 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetPrintFormat

Purpose Sets the print output format for printing on UNIX or Linux. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetPrintFormat(pgp, printfmt); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. printfmt scalar, print output format, one of the following: 1 PostScript. 2 HP-GL. 3 HP-GL/2. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks The default format for print output on UNIX and Linux is PostScript. We recommend that you always use PostScript output when printing on these platforms. Calling gpSetPrintFormat species the print output format used for all subsequent print jobs (specied by the gpPrint command) until another call to gpSetPrintFormat is encountered. By default, graphs printed using the PostScript and HP-GL/2 formats are printed in color. Call gpSetPrintPalette to print the graph as a monochrome image. Graphs printed using the HP-GL format are always printed as monochrome images; gpSetPrintPalette is ignored for HP-GL format print output. Example printfmt = 3; ret = gpSetSetPrintFormat(&gp,printfmt); ret = gpPrint(&gp); Source gp.src See also gpPrint, gpPrintToFile, gpSetPrintPalette

316 Reference alette 317 the t to gpSetPrintP another til orts un subsequen exp de. used all for co is for used error is used option an images. option Command palette palette ortWMF ortEPS ortTIFF ortHPGL2 ortPS color ort otherwise ort color. as image. the palette h or gpExp gpExp gpExp gpExp Exp gpExp t/exp orted The whic hrome image. c prin structure. hrome exp for successful, c wing: if ); the tered. color mono trol and 0 mono as as follo con alette de, ted ormat formats to p ecies F ort ort co , encoun the plot sp prin le gp ostScript is of p a WMF P TIFF HPGL/2 File EPS to t/exp t/exp are to palette return one alette alette prin prin ter alette( ort tP tP 1; orting REFERENCE tP oin images = 2 1 p scalar, scalar, formats: -2; exp t/exp gpSetPrintPalette(&gp,palette); gpExportPS(&gp,area,"graphic.ps"); all = le = = prin and gpSetPrin rks gpSetPrin ry ose gpSetPrin the ret ret area palette to wing ra ting default, = rmat COMMAND o et gp alette et prin call follo Calling Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. r p p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetPrintPalette

This example sets the print/export palette to monochrome, and then exports the entire workspace to the PostScript graphics le graphic.ps.

Source gp.src

See also gpSetExportImageWidth, gpSetPrintFormat, gpPrint

318 r Reference 319 gpSetRAxisColo names color de. co colors; plots. of error list Line an the olar P for otherwise tain ); frame. 2.2.1 con olor list. c ecied that line Section structure. , sp color successful, if in kness See the trol 0 . er. frames k. in b con de, to amenum color color. um fr blac co line Y n , of of plot USSplot gp are a p ONL GA to index return frame name – R-axis lines in gpSetRAxisThic ter or 1; , e the – REFERENCE applies = oin axis of scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, gpSetRAxisColor(&gp,framenum,"green"); all = olarAxes color insensitiv rks ry ose wP gpSetRAxisColor( also command the framenum ret olor ra case default, = c rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gppolarlineplot.src See gpSho Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. This are r p fr line 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetRAxisLabelColor

Purpose

Sets the color of the R-axis tick labels in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetRAxisLabelColor(pgp, framenum, textcolor);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. textcolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all axis tick labels are black. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot.

This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 2; ret = gpSetRAxisLabelColor(&gp,framenum,"purple");

Source gppolarlineplot.src

See also gpSetRAxisLabelFont, gpSetRAxisLabelOset, gpSetRAxisLabelSkip

320 Reference ont elF 321 as frame. “helv”) is = ts e gpSetRAxisLab ecied fon line. ); sp de. fonttyp co ( the axis frame. t ailable in v a fon the the error heightunit els of of of , an t lab etica list k height tic helv heigh length , The e a t. otherwise the the in R-axis of of fonttyp heigh , the list. tage tage written t for structure. successful, frame fon ts. are ercen ercen wing: if p p amenum trol in oin 0 the used els er. fr a a t t. p t b follo , con of t. de, lab as in as fon fon gp fon um t t t p k co the n 3% of of t( plot tic heigh of the a to on t heigh heigh heigh of to t t t elF index return fon name frame one – axes Courier CourierBold Helv HelvBold Times TimesBold TimesItalic TimesItalicBold Greek Math UserDef fon fon fon equal ter or size t – olar REFERENCE oin p 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 scalar, 3 p scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, and 10 11 e all heigh t yp t rks fon ry ose e gpSetRAxisLab a the ws: ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et follo with Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. heightunit r p fr height fonttyp 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetRAxisLabelFont

Font names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; fontheight = 10; heightunit = 2; ret = gpSetRAxisLabelFont(&gp,framenum,"times",fontheight,heightunit);

Source gppolarlineplot.src

See also gpSetRAxisLabelColor, gpSetRAxisLabelOset, gpSetRAxisLabelSkip

322 Reference elOset 323 to Y frame the ONL frame. gpSetRAxisLab of de. co ecied tage applies sp elSkip error ercen the p an a in command as line ); line This otherwise axis 1. gpSetRAxisLab axis oset , t of , the on from elF from structure. oset successful, els amenum if els an trol fr lab 0 e , er. v lab k b plots. con gp k ha de, p tic um tic co n of els plot Line a gpSetRAxisLab lab , k to olar elOset( R-axis return oset frame P tic t. ter 1; the REFERENCE elColor tain 2; = oin axis of heigh p scalar, scalar, scalar, = con gpSetRAxisLabelOffset(&gp,framenum,offset); all = oset rks that ry ose gpSetRAxisLab also the framenum offset ret ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gppolarlineplot.src See gpSetRAxisLab Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. frames r p fr oset 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetRAxisLabelSkip

Purpose

Sets an option to show only one in every skipnum R-axis tick labels in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetRAxisLabelSkip(pgp, framenum, skipnum);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. skipnum scalar, show only one in every skipnum R-axis tick labels.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all axis tick labels are shown (skipnum = 1). This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line Plots.

Example

framenum = 3; skipnum = 2; ret = gpSetRAxisLabelSkip(&gp,framenum,skipnum);

Source gppolarlineplot.src

See also gpSetRAxisLabelColor, gpSetRAxisLabelFont, gpSetRAxisLabelOset

324 Reference ts. 325 oin p gpSetRAxisRange Line them, and data een olar w P et the de. b of tain co con alues magnitudes, error v distance e that b an the the on or frames should ); to otherwise based marks Y alues max k v R-axis. , R-axis. frame. r tic ONL the min the all , structure. successful, calculated for ecied for minor if is sp applies trol 0 er. alue R-axis, alue and b v v con the amenum de, fr the jor um in R-axis co , um n um plot gp ma p a command the of along of to R-axis . maxim minim return frame er This ks b ter 1; the e. REFERENCE um range = oin plotted ks of n scalar, p scalar, scalar, scalar, 5; 15; gpSetRAxisRange(&gp,framenum,min,max); the ositiv are the p = = = range rks ry ose radii gpSetRAxisRange( also the framenum min max ret hange gpSetRAxisTic ra default, = c rmat COMMAND o o amenum et gp et call therefore, plots. T Source gppolarlineplot.src See gpSetRAxisTic Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. Since r p fr max min 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetRAxisThickness

Purpose

Sets the thickness of the R-axis line in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetRAxisThickness(pgp, framenum, thickness);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. thickness scalar, thickness of the axis line as a percentage of the height of the frame.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all axis lines are set to a thickness of 0.4. This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; thickness = 0.6; ret = gpSetRAxisThickness(&gp,framenum,thickness);

Source gppolarlineplot.src

See also gpSetRAxisColor

326 Reference on the 327 and there gpSetRAxisTicks on marks. tain the us k marks con units, of tic Th k 2 marks 3. tic jor k to that range to de. tic ma co of the minor R-axis frames of marks set minor units. error dify to k h ); er the of b Y tic an mo eac er on o um b jor T n R-axis ONL een um w in ma n the marks et minornum axis. of b , k otherwise the and applies tic set the marks h and k of jor marks tic eac k marks ma majorstep next. structure. tic , k successful, jor range marks een command een tic if the w k ma trol w 0 et the er. to tic et b jor minor b This b con een de, on amenum . jor of ma w um fr co n et mark , er plot ma b marks b een k gp a based p k w frame. tic distance um een to et tic return step frame n ks( w b 2; et the one ter 1; 3; b = REFERENCE ecied step = = oin minor p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, sets sp calculated from of gpSetRAxisTicks(&gp,framenum,majorstep,minornum); gpSetRAxisRange the plots. is the = er distance b call rks units in ry ose Line gpSetRAxisTic also example um the framenum majorstep minornum ret ra R-axis n 0.5 default, = rmat COMMAND o olar amenum et gp et are R-axis the the Source gp.src See gpSetRAxisRange Example Output Rema By This gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. R-axis, P minornum r p fr majorstep 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetRAxisTitle

Purpose

Sets the title for the R-axis in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetRAxisTitle(pgp, framenum, title); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. title string, title.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, each axis is titled with the name(s) of the variable(s) that are associated with that axis (the variables are separated by a comma and a space if there are more than one). Use gpSetPolarAxesTitles to set the titles for both the Theta and R axes in a frame.

This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line plots. Example

framenum = 1; ret = gpSetRAxisTitle(&gp,framenum,"R");

Source gppolarlineplot.src See also gpSetPolarAxesTitles, gpSetRAxisTitleColor, gpSetRAxisTitleFont, gpSetRAxisTitleOset

328 r Reference 329 names that gpSetRAxisTitleColo color de. frames co colors; to of Y error list an ONL the for ); applies olor otherwise frame. 2.2.1 textc list. , ecied command gpSetRAxisTitleOset Section sp , structure. color t successful, See if on This in the amenum trol 0 . fr er. k. in , b con de, gp color color. blac p um co title n of of plot USSplot are a GA to index return frame name – R-axis titles in plots. ter or gpSetRAxisTitleF 1; e the , – REFERENCE = oin axis of scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, Line gpSetRAxisTitleColor(&gp,framenum,"green"); all = olar color insensitiv P rks ry ose gpSetRAxisTitleColor( also the framenum ret olor ra case default, = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et are con Source gppolarlineplot.src See gpSetRAxisTitle Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. r p fr textc 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetRAxisTitleFont

Purpose Sets the type and size of the font used for the R-axis title in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetRAxisTitleFont(pgp, framenum, fonttype, height, heightunit); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. fonttype string, name of font. – or – scalar, index of font in font list. height scalar, font height. heightunit scalar, one of the following: 1 font height as a percentage of the height of the frame. 2 font height in points. 3 font height as a percentage of the length of the axis line. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, all polar axis tick labels are written in a bold helvetica font (fonttype = “helvbold”) with a font height equal to 3.6% of the frame height. The list of available fonts is as follows: 1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef

330 Reference ont ); 331 frames to gpSetRAxisTitleF Y ONL applies command This . gpSetRAxisTitleOset , USSplot GA in e plots. insensitiv 5; 1; Line gpSetRAxisTitleColor 1; = = , REFERENCE case = olar P are gpSetRAxisTitleFont(&gp,framenum,"timesbold",fontheight,heightunit = tain also names con framenum fontheight heightunit ret t COMMAND on See gpSetRAxisTitle Source gppolarlineplot.src Example 3. F that 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetRAxisTitleOset

Purpose

Sets the oset of the R-axis title from the axis line in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetRAxisTitleOset(pgp, framenum, oset);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. oset scalar, oset of title from axis line as a percentage of the height of the frame.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, the oset is set to 6. This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; offset = 8; ret = gpSetRAxisTitleOffset(&gp,framenum,offset);

Source gppolarlineplot.src

See also gpSetRAxisTitle, gpSetRAxisTitleColor, gpSetRAxisTitleFont

332 r Reference . 333 call le. gpSetScatterColo USSplot data frame, , a GA de the in in de. in e er co y ); la zone olor error c insensitiv an scatter zone(s). ciated atter sc case the , er(s). gpSetScatterFillMo asso eld b , are ate er the um otherwise y n of activ ecied er o names list. sp zone b T eldzonenum , um the structure. n o. color color successful, eld color. in if in trol the 0 ols er. b b to ector, amenum con colors; turned v de, color scatter fr um is of 1 , sym co wFieldZoneScatterLa n of ond of plot gp er p y list a N la 3; to gpSho index return frame name – the or scatter , . = corresp ter er er or 1; e for y y the ers – REFERENCE scatter = oin b scalar 1; of scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, um 2.2.1 gpShowScatterLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetScatterColor(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,"purple"); = the n = = color rks olor ry ose c wScatterLa wScatterLa gpSetScatterColor( also zone the ret framenum seton fieldzonenum ret Section ra default, = rmat COMMAND o atter amenum et gp et See gpSetScatterShap Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSho Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpSho Field sc r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetScatterFillMode

Purpose

Sets the ll mode of the scatter symbols in the specied eld zone(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetScatterFillMode(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, llmode, llcolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s).

llmode scalar, one of the following:

1 no ll. 2 use line color. 3 use background color. 4 use llcolor.

llcolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

By default, the scatter layer is turned o. To activate the scatter layer in a frame, call gpShowScatterLayer. When the scatter layer is activated, scatter symbols are not lled by default.

If llmode is not set to 4, then llcolor is ignored.

Frames are numbered in the order that they are created. Field zone numbers correspond to the number of the associated zone in the data le. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. Example

334 Reference de 335 gpSetScatterFillMo e gpSetScatterShap , kness 3; = gpSetScatterLineThic , 1; 2; REFERENCE = = 1; gpShowScatterLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetScatterFillMode(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,fillmode,""); = = = also fillmode framenum seton fieldzonenum ret ret COMMAND Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSetScatterColor 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetScatterLineThickness

Purpose Sets the line thickness of the scatter symbols in the specied eld zone(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetScatterLineThickness(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, thickness); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). thickness scalar, line thickness of the scatter symbols as a percentage of the height of the frame. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, the scatter layer is turned o. To activate the scatter layer in a frame, call gpShowScatterLayer. When the scatter layer is activated, all scatter symbols have a line thickness of 0.1 by default.

Field zone numbers correspond to the number of the associated zone in the data le. Example framenum = 3; seton = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; thickness = 0.4; ret = gpShowScatterLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetScatterLineThickness(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,thickness); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpSetScatterColor, gpSetScatterShape, gpSetScatterSize

336 e Reference a I 337 is call e eASCI gpSetScatterShap shap frame, ol a b in de. sym er co y la error default ); gpSetScatterShap list. e zone. e an zone(s). scatter the Use shap . eld shap , the er(s). eld a ated, b ol b ate in um otherwise n activ ols USSplot sym ecied activ b is sp in o GA er zone T e e. y sym eldzonenum in the , la e structure. o. successful, eld in shap shap ws: if ol ol trol ols scatter t) 0 b b er. b follo scatter b amenum triangle) ector, con turned v de, the fr t as triangle) sym sym insensitiv sym , um is the 1 co is n of of for gp plot er (gradien p (righ (left es case y a t e (delta) e( N la ri ri When to scatter T oin T index name return frame are – or shap . Cub Diamond Circle P Square Del Grad R L Sphere Octahedron ter er or haracter the y REFERENCE c – scatter oin I of 9 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 scalar names scalar, p string, scalar, scalar, e 10 11 ailable e v the a ASCI shap of shap rks an ry ose wScatterLa gpSetScatterShap the list e ra COMMAND default, = rmat use o amenum et gp et Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpSho to square. The Scatter shap r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetScatterShape

framenum = 1; seton = 1; fieldzonenum = 3; ret = gpShowScatterLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetScatterShape(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,"diamond");

Source gpfieldzone.src

See also gpSetScatterShapeASCII, gpSetScatterColor, gpSetScatterSize

338 I Reference eASCI a 339 is call e ); I shap acter frame, ol a b . ASCI char in , de. gpSetScatterShap sym e an er co y to la USSplot fonttyp error default GA , an in zone(s) scatter the the er(s). eld ated, b ol. e. b ate um otherwise haracters eldzonenum n activ c shap sym , ecied activ is haracters. ol sp c as o b er zone I T y ailable the use la v sym structure. a o. amenum successful, eld in to ASCI fr wing: if , trol the ols 0 er. gp b scatter preset p b follo of ector, con turned a v de, I( normal sym um is all the 1 haracter t. co the t. n c t, use plot of er of fon y fon a fon to eASCI N la list e When to scatter return one frame single or a . Base Greek Math ter er the y for REFERENCE scatter oin of A scalar 1 2 3 p scalar, scalar, scalar, string, e the shap endix rks ry ose e wScatterLa gpSetScatterShap the gpSetScatterShap App ra acter default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum haracter. et gp et Example Rema By Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. gpSho square. Use c See fonttyp char r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetScatterShapeASCII

framenum = 1; seton = 1; fieldzonenum = 3; fonttype = 2; ret = gpShowScatterLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetScatterShapeASCII(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,fonttype,"p");

This example sets the symbol shape for the third eld zone in the rst frame to the Greek letter ‘’.

Source gpfieldzone.src

See also gpSetScatterShape, gpSetScatterColor, gpSetScatterSize

340 Reference 341 a call e le. gpSetScatterSize the v of ha t data frame, ols a b the in heigh de. in sym er co y the la of zone error scatter tage an all scatter ); ciated zone(s). the ercen size er(s). asso p ated, , b eld a ate the um otherwise as n activ of activ is ols ecied er o b er zone b T sp y la um eldzonenum sym structure. n o. the , successful, eld e if in trol the 0 er. scatter ols scatter b to ector, con turned b v de, amenum um is the 1 fr co the n ond sym , plot er of y a gp N p la 2; When to size return frame or . = corresp gpSetScatterShap scatter ter er , 3; y ers REFERENCE scatter the = oin b scalar 1; frame. p scalar, scalar, scalar, default. 1.5; of um gpShowScatterLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetScatterSize(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,size); = the y n = b = = size 5 . rks 2 ry ose wScatterLa gpSetScatterSize( also zone the ret ret size framenum seton fieldzonenum of ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSetScatterColor size Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. Field gpSho size r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetShadeColor

Purpose Sets the color of the shading in the specied eld zone(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetShadeColor(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, shadecolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). shadecolor string, name of shade color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, the shade layer is turned o. To activate the shade layer in a frame, call gpShowShadeLayer. Field zone numbers correspond to the number of the associated zone in the data le. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. Example framenum = 1; seton = 1; fieldzonenum = 1; ret = gpShowShadeLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetShadeColor(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,"blue"); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpShowShadeLayer, gpShowFieldZoneShadeLayer, gpUseFieldZoneShadeLighting, gpUseTranslucency

342 Reference oPlot 343 X, the olume v gpSetSurfacesT that tour de. Con co 3D ); assuming es or error an surfac options, , : P er(s). Cartesian b N 3D um otherwise plotting n a L for eldzonenum zone , are ed surface y structure. successful, eld the wing: if graph trol 0 displa of amenum er. faces e fr b follo h ector, faces con the b , v de, cell um eac 1 gp in co to the n p cell plot of a surface are N used osed to oPlot( return one frame or ery oundary explains exp I-Planes J-Planes K-Planes IJ-Planes JK-Planes IK-Planes IJK-Planes b ev ter REFERENCE surfaces oin ariables scalar table 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar, v h whic wing rks Z-axis ry ose gpSetSurfacesT es follo ra = rmat COMMAND ecies and o amenum et gp et Y The Rema Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Sp Lib 3. plot. surfac r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetSurfacesToPlot

Option Explanation 1 boundary cell faces Display all surfaces that are on the outside of the data zone 2 exposed cell faces Identical to boundary cell faces unless data blanking is used, in which case the surfaces between blanked and unblanked data values are plotted as well as the outer surfaces 3 I-planes Display the L N surfaces in the specied range (1 P ) 4 J-planes Display the L P surfaces in the specied range (1 N) 5 K-planes Display the N P surfaces in the specied range (1 L) 6 IJ-planes Display the L N surfaces in the specied range (1 P ) and the L P surfaces in the specied range (1 N) 7 JK-planes Display the L P surfaces in the specied range (1 N) and the N P surfaces in the specied range (1 L) 8 IK-planes Display the L N surfaces in the specied range (1 P ) and the N P surfaces in the specied range (1 L) 9 IJK-planes Display the L N surfaces in the specied range (1 P ), the L P surfaces in the specied range (1 N) and the the N P surfaces in the specied range (1 L) 10 Every surface Display all surfaces

By default, exposed cell face plotting is used for 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour volume plots.

r See the Tecplot User’s Manual in the le tpum.pdf for information on data blanking for the exposed cell face option.

To set the specied ranges for options 3 9, call gpSetIPlaneRange, gpSetJPlaneRange and/or gpSetKPlaneRange.

Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; ret = gpSetSurfacesToPlot(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,10);

Source gpfieldzone.src

See also gpSetIPlaneRange, gpSetJPlaneRange, gpSetKPlaneRange

344 r Reference olColo . 345 call gpSetSymb USSplot frame, a GA in in de. er e y co la ); e ol b olor error olc insensitiv olShap an sym b symb the case , er(s). b ate are map(s). otherwise gpSetSym um n , activ line o ols names list. b T map linemapnum , structure. o. color ecied color successful, color. line sp if in ol trol 0 b er. the b amenum turned con ector, colors; de, v fr color sym in is um of , 1 co wLineMapSym n of of plot er gp ols p y list a b la N gpSho to index return frame name – ol the sym , . or 3; b er er ter or 1; = for y y olColor( the – REFERENCE b sym = oin 1; of scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, scalar olLa olLa 2.2.1 gpShowSymbolLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetSymbolColor(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,"purple"); = b b the = = color rks olor ry ose wSym wSym gpSetSym also the framenum seton linemapnum ret ret olc Section ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et See Source gplinemap.src See gpSho Example Rema Output By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpSho symb r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetSymbolFillMode

Purpose

Sets the ll mode of the symbols in the specied line map(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetSymbolFillMode(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, llmode, llcolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar or N 1 vector, line map number(s).

llmode scalar, one of the following:

1 no ll. 2 use line color. 3 use background color. 4 use llcolor.

llcolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, the symbol layer is turned o. To activate the symbol layer in a frame, call gpShowSymbolLayer. When the symbol layer is activated, symbols are not lled by default.

If llmode is not set to 4, then llcolor is ignored.

See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. Example

346 Reference de olFillMo 347 gpSetSymb e olShap b gpSetSym , kness olLineThic b 3; gpSetSym , 1; 3; = REFERENCE = = 1; gpShowSymbolLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetSymbolFillMode(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,fillmode,""); = olColor b = = also framenum seton linemapnum fillmode ret ret COMMAND Source gplinemap.src See gpSetSym 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetSymbolLineThickness

Purpose

Sets the line thickness of the symbols in the specied line map(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetSymbolLineThickness(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, thickness); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar or N 1 vector, line map number(s). thickness scalar, line thickness of the symbols as a percentage of the height of the frame. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

By default, the symbol layer is turned o. To activate the symbol layer in a frame, call gpShowSymbolLayer. When the symbol layer is activated, all symbols have a line thickness of 0.1 by default. Example

framenum = 3; seton = 1; linemapnum = 2; thickness = 0.4; ret = gpShowSymbolLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetSymbolLineThickness(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,thickness); Source gplinemap.src See also gpSetSymbolColor, gpSetSymbolShape, gpSetSymbolSize

348 e Reference olShap I is 349 call e eASCI shap gpSetSymb frame, ol a b olShap in b sym de. er y co la ol default b error gpSetSym list. ); e e an the sym Use . shap the shap , ated, er(s). ol map. b ate b map(s). otherwise activ um line USSplot n ws: sym activ is line a o in GA er in T follo e y e. map linemapnum in la , as ols e ecied structure. o. b ol successful, shap is shap line sp b if ol ol es trol sym 0 b b er. t) the sym amenum b turned con ector, triangle) fr de, the shap in insensitiv v sym sym , is t the triangle) um 1 co n of of ols gp for plot er p b case y (gradien a (righ (left e( la N ailable (delta) When v to ri ri sym are index name return frame – ol a . or T T b Square Del Grad R Diamond Circle L er of ter or haracter the y olShap c – REFERENCE b sym oin I of list names scalar, p string, scalar, scalar, scalar e 1 2 3 4 6 7 5 olLa e b the The ASCI shap shap rks an ry ose wSym gpSetSym ol the b e ra default, = rmat COMMAND use square. o amenum et gp et Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. gpSho a Sym to shap r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetSymbolShape

framenum = 1; seton = 1; linemapnum = 3; ret = gpShowSymbolLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetSymbolShape(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,"diamond");

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpSetSymbolShapeASCII, gpSetSymbolColor, gpSetSymbolSize, gpSetSymbolSkip

350 I Reference eASCI olShap is 351 call e ); shap frame, ol acter a b . haracter. in char c sym de. , gpSetSymb I er e y co la USSplot ASCI ol default b error fonttyp GA an , an the sym in to the ated, er(s). ol. e. b b ate map(s) otherwise haracters activ linemapnum um c shap sym , n activ is line haracters. ol o c as er b T I y map la ailable use sym v ecied structure. o. amenum a ol successful, line to ASCI fr sp b wing: if , trol the 0 gp er. the sym preset p b follo of turned con ector, a I( de, in v normal is the um all haracter t. 1 co the t. n c t, use ols plot er of b of fon y fon a to fon eASCI la N e list When to sym return one frame single ol . or a b Base Greek Math er ter the y olShap for REFERENCE b sym olShap oin of A b 1 2 3 p scalar, scalar, scalar, string, scalar e olLa b the shap endix rks ry ose e wSym gpSetSym the gpSetSym App ra acter default, = rmat COMMAND square. o amenum et gp et Example Rema By Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. gpSho a Use See fonttyp char r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetSymbolShapeASCII

framenum = 1; seton = 1; linemapnum = 3; fonttype = 2; ret = gpShowSymbolLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetSymbolShapeASCII(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,fonttype,"p");

This example sets the symbol shape for the third line map in the rst frame to the Greek letter ‘’.

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpSetSymbolShape, gpSetSymbolColor, gpSetSymbolSize, gpSetSymbolSkip

352 Reference olSize 5 . 2 353 call of gpSetSymb size frame. frame, a a e v the in ha of de. er t y co ols la b ol heigh b error sym the an all sym ); of the size ated, er(s). , tage olSkip b ate b otherwise activ map(s). um n ercen activ is p o line a er T y map as la gpSetSym linemapnum structure. , o. , successful, ol e line ols ecied b b if sp trol 0 er. sym sym b turned con ector, olShap the de, v amenum b is the um fr in 1 co the n , plot er of y gp ols a p la b N When to size return frame ol . or 2; gpSetSym b sym er , ter 3; = y olSize( REFERENCE b sym the = oin 1; p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar olLa 1.5; of gpShowSymbolLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetSymbolSize(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,size); = b the olColor = b = = size rks ry ose wSym gpSetSym also the framenum seton linemapnum size ret ret ra default, = rmat default. COMMAND o amenum y et gp et Source gplinemap.src See gpSetSym Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpSho b size r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetSymbolSkip

Purpose

Sets an option to show symbols at only a subset of the data points in the specied line map(s).

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetSymbolSkip(pgp, framenum, linemapnum, skipnum, skipmode);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linemapnum scalar or N 1 vector, line map number(s). skipnum scalar, skip. skipmode scalar, one of the following:

1 show symbols at every data point. 2 show symbols at only one in every skipnum data points. 3 show symbols at the rst data point and at each successive data point that is at least skipnum percent of the frame height from the previous symbol.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, the symbol layer is turned o. To activate the symbol layer in a frame, call gpShowSymbolLayer. When the symbol layer is activated, symbols are shown at every data point by default. If skipmode is set to 1, then skipnum is ignored.

Example

354 Reference olSkip 355 gpSetSymb olSize b gpSetSym , e olShap b 2; gpSetSym , 3; 2; = 5; REFERENCE = = 1; = gpShowSymbolLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetSymbolSkip(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,skipnum,skipmode); = olColor b = = also skipmode framenum seton linemapnum skipnum ret ret COMMAND See gpSetSym Source gplinemap.src 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetTextObjectAnchorLocation

Purpose

Sets the anchor location of a text object. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetTextObjectAnchorLocation(pgp, framenum, name, horizontal, vertical); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of a text object created by gpAddTextObject. horizontal scalar, one of the following:

1 anchor the left hand side of the text object to the specied X position. 2 anchor the horizontal midpoint of the text object to the specied X position. 3 anchor the right hand side of the text object to the specied X position. vertical scalar, one of the following:

1 anchor the bottom edge of the text object to the specied Y position. 2 anchor the vertical midpoint of the text object to the specied Y position. 3 anchor the top edge of the text object to the specied Y position.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

A call to gpSetTextObjectAnchorLocation must be preceded by a call to gpAddTextObject. Example

356 Reference cation rLo 357 that units on extObjectAncho frame tally in 91) , Plot"); horizon gpSetT (41 and Contour osition horizontal,vertical); p ertically v the to oth b it x o es v b ject mo ypos,coord,"3D text extOb ject, the ob ters text 2; cen a gpRotateT , 1; 2; = REFERENCE = = then 1; ject adds 41; 91; gpAddTextObject(&gp,framenum,"text1",xpos, gpSetTextObjectAnchorLocation(&gp,framenum,"text1", = = = and = = extOb also example 100), framenum xpos ypos coord horizontal vertical ret ret COMMAND osition. See gpAddT Source gptext.src 3. p (0 This 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetTextObjectBoxColor

Purpose

Sets the outline and background colors of the box surrounding a text object.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetTextObjectBoxColor(pgp, framenum, name, linecolor, llcolor);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of a text object created by gpAddTextObject. linecolor string, name of color to use for box outline.. – or – scalar, index of color in color list llcolor string, name of color to use for box background.. – or – scalar, index of color in color list

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

A call to gpSetTextObjectBoxColor must be preceded by a call to gpAddTextObject. If the text object box type is set to none, then these colors are not used. If the text object box type is set to hollow, then llcolor is not used, since a hollow box has no background. By default, the box type for a text object is set to none. To change the box type, call gpSetTextObjectBoxType.

See Section 2.2.1 for the list of available colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot.

Example

358 r Reference xColo r); 359 to ject extObjectBo ob text gpSetT white. the of to e yp t color x o sin(x)"); ll b x = o b the the sets and yle one, red xSt to frame ypos,coord,"f(x) to jectBo color ject extOb ob outline x text o "text1"; a gpSetT 3; "red"; "white"; b , 1; = = = = REFERENCE = the 1; ject adds 41; 91; gpSetTextObjectBoxType(&gp,framenum,objectname,filledbox); gpSetTextObjectBoxColor(&gp,framenum,objectname,linecolor,fillcolo gpAddTextObject(&gp,framenum,objectname,xpos, = = = sets = = = extOb and also example ret ret framenum objectname xpos ypos coord filledbox ret linecolor fillcolor COMMAND See gpAddT Source gptext.src 3. This lled, 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetTextObjectBoxStyle

Purpose

Sets the style of the box surrounding a text object.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetTextObjectBoxStyle(pgp, framenum, name, boxtype, thickness, linecolor, llcolor);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of a text object created by gpAddTextObject. boxtype scalar, one of the following:

1 no box. 2 hollow box (no background). 3 lled box. thickness scalar, thickness of the box outline as a percentage of the frame height. linecolor string, name of color to use for box outline.. – or – scalar, index of color in color list llcolor string, name of color to use for box background.. – or – scalar, index of color in color list

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

This command is a convenience function that allows you to set several parameters at one time. See gpSetTextObjectBoxType, gpSetTextObjectBoxThickness, and gpSetTextObjectBoxColor to set the box style parameters individually.

360 Reference yle xSt If . is . 361 e ject By extObjectBo , oxtyp USSplot b extOb If GA kness in kground. gpSetT e used. xThic gpAddT bac not to no jectBo are insensitiv call has a x sin(x)"); olor o y case b b lc extOb = l w are and none. gpSetT hollo , , a preceded to names thickness,linecolor,fillcolor); e olor b c set since xColor is color line ust , m ject used, ypos,coord,"f(x) jectBo yle ob colors; not xSt of thickness is text extOb a e list olor jectBo then yp for lc the "text1"; e xT gpSetT l 3; 0.4; "red"; "white"; , 1; = for yp = = = = t none, extOb REFERENCE = x 1; ject then to o jectBo 41; 91; b 2.2.1 gpSetTextObjectBoxStyle(&gp,framenum,objectname,filledbox, gpAddTextObject(&gp,framenum,objectname,xpos, = w, = = set = = gpSetT the extOb is extOb to hollo e also ret framenum objectname xpos ypos coord filledbox ret thickness linecolor fillcolor Section to COMMAND call oxtyp A b See gpAddT Source gptext.src Example 3. set gpSetT default, See 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetTextObjectBoxThickness

Purpose

Sets the thickness of the outline of the box surrounding a text object. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetTextObjectBoxThickness(pgp, framenum, name, thickness); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of a text object created by gpAddTextObject. thickness scalar, thickness of the box outline as a percentage of the frame height.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

A call to gpSetTextObjectBoxThickness must be preceded by a call to gpAddTextObject. If the text object box type is set to none, then thickness is not used. By default, the box type for a text object is set to none. If the box type is changed to lled or hollow, then the default thickness of the box outline is 0.1. Call gpSetTextObjectBoxType to change the box type. Example

framenum = 1; objectname = "text1"; xpos = 41; ypos = 91; coord = 1; filledbox = 3; thickness = 0.4;

ret = gpAddTextObject(&gp,framenum,objectname,xpos,ypos,coord,"f(x) = sin(x)"); ret = gpSetTextObjectBoxType(&gp,framenum,objectname,filledbox); ret = gpSetTextObjectBoxThickness(&gp,framenum,objectname,thickness);

362 Reference xThickness 363 to ject ob extObjectBo text the of e gpSetT yp t x o b the 0.4. to sets yle one, outline xSt x o frame b to jectBo the of ject extOb ob kness text a gpSetT thic , REFERENCE the ject adds sets extOb and also example COMMAND See gpAddT Source gptext.src 3. This lled, 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetTextObjectBoxType

Purpose Sets the type of the box surrounding a text object. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetTextObjectBoxType(pgp, framenum, name, boxtype); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of a text object created by gpAddTextObject. boxtype scalar, one of the following: 1 no box. 2 hollow box (no background). 3 lled box. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks A call to gpSetTextObjectBoxType must be preceded by a call to gpAddTextObject. By default, the box type for a text object is set to none. Example framenum = 1; objectname = "text1"; xpos = 41; ypos = 91; coord = 1; filledbox = 3;

ret = gpAddTextObject(&gp,framenum,objectname,xpos,ypos,coord,"f(x) = sin(x)"); ret = gpSetTextObjectBoxType(&gp,framenum,objectname,filledbox); Source gptext.src See also gpAddTextObject, gpSetTextObjectBoxStyle

364 r Reference 365 extObjectColo By . color ject gpSetT colors; . , extOb of de. ject co list the gpAddT extOb error ); to for an olor sin(x)"); call jectLineSpacing gpAddT 2.2.1 a = y y textc b b , extOb otherwise Section name , list. created See gpSetT preceded . , t e k. ject structure. b color successful, on ject. ob if in amenum blac ob trol ust 0 fr ypos,coord,"f(x) er. is USSplot m jectF , b text con de, gp text color a color. GA p um ject a co n of of of plot in extOb ob in e a jectColor to text index return name frame name – text "text1"; a gpSetT jectColor( ter or , 1; = in the extOb – REFERENCE insensitiv = oin 1; of ject scalar, p scalar, string, scalar, string, jectMargin 41; 91; extOb text gpSetTextObjectColor(&gp,framenum,objectname,"blue"); gpAddTextObject(&gp,framenum,objectname,xpos, = case = = = = gpSetT color the extOb rks extOb are to ry ose gpSetT also the ret framenum objectname xpos ypos coord ret olor ra = rmat COMMAND call o amenum et gp et names default, Source gptext.src See gpAddT Example Output Rema A gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpSetT textc r p fr name 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetTextObjectFont

Purpose Sets the font of the text in a text object. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetTextObjectFont(pgp, framenum, name, fonttype, height, heightunit); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of a text object created by gpAddTextObject. fonttype string, name of font. – or – scalar, index of font in font list. height scalar, font height. heightunit scalar, one of the following: 1 font height as a percentage of the height of the frame. 2 font height in points. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks A call to gpSetTextObjectFont must be preceded by a call to gpAddTextObject. By default, the text in a text object is written in a helvetica bold font (fonttype = “helvbold”). The default font height is 14 points. The list of available fonts is as follows: 1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef

366 Reference ont extObjectF 367 gpSetT sin(x)"); jectColor = extOb . gpSetT , "timesitalic",height,heightunit); USSplot ject GA ypos,coord,"f(x) in extOb e gpAddT , t insensitiv "text1"; 2; on 1; = = REFERENCE case 18; = extF 1; 41; 91; = are gpSetTextObjectFont(&gp,framenum,objectname, gpAddTextObject(&gp,framenum,objectname,xpos, = = = = = also names ret framenum objectname xpos ypos coord height heightunit ret t COMMAND on See gpSetDefaultT Source gptext.src Example 3. F 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetTextObjectLineSpacing

Purpose Sets the spacing between the lines of text in a text object. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetTextObjectLineSpacing(pgp, framenum, name, linespacing); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. name string, name of a text object created by gpAddTextObject. linespacing scalar, the spacing between the lines of text. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks A call to gpSetTextObjectLineSpacing must be preceded by a call to gpAddTextObject. By default, line spacing is set to 1. Example framenum = 1; objectname = "text1"; xpos = 41; ypos = 91; coord = 1; linespacing = 1.5;

ret = gpAddTextObject(&gp,framenum,objectname,xpos,ypos,coord,"f(x) = sin(x)"); ret = gpSetTextObjectLineSpacing(&gp,framenum,objectname,linespacing); Source gptext.src See also gpAddTextObject, gpSetTextObjectColor, gpSetTextObjectFont, gpSetTextObjectMargin

368 Reference rgin x is x. By 369 o y o e . b b b extObjectMa yp t ject set x is o b extOb . gpSetT the de. surrounding surrounding if ject margin co er, the the the gpAddT ev extOb error to w and and ); then an Ho , call gin e ject text sin(x)"); a yp gpAddT ob y = mar b y the , xT b margin. text otherwise een a no name w t. , jectBo et is in b created preceded heigh e b text extOb there ject structure. successful, amenum text ob so ust the if margin fr trol m , 0 ypos,coord,"f(x) er. the gpSetT gp the een b text con p w de, none, of a of um et co n to of b with plot tage size a set jectMargin to is lled return name the frame "text1"; ercen e margin jectMargin( 3; p or ter 1; = yp a = t extOb w REFERENCE the 60; = oin x 1; as p scalar, string, scalar, scalar, o 41; 91; = of extOb b gpSetTextObjectBoxType(&gp,framenum,objectname,filledbox); gpSetTextObjectMargin(&gp,framenum,objectname,margin); gpAddTextObject(&gp,framenum,objectname,xpos, = hollo = = 20. = = = gpSetT to size the to rks to ry ose gpSetT the ret ret framenum objectname xpos ypos coord filledbox ret margin ra gin = rmat COMMAND call o amenum hanged et gp et default, default c Example Rema Output A gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. mar r p fr name 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetTextObjectMargin

Source gptext.src

See also gpAddTextObject, gpSetTextObjectColor, gpSetTextObjectFont, gpSetTextObjectLineSpacing

370 r Reference 371 names that gpSetThetaAxisColo color de. frames co colors; to of Y error list an ONL the for ); frame. applies otherwise olor c 2.2.1 ecied line list. sp , command kness Section the structure. color successful, in if This in See trol amenum 0 . er. fr k. line b , con de, color color. gp um blac p co n of of plot USSplot are a GA to index return frame name – Theta-axis lines in gpSetThetaAxisThic plots. ter or 1; , e the – REFERENCE = oin axis of scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, Line gpSetThetaAxisColor(&gp,framenum,"green"); all = olar olarAxes color insensitiv P rks ry ose wP gpSetThetaAxisColor( also the framenum ret olor ra case default, = tain c rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gppolarlineplot.src See gpSho Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. are con r p fr line 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetThetaAxisLabelColor

Purpose

Sets the color of the Theta-axis tick labels in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetThetaAxisLabelColor(pgp, framenum, textcolor);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. textcolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all axis tick labels are black. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 2; ret = gpSetThetaAxisLabelColor(&gp,framenum,"purple");

Source gppolarlineplot.src

See also gpSetThetaAxisLabelFont, gpSetThetaAxisLabelOset, gpSetThetaAxisLabelSkip

372 Reference ont elF 373 as “helv”) is ecied = ts sp ); e fon the line. de. gpSetThetaAxisLab in fonttyp co ( axis frame. t heightunit els ailable v , a fon the the error lab of k of of an t height tic etica , list e helv heigh length The a t. otherwise the the fonttyp in , Theta-axis of of heigh the list. tage tage written t for structure. amenum successful, frame fr fon ts. are ercen ercen wing: , if p p trol in oin 0 the gp used els er. a a t t. p p t b follo con of t. t( de, lab as in as fon fon fon um on t t t k co the n 3% of of plot tic heigh elF of the a to t heigh heigh heigh of to t t t index return fon name frame one – axes Courier CourierBold Helv HelvBold Times TimesBold TimesItalic TimesItalicBold Greek Math UserDef fon fon fon equal ter or size t – olar REFERENCE oin p 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 scalar, 3 p scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, and 10 11 e all heigh t yp t rks fon ry ose e gpSetThetaAxisLab a the ws: ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et follo with Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. frame. heightunit r p fr height fonttyp 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetThetaAxisLabelFont

Font names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; fontheight = 10; heightunit = 2; ret = gpSetThetaAxisLabelFont(&gp,framenum,"times",fontheight,heightunit);

Source gppolarlineplot.src

See also gpSetThetaAxisLabelColor, gpSetThetaAxisLabelOset, gpSetThetaAxisLabelSkip

374 Reference elOset 375 to Y frame frame. elSkip the ONL of ecied de. sp co gpSetThetaAxisLab tage applies the error in ercen p an a line gpSetThetaAxisLab ); command as , t axis on line This oset otherwise the , elF 1. axis of from from amenum els structure. oset fr successful, , els lab if an gp k trol lab p 0 e er. v tic k b plots. con ha de, tic um gpSetThetaAxisLab co n of els , plot Line elOset( a lab k to olar Theta-axis return oset frame P elColor tic t. ter 1; the REFERENCE tain 2; = oin axis of heigh p scalar, scalar, scalar, = con gpSetThetaAxisLabelOffset(&gp,framenum,offset); all = oset rks that ry ose gpSetThetaAxisLab also the framenum offset ret ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gppolarlineplot.src See gpSetThetaAxisLab Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. frames r p fr oset 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetThetaAxisLabelSkip

Purpose

Sets an option to show only one in every skipnum Theta-axis tick labels in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetThetaAxisLabelSkip(pgp, framenum, skipnum);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. skipnum scalar, show only one in every skipnum Theta-axis tick labels.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all axis tick labels are shown (skipnum = 1). This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line Plots.

Example

framenum = 3; skip = 2; ret = gpSetThetaAxisLabelSkip(&gp,framenum,skip);

Source gppolarlineplot.src

See also gpSetThetaAxisLabelColor, gpSetThetaAxisLabelFont, gpSetThetaAxisLabelOset

376 Reference If of 377 of d theta only d 360. set default erio the to erio p p 0 cause If not the set is gpSetThetaAxisRange the the is will then de. de circle. , that should co de mo hange ou c y Theta-axis to error theta d complete an the Assuming a range, ks the erio of of If ); 180. gpSetThetaMo max range 360. 0 range gpSetThetaAxisRange ed. otherwise , to frame. y is to to Theta-axis the d Theta-axis. min Theta-axis. call gpSetThetaP , theta a the displa call and ecied erio the the e p the . sp b structure. Call gpSetThetaAxisTic successful, for this with is for . 2 reset , to if d the d amenum Theta-axis 2 trol to 0 fr er. degrees, 0 alue 360, in default alue is , d b v erio erio v con the p in d de, circle of gp radians p um of the erio co um n um to erio plot ecomes p a b where then default , range to Theta-axis maxim minim return frame calculated iod Theta-axis hanged the gpSetThetaP the ter c 1; default the is , per REFERENCE to is = oin the of de degrees, scalar, p scalar, scalar, scalar, sets > the Theta-axis de of set ) to 0; 180; gpSetThetaAxisRange(&gp,framenum,min,max); theta gpSetThetaAxisP mo = = = the range then set min half still rks ry ose call of is gpSetThetaAxisRange( also is example . the framenum min max ret ra top theta default, ou = rmat de COMMAND y o amenum max et gp et the theta ( the radians, Source gppolarlineplot.src See gpSetThetaMo This Example Rema By Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. range If theta mo r p fr max min 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetThetaAxisThickness

Purpose

Sets the thickness of the Theta-axis line in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetThetaAxisThickness(pgp, framenum, thickness);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. thickness scalar, thickness of the axis line as a percentage of the height of the frame.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all axis lines are set to a thickness of 0.4. This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; thickness = 0.6; ret = gpSetThetaAxisThickness(&gp,framenum,thickness);

Source gppolarlineplot.src

See also gpSetThetaAxisColor

378 Reference on the 379 the us units, on of marks. Th that 15 k 2. marks tic to k gpSetThetaAxisTicks to range marks frames tic jor k the to de. tic ma marks Y co of units. minor dify k ); Theta-axis of tic set minor mo ONL error h o er the of jor T b an eac er on ma um b applies n Theta-axis minornum een of axis. , um w in n the et marks set the b k otherwise h the of and tic marks eac command and majorstep k next. jor marks , een range tic k marks w This ma the structure. tic k . et successful, jor the marks to b tic if een k ma trol on w amenum 0 er. tic fr jor et minor b con , mark b een de, marks jor of ma k w gp um based k co p n et frame. er tic plot ma b tic b een ks( a w one um distance een to et return step frame n w b ecied minor plots. 15; et the ter 1; 2; sp b calculated from = of REFERENCE gpSetThetaAxisRange step = = oin is p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, Line sets the er b call gpSetThetaAxisTicks(&gp,framenum,majorstep,minornum); the units in 5 = um olar distance n P rks ry ose gpSetThetaAxisTic also are example the framenum majorstep minornum ret the ra Theta-axis default, = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Theta-axis the and Source gp.src See gpSetThetaAxisRange Example Output Rema By This gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. Theta-axis, there con minornum r p fr majorstep 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetThetaAxisTitle

Purpose

Sets the title for the Theta-axis in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetThetaAxisTitle(pgp, framenum, title);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. title string, title.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, each axis is titled with the name(s) of the variable(s) that are associated with that axis (the variables are separated by a comma and a space if there are more than one). This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Use gpSetPolarAxesTitles to set the titles for both the Theta and R axes in a frame.

Example

framenum = 1; ret = gpSetThetaAxisTitle(&gp,framenum,"Theta");

Source gppolarlineplot.src

See also gpSetPolarAxesTitles, gpSetThetaAxisTitleColor, gpSetThetaAxisTitleFont, gpSetThetaAxisTitleOset

380 r Reference 381 names that color de. gpSetThetaAxisTitleColo frames co colors; to of Y error list an ONL ); the olor for frame. applies textc otherwise gpSetThetaAxisTitleOset 2.2.1 , , t ecied on list. sp command Section the amenum structure. color successful, fr in , See if This in trol gp 0 . er. k. p title b con de, color color. blac um co n of of plot USSplot are a GA gpSetThetaAxisTitleF to index return frame name – Theta-axis , titles in plots. ter or 1; e the – REFERENCE = oin axis of scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, Line gpSetThetaAxisTitleColor(&gp,framenum,"green"); all = olar color insensitiv P rks ry ose gpSetThetaAxisTitleColor( also the framenum ret olor ra case default, = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et are con Source gppolarlineplot.src See gpSetThetaAxisTitle Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. r p fr textc 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetThetaAxisTitleFont

Purpose Sets the type and size of the font used for the Theta-axis title in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetThetaAxisTitleFont(pgp, framenum, fonttype, height, heightunit); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. fonttype string, name of font. – or – scalar, index of font in font list. height scalar, font height. heightunit scalar, one of the following: 1 font height as a percentage of the height of the frame. 2 font height in points. 3 font height as a percentage of the length of the axis line. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, all polar axes titles are written in a bold helvetica font (fonttype = “helvbold”) with a font height equal to 3.6% of the frame height. The list of available fonts is as follows: 1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef

382 Reference ont unit); 383 frames to Y ONL gpSetThetaAxisTitleF applies command gpSetThetaAxisTitleOset , This . USSplot GA in e plots. gpSetThetaAxisTitleColor insensitiv , 5; 1; Line 1; = = REFERENCE case = olar P are gpSetThetaAxisTitleFont(&gp,framenum,"timesbold",fontheight,height = tain also names con framenum fontheight heightunit ret t COMMAND on See gpSetThetaAxisTitle Source gppolarlineplot.src Example 3. F that 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetThetaAxisTitleOset

Purpose

Sets the oset of the Theta-axis title from the axis line in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetThetaAxisTitleOset(pgp, framenum, oset);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. oset scalar, oset of title from axis line as a percentage of the height of the frame.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, the oset is set to 6. This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; offset = 8; ret = gpSetThetaAxisTitleOffset(&gp,framenum,offset);

Source gppolarlineplot.src

See also gpSetThetaAxisTitle, gpSetThetaAxisTitleColor, gpSetThetaAxisTitleFont

384 Reference de If of 385 theta ou y 360. hange gpSetThetaMo is c the range h o 0 If calling T Calling range, . . is y calling whic d b 2 y 360. d default b de. de, erio is co erio the mo p ecomes range Theta-axis Theta-axis b error circle) the then . d , ecied the an the de . de erio of gpSetThetaP de p hange c resets complete Theta-axis radians. user-sp call the to a , a range in t de otherwise the of 2 to an or then the w or ); , de gpSetThetaMo de de ou gpSetThetaMo hange range and y mo c 360 gpSetThetaMo mo call if degrees structure. , successful, with can in theta degrees. radians. wing: if theta than efore also gpSetThetaMo trol 0 b ou in in er. degrees, the Y follo b the con not . in de, amenum other radians since um fr Therefore, 2 co theta theta the gpSetThetaMo n (i.e., , to plot er, calculated of gp alue a hanges 0 p v should ev is c with w a to theta one return frame de( ou calculated radians. y Ho of to hanged also calculate calculate ter , c 1; theta . is d d d ecomes REFERENCE nor is = oin gpSetThetaRange b radians 1 2 p scalar, scalar, scalar, theta erio 2; erio erio de p to gpSetThetaMode(&gp,framenum,mode); theta call of = mo = whether d set degrees rks not ry ose is gpSetThetaMo erio framenum mode ret default ra theta p Theta-axis default, = rmat de COMMAND de ecies o amenum et gp et the Example Rema Output By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sp Lib 3. the gpSetThetaP neither gpSetThetaP mo The the should gpSetThetaRange r p fr mo 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetThetaMode

This example sets the theta mode to radians, which causes the period to be set to 2, and the range to 0 2.

Source gppolarlineplot.src

See also gpSetThetaRange, gpSetThetaPeriod, gpSetThetaAxisTicks

386 d Reference erio de 387 mo to t gpSetThetaP theta theta circle. a an of theta call w to the , d Theta-axis (neither If ou de the 2 y de erio the de. Theta-axis. p or Call if mo complete set co 360. mo . a 100. on the is e 360 iod also theta of 0 error default units per mak ecied to not than theta the an Therefore, the 0 of range 100 ks that d to other user-sp the should then that hanges a erio , c p d ou radians. alue to otherwise Theta-axis y range v , ); hange also the erio a de d d c nor the Theta-axis d to mo to of (meaning erio erio and p the d erio , structure. successful, 100 gpSetThetaAxisTic on theta degrees theta Theta-axis erio , range if to of circle. trol 0 the er. degrees, d gpSetThetaP the d the units b con amenum in de, fr neither of erio erio gpSetThetaP um , co p p with gpSetThetaP n is er resets plot gp resets hanges b h complete p c a d the gpSetThetaP a d( theta um . to calling and return n frame erio whic of de radians Calling calculated y erio gpSetThetaRange after the b ter . 1; hange is circle), , to de, d c d REFERENCE 100; = oin de o range p scalar, scalar, scalar, sets mo T = erio erio radians), gpSetThetaPeriod(&gp,framenum,period); theta . p = hanged 2 theta c nor complete gpSetThetaP rks the ecied ry ose is a gpSetThetaP also example gpSetThetaMo the framenum period ret d e ra default, = rmat de COMMAND o ecomes amenum hange et gp erio et gpSetThetaRange Calling with mo degrees mak c Source gppolarlineplot.src See gpSetThetaMo This Example Rema By Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. b gpSetThetaP user-sp r p fr p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetTranslation

Purpose

Translates a plot horizontally and/or vertically. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetTranslation(pgp, framenum, xtranslate, ytranslate); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar or N 1 vector, frame number(s). xtranslate scalar, horizontal translation as a percentage of the frame width. ytranslate scalar, vertical translation as a percentage of the frame height. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

By default, the plot is centered. Inputting a positive value for xtranslate translates the plot right, while a negative value translates the plot left. Similarly, a positive value for ytranslate translates the plot up, while a negative value translates the plot down. Example

framenum = 1; xtranslate = 25; ytranslate = -15; ret = gpSetTranslation(&gp,framenum,xtranslate,ytranslate);

This example translates the plot 25% of the frame width to the right and 15% of the frame height down. Source gp.src See also gpSetMagnication, gpSetPlotFit, gpSetFrameStyle

388 Reference ranslucency 389 le. eld gpSetT data er y ecied the sp de. in ); co the zone in ency wShadeLa error ers y an la ciated ansluc gpSho tr , , er(s). asso tour b the con um otherwise n . of and er ranslucency zone b eldzonenum , um structure. shade n successful, eld if of translucency trol the 0 50%. er. of b to amenum ector, con to v de, fr um , 1 co tage n set ond plot gp gpUseFieldZoneT p is , a N translucency 75; 2; ercen to return frame p or = = corresp of ter 1; ers REFERENCE = oin b tage scalar 1; p scalar, scalar, scalar, ranslucency( um gpUseTranslucencyEffect(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetTranslucency(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,translucency); = translucency n ercen = = p rks ranslucencyEect ency ry ose gpSetT also zone the ret ret translucency framenum seton fieldzonenum ra default, = rmat COMMAND o ansluc amenum et gp et By Source gpfieldzone.src See gpUseT Rema Example Output Field Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. zone(s). tr r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetVectorArrowHeadType

Purpose Sets the arrow head type for the vectors in the specied eld zone(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetVectorArrowHeadType(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, type); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). type scalar, one of the following: 1 plain arrow head. 2 lled arrow head. 3 hollow arrow head. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, the vector layer is turned o. To activate the vector layer in a frame, call gpShowVectorLayer. When the vector layer is activated, plain arrow heads are used by default. Field zone numbers correspond to the number of the associated zone in the data le. Example framenum = 1; seton = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; type = 3; ret = gpShowVectorLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetVectorArrowHeadType(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,type); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpSetVectorColor, gpSetVectorType, gpSetVectorVariables

390 r Reference rColo ecto . 391 call le. gpSetV USSplot , data frame, GA a the in attern de. in in e co er y ); la zone error olor c insensitiv ectorLineP an ector v ciated ctor ve case the er(s). , asso b gpSetV , are ate the um zone(s). otherwise er n y of activ eld er names list. o zone b T eldzonenum ectorLa um , structure. n color color successful, eld o. ecied color. if in sp trol the 0 er. b to ector, con colors; the ector amenum v turned de, color v fr um of 1 in co is , n of ond of wFieldZoneV plot gp er list a p y N 2; la to ectors gpSho index return frame name – kness the or v = corresp , . ter or 1; er er for ector the y y ers – REFERENCE v = oin b scalar 1; of scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, ectorColor( um 2.2.1 gpShowVectorLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetVectorColor(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,"purple"); = the n = = ectorLa ectorLa color rks ectorLineThic ry ose olor wV wV gpSetV also zone c the ret framenum seton fieldzonenum ret Section ra default, = rmat COMMAND ctor o amenum et gp et See Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSho Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpSho Field gpSetV ve r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetVectorLinePattern

Purpose

Sets the line pattern of the vectors in the specied eld zone(s).

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetVectorLinePattern(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, pattern);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). pattern string, name of line pattern. – or – scalar, index of line pattern in pattern list.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, the vector layer is turned o. To activate the vector layer in a frame, call gpShowVectorLayer. When the vector layer is activated, vectors are drawn with solid lines by default.

The list of available line patterns is as follows:

1 Solid 2 Dashed 3 DashDot 4 Dotted 5 LongDash 6 DashDotDot

Line pattern names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot.

Example

392 Reference attern rLineP 393 ecto gpSetV e yp ectorT gpSetV , ectorColor gpSetV , 2; = atternLength 1; REFERENCE = 1; gpShowVectorLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetVectorLinePattern(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,"dashdotdot"); = = = ectorLineP also ret framenum seton fieldzonenum ret COMMAND Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSetV 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetVectorLinePatternLength

Purpose Sets the length of the vector line pattern in the specied eld zone(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetVectorLinePatternLength(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, length); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). length scalar, length of one cycle of the line pattern as a percentage of the frame height. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, the vector layer is turned o. To activate the vector layer in a frame, call gpShowVectorLayer. When the vector layer is activated, vectors are drawn with solid lines by default, and the line pattern length is ignored. If a dierent line pattern is selected with gpSetVectorLinePattern, the default pattern length is 2. Example framenum = 1; seton = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; length = 4; ret = gpShowVectorLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetVectorLinePattern(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,"dashdot"); ret = gpSetVectorLinePatternLength(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,length); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpSetVectorLinePattern, gpSetVectorColor, gpSetVectorLineThickness

394 Reference of 395 rLineThickness the call le. kness of ecto t thic data frame, a ); heigh the line de. in a in gpSetV the e co er v y of ha la zone thickness error , tage an ector ectors zone(s). v ciated v ercen p the er(s). asso eld b a ariables ated, ate as the um eldzonenum otherwise n , of activ ecied activ ectorV is er sp o ectors zone b T v er y the um amenum structure. la n successful, eld gpSetV the fr o. in , , if e of trol the gp 0 er. p ector yp v b to ector, con v ectors turned de, v kness um 1 co is the n ond kness( plot ectorT thic er the a y N of 2; la to When return line frame or = corresp . gpSetV 0.4; ter 3; er , ector kness = y ers REFERENCE v = oin b scalar 1; frame. p scalar, scalar, scalar, ectorLineThic thic um gpShowVectorLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); gpSetVectorLineThickness(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,thickness); = the n = = ectorLa line rks ectorColor default. ry ose wV gpSetV also zone y the thickness ret framenum seton fieldzonenum ret ra b default, = rmat COMMAND 1 o amenum . et gp et Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSetV Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. gpSho Field 0 thickness r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetVectorType

Purpose Sets the type of vector used in the specied eld zone(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetVectorType(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, type); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). type scalar, one of the following: 1 vector tail at data point. 2 vector head at data point. 3 vector midpoint at data point. 4 display only vector head. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, the vector layer is turned o. To activate the vector layer in a frame, call gpShowVectorLayer. When the vector layer is activated, vectors are placed in the graph with the vector tails at data points by default. Field zone numbers correspond to the number of the associated zone in the data le. Example framenum = 1; seton = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; type = 3; ret = gpShowVectorLayer(&gp,framenum,seton); ret = gpSetVectorType(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,type); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpSetVectorColor, gpSetVectorArrowHeadType, gpSetVectorVariables

396 Reference riables a rV a ecto e 397 b the call plot, to frame. as ector v tour should gpSetV apply frame, ecied used a the Con e sp not b de. , in as 3D es the co er variables will y or do in la used le. e error plot, b ectorColor an ectors ector data ariables v v v will tour Cartesian command the the the set ); Con gpSetV 3D in third , for This a ate otherwise 2D er . data ts y y and or activ tains ariables. the variables arra onen ariables o v , v T in con of ectorLa second structure. the successful, comp o. string if Cartesian of frame trol amenum or rst, 0 names ariables er. fr ector 2D , v b , y con v the a turned de, the gp um }; ector If indices p plots. co is n v the arra wFieldZoneV . plot plots. y and 1 er tains second a as y Line 3D la ector, to arra 3 con 1,4,5 1; gpSho return frame – v string use and , . a ariables( plots, for { = 1 1 olar ter or to e 1; er er P ector ts = y y b – e REFERENCE 2D v rst = oin string frame or N p scalar, scalar, N yp ectorV or for onen gpShowVectorLayer(&gp,framenum,showvectors); gpSetVectorVariables(&gp,framenum,variables); the the ts ariables = = should Line ectorLa ectorLa v ecied rks ectorT ector comp ry ose sp wV wV gpSetV also v onen XY variables framenum showvectors ret ret the ra 1 default, default, = rmat COMMAND the o amenum ector et gp et gpSetV variables comp Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSho Example Rema By Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. 2 gpSho If Bar, By v r p fr variables 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetWorkspaceView

Purpose

Sets workspace view options.

Library gaussplot

Format gpSetWorkspaceView(pgp, showruler, showpaper);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. showruler scalar, one of the following:

0 do not display the ruler. 1 display the ruler. showpaper scalar, one of the following:

0 do not display the paper. 1 display the paper.

Remarks

By default, a ruler is shown on the bottom and the right-hand side of the workspace, and paper is shown behind the frames in the workspace.

Example

showruler = 0; showpaper = 0; gpSetWorkspaceView(&gp,showruler,showpaper);

Source gp.src

See also gpSetFrameStyle

398 r Reference y b 399 an that o T gpSetXAxisColo ed to y names that frames used. maps displa y color b are line axisnum are de. frames y co only a colors; to The w more Y-axis of used error or this apply list is one an frame. in one ); it a the not and olor in link es and c for er. added b do to line kness for, axes otherwise X-axis , um are 2.2.1 frame. n Y set one list. is that and command ecied axisnum X-axis X Section structure. , axes color successful, sp e 5, option default, if X v This in See trol the 0 . gpSetXAxisThic er. to k. the By b , in con gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, amenum color color. up um fr blac co n , of of line w plot call plots. USSplot X-axis axisnum than gp are a p allo h GA to index return 1 frame name – Line axes, X-axis lines in plots. ositionXAxis whic X ter or plots 1; e greater an XY 1; – REFERENCE = oin gpP axis = of scalar, p scalar, scalar, scalar, string, Line , Line ered and ecies gpSetXAxisColor(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"green"); all b sp = olar XY color insensitiv t um Bar P additional rks n ry ose wXAxis gpSetXAxisColor( also y the ret framenum axisnum and olor ra case default, = tain tain c rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSho Example Output Rema Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con X-axis con default. By are line r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisGridLineColor

Purpose Sets the color of the X-axis major gridlines. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetXAxisGridLineColor(pgp, framenum, axisnum, linecolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, X-axis number. linecolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which X-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional X axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to an X-axis numbered greater than one. X axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. By default, major gridlines are black. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; show = 1; ret = gpShowXAxisGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); ret = gpSetXAxisGridLineColor(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"red"); Source gp.src See also gpShowXAxisGridLines, gpSetXAxisGridLineThickness, gpSetXAxisGridPattern

400 Reference y b 401 an that o T ed to y the of frames used. maps displa y b ); tage are line attern axisnum are de. y co only a ercen The w more p Y-axis gpSetXAxisGridLineThickness a thickness used error or , this as is one an frame. in one it a and in link and axisnum 1. gpSetXAxisGridP er. . added , 0 , b gridlines to for, axes otherwise of X-axis um are jor n Y set ma one is amenum that kness and fr , X-axis X thic structure. gridlines. gp axes successful, e X-axis 5, p option default, if X v jor line trol 0 the er. a to the By ma b con kness( e of gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, v up um co ha n frame. w plot call plots. X-axis axisnum than gpSetXAxisGridLineColor X-axis kness a , allo the h to return 1 thic frame the Line of axes, t 0.25; whic gridlines of X ter plots 1; greater XY 1; = REFERENCE = oin jor = heigh p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, 1; Line ered kness and ecies gpShowXAxisGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); gpSetXAxisGridLineThickness(&gp,framenum,axisnum,thickness); ma b = sp = = XY thic t um Bar additional rks n ry ose wXAxisGridLines gpSetXAxisGridLineThic also y the ret thickness ret show framenum axisnum and ra default, = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSho Example Output Rema Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con X-axis default. By thickness r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisGridPattern

Purpose

Sets the pattern of the X-axis major gridlines. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetXAxisGridPattern(pgp, framenum, axisnum, pattern); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, X-axis number. pattern string, name of line pattern. – or – scalar, index of line pattern in pattern list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which X-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional X axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to an X-axis numbered greater than one. X axes that are added in this way are displayed by default.

By default, major gridlines are solid. The list of available line patterns is as follows:

1 Solid 2 Dashed 3 DashDot 4 Dotted 5 LongDash 6 DashDotDot

Line pattern names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. Example

402 Reference attern 403 gpSetXAxisGridP gpSetXAxisGridLineColor , wXAxisGridLines gpSho , atternLength 1; 1; REFERENCE = = 1; gpShowXAxisGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); gpSetXAxisGridPattern(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"dashed"); = = = also ret ret show framenum axisnum COMMAND Source gp.src See gpSetXAxisGridP 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisGridPatternLength

Purpose

Sets the length of the X-axis major grid line pattern. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetXAxisGridPatternLength(pgp, framenum, axisnum, length); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, X-axis number. length scalar, length of one cycle of the line pattern as a percentage of the frame height. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

Major gridlines are drawn as solid lines by default, and the pattern length is ignored. If a dierent line pattern is selected with gpSetXAxisGridLinePattern, then the default pattern length is 2. Example

framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; show = 1; length = 4; ret = gpShowXAxisGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); ret = gpSetXAxisGridPattern(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"dashed"); ret = gpSetXAxisGridPatternLength(&gp,framenum,axisnum,length);

404 Reference atternLength 405 gpSetXAxisGridP gpSetXAxisGridLineColor , wXAxisGridLines gpSho , attern REFERENCE also COMMAND Source gp.src See gpSetXAxisGridP 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisLabelColor

Purpose Sets the color of X-axis tick labels in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetXAxisLabelColor(pgp, framenum, axisnum, textcolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, X-axis number. textcolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which X-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional X axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to an X-axis numbered greater than one. X axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. By default, all axis tick labels are black. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line plots. Example framenum = 2; axisnum = 1; ret = gpSetXAxisLabelColor(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"purple"); Source gp.src See also gpSetXAxisLabelFont, gpSetXAxisLabelOset, gpSetXAxisLabelSkip

406 Reference ont elF y b 407 an that o only T ed to ); y alid frame. frames (v used. maps gpSetXAxisLab displa y b are line line heightunit axisnum are de. , ecied y co only a sp axis frame. The w more Y-axis height the used the the error or , this e in is one of of an frame. in one t it els a and fonttyp in lab link and plots). heigh length , er. k added b to tic for, axes otherwise the the X-axis um are tour n Y of of set axisnum one Con is that , X-axis and list. tage tage 3D t X-axis X for structure. axes successful, e 5, fon ts. option ercen ercen default, wing: and if X v p p amenum trol in oin 0 used er. fr a a t t. p to the By t b follo , con t. gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, as in as fon fon gp up fon um t t t p co the n of of w t( plot call plots. heigh Cartesian X-axis axisnum of than the a on t allo h heigh heigh heigh of 3D to t t t elF index return fon 1 name frame one – Line axes, whic for fon fon fon X ter or size plots greater XY – REFERENCE oin 1 2 scalar, 3 p scalar, scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, and Line ered and ecies e b sp yp XY t t um Bar additional rks n ry ose e gpSetXAxisLab y the and ra = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Bar Rema Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con X-axis default. heightunit height fonttyp r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisLabelFont

By default, all axis tick labels are written in a helvetica font (fonttype = “helv”). The default font height is equal to 3% of the axis length for 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots and equal to 3% of the frame height for all other plot types. The list of available fonts is as follows:

1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef

Font names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; fontheight = 10; heightunit = 2; ret = gpSetXAxisLabelFont(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"times",fontheight,heightunit);

Source gp.src

See also gpSetXAxisLabelColor, gpSetXAxisLabelOset, gpSetXAxisLabelSkip

408 Reference elOset y 3D b 409 an that o T ed to frames and y By to es. frames used. maps displa y yp b gpSetXAxisLab t apply are line axisnum are de. Cartesian frame. y plot co only not a 3D The w more es Y-axis elSkip for used error or ecied do other this ); is one sp an all frame. in one it a the length and oset for , in t link and in er. added command b axis to line. for, line axes otherwise X-axis heigh um are gpSetXAxisLab n This Y axis axisnum , set t , axis one 1. is median that on and frame of from the X-axis X elF the structure. the axes successful, e 5, els of option amenum default, if X of v oset from trol fr lab 0 , er. to the By k an els b tage con gp gpSetLineMapAxes tage one. de, e p tic up v lab um co n of w k ha ercen plot call plots. ercen X-axis p axisnum than a tic p gpSetXAxisLab plots. allo els a h , a to elOset( return oset 1 frame Line axes, as lab as Line whic k X ter plots 1; greater X-axis XY 1; REFERENCE tic elColor 2; = oin and of olar = p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, = Line P dened ered and ecies gpSetXAxisLabelOffset(&gp,framenum,axisnum,offset); axis b is sp = plots, XY oset t um all tain Bar additional rks n ry ose gpSetXAxisLab also y con the ret offset framenum axisnum oset and ra tour = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetXAxisLab Example Rema Bar Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con default, X-axis default. The Con that oset r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisLabelSkip

Purpose Sets an option to show only one in every skipnum X-axis tick labels in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetXAxisLabelSkip(pgp, framenum, axisnum, skipnum); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, X-axis number. skipnum scalar, show only one in every skipnum X-axis tick labels. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which X-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional X axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to an X-axis numbered greater than one. X axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. By default, all axis tick labels are shown (skipnum = 1). This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line Plots. Example framenum = 3; axisnum = 1; skip = 2; ret = gpSetXAxisLabelSkip(&gp,framenum,axisnum,skip); Source gp.src See also gpSetXAxisLabelColor, gpSetXAxisLabelFont, gpSetXAxisLabelOset

410 r Reference y rGridLineColo b 411 an that o T ed to y color frames used. maps displa y ); b are line axisnum are de. colors; olor y c , co only a of The w more line Y-axis , list kness used error or gpSetXAxisMino this is one an the frame. in one it a and for axisnum in , link and er. added b to 2.2.1 for, axes otherwise X-axis um are n Y set amenum one fr list. is that , and Section . gp X-axis X p structure. axes See color successful, e 5, option default, if X v in k. trol gridlines. 0 er. to USSplot the By b blac con gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineThic gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, color color. , up GA um co minor n are of of w plot in call plots. X-axis axisnum than e a attern allo h to index return 1 frame name – Line axes, X-axis whic X gridlines ter or plots 1; greater the XY 1; – REFERENCE insensitiv = oin = of scalar, p scalar, scalar, scalar, string, 1; Line ered and ecies gpShowXAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineColor(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"red"); minor b case = sp = = XY color t um Bar additional rks n are ry ose wXAxisMinorGridLines gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineColor( also y the ret ret show framenum axisnum and olor ra default, = tain c rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et gpSetXAxisMinorGridP Source gp.src See gpSho Example Output Rema Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con names X-axis default. By line r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineThickness

Purpose Sets the thickness of the X-axis minor gridlines. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineThickness(pgp, framenum, axisnum, thickness); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, X-axis number. thickness scalar, thickness of the X-axis minor gridlines as a percentage of the height of the frame. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which X-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional X axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to an X-axis numbered greater than one. X axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. By default, minor gridlines have a line thickness of 0.1. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; show = 1; thickness = 0.25; ret = gpShowXAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); ret = gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineThickness(&gp,framenum,axisnum,thickness); Source gp.src See also gpShowXAxisMinorGridLines, gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineColor, gpSetXAxisMinorGridPattern

412 Reference attern rGridP y b 413 an that o ws: T ed to y follo frames as used. maps displa y is b are line axisnum are de. ); y co only a The w more gpSetXAxisMino Y-axis patterns attern p used error or , this is one line an frame. in one it a and in . link and axisnum list. er. ailable added , v b to a for, axes otherwise X-axis um are of n Y USSplot set pattern one list is amenum that GA in and fr , X-axis in X The structure. axes gp successful, e e 5, p gridlines. option default, if X v trol pattern pattern. 0 er. to the By b dotted. con gpSetLineMapAxes one. minor de, attern( line line up um insensitiv co n are of of w plot call plots. X-axis axisnum than a case allo h X-axis to index return 1 name frame – Line axes, are the Solid Dashed DashDot Dotted LongDash DashDotDot whic X gridlines ter or plots greater XY of – REFERENCE oin scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, scalar, 1 2 3 4 5 6 names Line ered and ecies minor b sp XY pattern t um Bar additional rks n ry ose gpSetXAxisMinorGridP y pattern the and ra default, = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et attern gp et Example Rema Output Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con X-axis default. By Line p r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisMinorGridPattern

framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; show = 1; ret = gpShowXAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); ret = gpSetXAxisMinorGridPattern(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"dashed");

Source gp.src

See also gpSetXAxisMinorGridPatternLength, gpShowXAxisMinorGridLines, gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineColor

414 Reference atternLength y b 415 an that o frame T ed to y the rGridP frames ); of used. maps displa y b default. are line axisnum tage are de. length y b y , co only a 2 The w ercen more Y-axis p of used error or a , this is one axisnum as an , frame. in one it length a and gpSetXAxisMino in link and er. added b pattern to amenum for, axes otherwise pattern fr X-axis um are , n a line Y set gp pattern. one p is that the and with line of X-axis X structure. axes successful, e wXAxisMinorGridLines 5, lines option default, if grid X v cycle trol 0 er. to the By b gpSho con gpSetLineMapAxes one one. de, , atternLength( up dotted minor um co of n w plot as call plots. X-axis axisnum than a attern allo h wn X-axis to return 1 frame length Line axes, dra t. whic X ter the plots 1; greater XY 1; REFERENCE are of 4; = oin = heigh p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, 1; = Line ered and ecies gpShowXAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); gpSetXAxisMinorGridPattern(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"dashdotdot"); gpSetXAxisMinorGridPatternLength(&gp,framenum,axisnum,length); b = sp = = = XY length t um Bar additional rks n gridlines ry ose gpSetXAxisMinorGridP also y the length ret ret ret show framenum axisnum and ra = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineColor Source gp.src See gpSetXAxisMinorGridP Example Rema Bar Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con X-axis default. Minor length r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisRange

Purpose

Sets the range of an X-axis in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetXAxisRange(pgp, framenum, axisnum, min, max);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, X-axis number. min scalar, minimum value for the X-axis. max scalar, maximum value for the X-axis.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

The range of an X-axis is calculated based on the values of the data points by default. If the axes are dependent on one another, which is the default for 2D and 3D Cartesian and 2D and 3D Contour plots, then the range of the X-axis is determined by the X, Y and (for 3D plots), Z values of the data points. Otherwise, the range is determined by only the X values. To change the number of major and minor tick marks or the distance between them, call gpSetXAxisTicks.

Example

416 Reference 417 gpSetXAxisRange 1; 1; REFERENCE = ks = 5; 15; gpSetXAxisRange(&gp,framenum,axisnum,min,max); = = = also min framenum axisnum max ret COMMAND Source gp.src See gpSetXAxisTic 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisThickness

Purpose Sets the thickness of an X-axis line in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetXAxisThickness(pgp, framenum, axisnum, thickness); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, X-axis number. thickness scalar, thickness of the axis line as a percentage of the height of the frame. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which X-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional X axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to an X-axis numbered greater than one. X axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. All axis lines are set to a thickness of 0.4 by default. This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line plots. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; thickness = 0.6; ret = gpSetXAxisThickness(&gp,framenum,axisnum,thickness); Source gp.src See also gpSetXAxisColor

418 Reference y an b 419 an that o T on ed to gpSetXAxisTicks marks. y X-axis an k of tic an frames used. maps marks displa y on jor b k are ); line axisnum range are de. tic ma y co only a of the marks The w more k Y-axis set minor used units. error or tic dify h this of minornum is one , an mo frame. in eac er one it o b a and T minor X-axis een in um link and w of er. in n added b et to er b majorstep for, axes otherwise b the X-axis um are , n default. Y marks set um y n one and k b is that marks and tic k the X-axis axisnum X axis structure. tic , axes successful, e jor marks 5, option default, and if X v k the ma trol 0 er. tic to of the By minor b con een gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, amenum . up jor of marks w um fr co n k et w , er plot call range ma plots. b X-axis b axisnum than tic gp a p allo h frame. the um een to jor return 1 step frame n Line axes, ks( w on 2; whic et X ter ma plots 1; 3; greater b XY 1; = REFERENCE ecied = = oin = een p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, sp based Line ered w and ecies gpSetXAxisTicks(&gp,framenum,axisnum,majorstep,minornum); gpSetXAxisRange b et sp the = b XY distance t um Bar call additional rks in n ry ose gpSetXAxisTic y the majorstep minornum framenum axisnum ret step and ra = tain rmat COMMAND calculated o amenum et gp et X-axis Example Rema Output Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen X-axis, displa con is X-axis default. The majorstep r p fr minornum axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisTicks

This example sets the distance between major tick marks on the rst X-axis to 2 units, and the number of minor tick marks between each set of major tick marks to 3. Therefore, there will be 0.5 units from one tick mark to the next.

Source gp.src

See also gpSetXAxisRange

420 Reference y b 421 an axis that o gpSetXAxisTitle than T ed to y that more frames used. maps displa y with b are are line axisnum are de. y co only a ciated there The w more if Y-axis asso used error or this is one an are frame. in space one it a a and in that link and ); er. and added b to for, axes otherwise title X-axis um are , n Y gpSetXAxisTitleOset set , one comma ariable(s) t is that frame. v a and on y X-axis X axisnum b structure. the axes successful, , e 5, option of default, ecied if X v trol 0 sp er. to the By b con gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, the amenum up separated um co fr n name(s) in w , plot call plots. X-axis axisnum than are a gp the allo gpSetXAxisTitleF h p , to return title. 1 frame Line axes, X-axis whic with X ter plots 1; greater an XY 1; ariables REFERENCE v = oin = p scalar, string, scalar, scalar, for Line ered titled and ecies gpSetXAxisTitle(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"X"); b (the is sp = XY title t um Bar additional rks n ry ose gpSetXAxisTitle( also y axis the ret framenum axisnum and ra h = tain rmat default COMMAND o amenum y et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetXAxisTitleColor Example Output Rema Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con one). b X-axis default. Eac title r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisTitleColor

Purpose Sets the color of an X-axis title in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetXAxisTitleColor(pgp, framenum, axisnum, textcolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, X-axis number. textcolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which X-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional X axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to an X-axis numbered greater than one. X axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. All axis titles are black by default. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line plots. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; ret = gpSetXAxisTitleColor(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"green"); Source gp.src See also gpSetXAxisTitle, gpSetXAxisTitleFont, gpSetXAxisTitleOset

422 Reference ont y b 423 an that o only T ed to y ); alid frames gpSetXAxisTitleF (v used. maps displa y frame. b are line line axisnum are de. heightunit , y co only a ecied axis frame. The w more Y-axis sp height used the the error or , this e is the one of of an frame. in one t it in a and in link and fonttyp plots) heigh length title er. , added b to for, axes otherwise the the X-axis um are tour n Y of of set X-axis one Con axisnum is that , an and list. tage tage 3D t X-axis X for structure. axes successful, e 5, fon ts. option ercen ercen default, wing: and if X v p p trol in oin 0 amenum used er. a a t t. p to the By fr t b follo con t. , gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, as in as fon fon up fon gp um t t t co the p n of of w plot call plots. t( heigh Cartesian X-axis axisnum of than the a t on allo h heigh heigh heigh of 3D to t t t index return fon 1 name frame one – Line axes, whic for fon fon fon X ter or size plots greater XY – REFERENCE oin 1 2 scalar, 3 p scalar, scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, and Line ered and ecies e b sp yp XY t t um Bar additional rks n ry ose e gpSetXAxisTitleF y the and ra = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Bar Rema Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con X-axis default. heightunit height fonttyp r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetXAxisTitleFont

All axis tick labels are written in a bold helvetica font (fonttype = “helvbold”) by default. The default font height is equal to 3.6% of the axis length for 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots and equal to 3.6% of the frame height for all other plot types. The list of available fonts is as follows:

1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef

Font names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; fontheight = 5; heightunit = 1; ret = gpSetXAxisTitleFont(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"timesbold",fontheight,heightunit);

Source gp.src

See also gpSetXAxisTitle, gpSetXAxisTitleColor, gpSetXAxisTitleOset

424 Reference y b 425 an that o T ed to a not y the as es of frames used. maps do displa y gpSetXAxisTitleOset b tage are line axisnum are dened de. y is co only a ercen frame. The p it w more command Y-axis a used es, error or t this as is ); one yp ecied This on an t frame. in one it sp a 6. and oset plot is in link and , dened the er. added b is to in for, axes otherwise X-axis other um are n Y default line set all axisnum oset line. one , is that the or and axis gpSetXAxisTitleF F the plots. , axis X-axis X structure. 8. and axes successful, e the 5, option is default, if X v amenum Line plots, trol from 0 fr er. to the By , from b con frame, olar gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, gp tour title up P p um default co n title the of w plot call plots. Con X-axis axisnum than of a tain the allo h t 3D to con return oset 1 frame Line axes, X-axis and whic X ter plots and gpSetXAxisTitleColor 1; heigh greater an XY 1; , that REFERENCE 10; = oin of = p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, the = Line ered length, and ecies gpSetXAxisTitleOffset(&gp,framenum,axisnum,offset); b of sp = frames XY oset t um Bar axis additional Cartesian rks n ry ose tage to gpSetXAxisTitleOset( also y the ret offset framenum axisnum and 3D ra = tain rmat COMMAND o ercen amenum or et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetXAxisTitle Example Rema Bar Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con apply X-axis median default. F p oset r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisColor

Purpose Sets the color of a Y-axis line in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetYAxisColor(pgp, framenum, axisnum, linecolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, Y-axis number. linecolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which Y-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional Y axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to a Y-axis numbered greater than one. Y axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. All axis lines are black by default. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line plots. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; ret = gpSetYAxisColor(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"blue"); Source gp.src See also gpShowYAxis, gpSetYAxisThickness

426 r Reference y b 427 a that o T ed to y AxisGridLineColo color frames used. maps attern displa y b are line axisnum are de. gpSetY colors; y co only a of ); The w more Y-axis AxisGridP list olor used error or c this is one the an frame. in line one it , a gpSetY and for , in link and er. added b to 2.2.1 kness for, axes otherwise axisnum X-axis um are , n Y set one list. is that Section and . Y-axis X amenum structure. See axes color successful, e fr 5, option , default, if Y v in k. trol gridlines. 0 gp er. p to USSplot the By AxisGridLineThic b blac con jor gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, color color. up GA um co ma are n of of w plot in call plots. Y-axis axisnum than gpSetY e a allo , h to index return 1 frame name – Line axes, Y-axis whic gridlines Y ter or plots 1; greater the XY 1; – REFERENCE insensitiv = oin jor = of scalar, p scalar, scalar, scalar, string, 1; AxisGridLineColor( Line ered and ecies gpShowYAxisGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); gpSetYAxisGridLineColor(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"blue"); ma b case = sp = = AxisGridLines XY color t um Bar additional rks n are ry ose wY gpSetY also y the ret ret show framenum axisnum and olor ra default, = tain c rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSho Example Output Rema Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con names Y-axis default. By line r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisGridLineThickness

Purpose Sets the thickness of the Y-axis major gridlines. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetYAxisGridLineThickness(pgp, framenum, axisnum, thickness); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, Y-axis number. thickness scalar, thickness of the Y-axis major gridlines as a percentage of the height of the frame. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which Y-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional Y axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to a Y-axis numbered greater than one. Y axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. By default, major gridlines have a line thickness of 0.1. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; show = 1; thickness = 0.25; ret = gpShowYAxisGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); ret = gpSetYAxisGridLineThickness(&gp,framenum,axisnum,thickness); Source gp.src See also gpShowYAxisGridLines, gpSetYAxisGridLineColor, gpSetYAxisGridPattern

428 Reference attern y b 429 a that o AxisGridP T ed to ws: y follo frames used. maps displa y as b gpSetY are is line axisnum are de. y co only a The w more Y-axis ); used patterns error or this is one an frame. in one line it attern a p and , in . link and list. er. added b to ailable v for, axes otherwise a X-axis um are n axisnum Y of USSplot set , pattern one is that GA in list and Y-axis in X structure. axes successful, e e The 5, gridlines. amenum option default, if Y v fr trol pattern pattern. 0 , jor er. to the By b gp solid. con p gpSetLineMapAxes one. ma de, line line up um insensitiv co are n of of w plot call plots. Y-axis axisnum than a case attern( allo h Y-axis to index return 1 name frame – Line axes, are the Solid Dashed DashDot Dotted LongDash DashDotDot whic gridlines Y ter or plots greater XY of – REFERENCE oin jor scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, scalar, 1 2 3 4 5 6 names AxisGridP Line ered and ecies ma b sp XY pattern t um Bar additional rks n ry ose gpSetY y pattern the and ra default, = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et attern gp et Example Rema Output Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con Y-axis default. By Line p r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisGridPattern

framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; show = 1; ret = gpShowYAxisGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); ret = gpSetYAxisGridPattern(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"dashdot");

Source gp.src

See also gpSetYAxisGridPatternLength, gpShowYAxisGridLines, gpSetYAxisGridLineColor

430 Reference atternLength y b 431 a that o frame T ed to y selected the is frames of used. maps displa y AxisGridP b are line axisnum tage are de. ); pattern 2. y co only a is The w ercen more line Y-axis p length gpSetY t used error or a , this is one length as an frame. in one it AxisGridLineColor a dieren and in a axisnum link and er. , added If pattern b pattern to gpSetY for, axes otherwise , X-axis um are n line Y set pattern. one default amenum is that default. the fr and y , line of the Y-axis b X structure. gp axes successful, e p 5, option default, if grid Y v cycle then lines trol AxisGridLines 0 , er. to the By jor b wY con gpSetLineMapAxes one one. de, up solid ma um co of n attern w as plot call plots. Y-axis axisnum than gpSho a , atternLength( allo h wn Y-axis to return 1 frame length Line axes, dra t. whic Y ter the plots 1; attern greater XY 1; REFERENCE are of 4; = oin = heigh p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, 1; = AxisGridP Line ered and ecies AxisGridLineP gpShowYAxisGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); gpSetYAxisGridPattern(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"dashdot"); gpSetYAxisGridPatternLength(&gp,framenum,axisnum,length); b = sp = = = XY length t um Bar additional rks AxisGridP n gridlines ry ose gpSetY also y gpSetY the length ret ret ret show framenum axisnum and ra = jor tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetY Example Rema Bar Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con Y-axis default. Ma with length r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisLabelColor

Purpose Sets the color of Y-axis tick labels in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetYAxisLabelColor(pgp, framenum, axisnum, textcolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, Y-axis number. textcolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which Y-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional Y axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to a Y-axis numbered greater than one. Y axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. All axis tick labels are black by default. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line plots. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 2; ret = gpSetYAxisLabelColor(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"red"); Source gp.src See also gpSetYAxisLabelFont, gpSetYAxisLabelOset, gpSetYAxisLabelSkip

432 Reference ont elF y AxisLab b 433 a that o only T ed to ); y alid frame. frames (v used. maps gpSetY displa y b are line line axisnum heightunit are de. ecied , y co only a sp axis frame. The w more Y-axis height the used the the error or , this e in is one of of an frame. in one t it els a and in fonttyp lab link and plots). heigh length er. , k added b to tic for, axes otherwise the the X-axis um are tour n Y of of set one axisnum Con is that , Y-axis and list. tage tage 3D t Y-axis X for structure. axes successful, e 5, fon ts. option ercen ercen default, wing: and if Y v p p trol in amenum oin 0 used er. a a fr t t. p to the By t b follo , con t. gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, as in as fon fon up gp fon um t t t p co the n of of w plot t( call plots. heigh Cartesian Y-axis axisnum of than the a on t allo h heigh heigh heigh of 3D to t t t elF index return fon 1 name frame one – Line axes, whic for fon fon fon Y ter or size plots greater XY – REFERENCE oin 1 2 scalar, 3 p scalar, scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, and AxisLab Line ered and ecies e b sp yp XY t t um Bar additional rks n ry ose e gpSetY y the and ra = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Bar Rema Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con Y-axis default. heightunit height fonttyp r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisLabelFont

All axis tick labels are written in a helvetica font (fonttype = “helv”) by default. The default font height is equal to 3% of the axis length for 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots and equal to 3% of the frame height for all other plot types. The list of available fonts is as follows:

1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef

Font names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; height = 12; heightunit = 2; ret = gpSetYAxisLabelFont(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"timesitalic",height,heightunit);

Source gp.src

See also gpSetYAxisLabelColor, gpSetYAxisLabelOset, gpSetYAxisLabelSkip

434 Reference elOset y 3D b 435 a that o AxisLab T ed to frames and y By to es. frames used. maps displa y yp gpSetY b t apply are line axisnum are de. Cartesian frame. y plot co only not a 3D The w more es Y-axis for used elSkip error or ecied do other this ); is one sp an all frame. in one it a the length and for oset in AxisLab , t link and in er. added command b axis to line. for, line axes otherwise X-axis heigh um are n gpSetY This Y axis set axisnum , t axis one , 1. is median that on and frame of from the Y-axis X elF the structure. the axes successful, e 5, els of option default, amenum if Y of v oset from trol fr lab 0 er. , to the By k an els b tage con AxisLab gp gpSetLineMapAxes tage one. de, e tic p up v lab um co n of w k ha ercen plot call plots. ercen Y-axis p axisnum than a tic p plots. gpSetY allo els a h , a to elOset( return oset 1 frame Line axes, as lab as Line whic k Y ter plots 2; greater Y-axis XY 1; REFERENCE tic 2; = oin elColor and of olar = p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, = AxisLab Line P dened ered and ecies gpSetYAxisLabelOffset(&gp,framenum,axisnum,offset); axis b is sp = plots, XY oset t um all tain Bar additional rks AxisLab n ry ose gpSetY also y con the ret offset framenum axisnum oset and ra tour = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetY Example Rema Bar Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con default, Y-axis default. The Con that oset r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisLabelSkip

Purpose Sets an option to show only one in every skipnum Y-axis tick labels in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetYAxisLabelSkip(pgp, framenum, axisnum, skipnum); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, Y-axis number. skipnum scalar, show only one in every skipnum Y-axis tick labels. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which Y-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional Y axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to a Y-axis numbered greater than one. Y axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. All axis tick labels are shown (skipnum = 1) by default. This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line Plots. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 2; skip = 2; ret = gpSetYAxisLabelSkip(&gp,framenum,axisnum,skip); Source gp.src See also gpSetYAxisLabelColor, gpSetYAxisLabelFont, gpSetYAxisLabelOset

436 r Reference y rGridLineColo b 437 a that o T ed to y color frames used. maps displa y ); b AxisMino are line axisnum are de. colors; olor y c co only , a of The w more line Y-axis , list used error or kness gpSetY this is one an the frame. in one it a and for axisnum in , link and er. added b to 2.2.1 for, axes otherwise X-axis um are n Y set amenum one fr list. is that , and Section . gp Y-axis X p structure. AxisMinorGridLineThic axes See color successful, e 5, option default, if Y v in k. trol gridlines. 0 er. to USSplot the By b blac con gpSetY gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, color color. , up GA um co minor n are of of w plot in call plots. Y-axis axisnum than e a attern allo h to index return 1 frame name – Line axes, Y-axis whic Y gridlines ter or plots 1; greater the XY 1; – REFERENCE insensitiv = oin = of scalar, p scalar, scalar, scalar, string, 1; AxisMinorGridLineColor( Line ered and ecies gpShowYAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); gpSetYAxisMinorGridLineColor(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"blue"); minor b case = sp = = AxisMinorGridLines XY color t um Bar additional rks AxisMinorGridP n are ry ose wY gpSetY also y the ret ret show framenum axisnum and olor ra default, = tain c rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et gpSetY Source gp.src See gpSho Example Output Rema Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con names Y-axis default. By line r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisMinorGridLineThickness

Purpose Sets the thickness of the Y-axis minor gridlines. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetYAxisMinorGridLineThickness(pgp, framenum, axisnum, thickness); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, Y-axis number. thickness scalar, thickness of the Y-axis minor gridlines as a percentage of the height of the frame. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which Y-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional Y axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to a Y-axis numbered greater than one. Y axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. By default, minor gridlines have a line thickness of 0.1. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; show = 1; thickness = 0.25; ret = gpShowYAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); ret = gpSetYAxisMinorGridLineThickness(&gp,framenum,axisnum,thickness); Source gp.src See also gpShowYAxisMinorGridLines, gpSetYAxisMinorGridLineColor, gpSetYAxisMinorGridPattern

438 Reference attern rGridP y b 439 a that o ws: T ed to y follo frames as used. maps AxisMino displa y is b are line axisnum are de. ); y co only a The w more gpSetY Y-axis patterns attern used p error or this , is one line an frame. in one it a and in . link and list. axisnum er. ailable added v , b to a for, axes otherwise X-axis um are of n Y USSplot set pattern one list is that amenum GA in and fr , Y-axis in X The structure. axes successful, e e gp 5, gridlines. p option default, if Y v trol pattern pattern. 0 er. to the By b dotted. con gpSetLineMapAxes one. minor de, line line attern( up um insensitiv co n are of of w plot call plots. Y-axis axisnum than a case allo h Y-axis to index return 1 name frame – Line axes, are the Solid Dashed DashDot Dotted LongDash DashDotDot whic Y gridlines ter or plots greater XY of – REFERENCE oin scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, scalar, 1 2 3 4 5 6 names AxisMinorGridP Line ered and ecies minor b sp XY pattern t um Bar additional rks n ry ose gpSetY y pattern the and ra default, = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et attern gp et Example Rema Output Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con Y-axis default. By Line p r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisMinorGridPattern

framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; show = 1; ret = gpShowYAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); ret = gpSetYAxisMinorGridPattern(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"dashdot");

Source gp.src

See also gpSetYAxisMinorGridPatternLength, gpShowYAxisMinorGridLines, gpSetYAxisMinorGridLineColor

440 Reference atternLength y b 441 a that o frame T ed to y the rGridP frames ); of used. maps displa y b default. are line axisnum tage are de. y length b y , co only a 2 The w ercen more AxisMino Y-axis p of used error or a this , is one axisnum as an frame. in , one it length a and gpSetY in link and er. added b pattern to amenum for, axes otherwise pattern X-axis fr um are , n a line Y set gp pattern. one p is that the and with AxisMinorGridLines line of Y-axis X structure. axes successful, e wY 5, lines option default, if grid Y v cycle trol 0 er. to the By b gpSho con gpSetLineMapAxes one one. de, , atternLength( up dotted minor um co of n w plot as call plots. Y-axis axisnum than a attern allo h wn Y-axis to return 1 frame length Line axes, dra t. whic Y ter the plots 1; greater XY 1; REFERENCE are of 4; = oin = heigh p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, 1; = AxisMinorGridP Line ered and ecies gpShowYAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); gpSetYAxisMinorGridPattern(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"dashdotdot"); gpSetYAxisMinorGridPatternLength(&gp,framenum,axisnum,length); b = sp = = = XY length t um Bar additional rks AxisMinorGridLineColor AxisMinorGridP n gridlines ry ose gpSetY also y the length ret ret ret show framenum axisnum and ra = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et gpSetY Source gp.src See gpSetY Example Rema Bar Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con Y-axis default. Minor length r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisRange

Purpose

Sets the range of a Y-axis in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetYAxisRange(pgp, framenum, axisnum, min, max);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, Y-axis number. min scalar, minimum value for the Y-axis. max scalar, maximum value for the Y-axis.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which Y-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional Y axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to a Y-axis numbered greater than one. Y axes that are added in this way are displayed by default.

The range of the Y-axis is calculated based on the values of the data points by default. If the axes are dependent on one another, which is the default for 2D and 3D Cartesian and 2D and 3D Contour plots, then the range of the Y-axis will be determined by the X, Y and (for 3D plots) Z values of the data points. Otherwise, the range will be determined by only the Y values. To change the number of major and minor tick marks or the distance between them, call gpSetYAxisTicks.

Example

442 Reference AxisRange 443 gpSetY 1; 2; REFERENCE = ks = -10; 100; gpSetYAxisRange(&gp,framenum,axisnum,min,max); = = = AxisTic also min framenum axisnum max ret COMMAND Source gp.src See gpSetY 3. 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisThickness

Purpose Sets the thickness of a Y-axis line in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetYAxisThickness(pgp, framenum, axisnum, thickness); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, Y-axis number. thickness scalar, thickness of the axis line as a percentage of the height of the frame. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which Y-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional Y axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to a Y-axis numbered greater than one. Y axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. All axis lines are set to a thickness of 0.4 by default. This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line plots. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; thickness = 0.2; ret = gpSetYAxisThickness(&gp,framenum,axisnum,thickness); Source gp.src See also gpSetYAxisColor

444 Reference AxisTicks y a b 445 a that o gpSetY T on ed to marks. Y-axis y the k of tic the frames used. maps marks displa y on jor b k are line ); axisnum range are de. tic ma y co only a of the marks The w more k Y-axis set minor used units. error or tic dify h this of minornum is one an , mo frame. in eac er one it o b a and T minor Y-axis een in um link and w of er. in n added b et to er b for, majorstep axes otherwise b the X-axis um are , n default. Y marks set um y n one and k b is that marks and tic k the Y-axis X axisnum axis structure. tic , axes successful, e jor marks 5, option default, and if Y v k the ma trol 0 er. tic to of the By minor b con een gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, amenum . up jor of marks w um fr co n k et w , er plot call range ma plots. b Y-axis b axisnum than tic a gp p allo h frame. the um een to jor return 1 step frame n Line axes, w ks( on 1; AxisRange whic et Y ter ma plots 1; 3; greater b XY 2; = REFERENCE ecied = = oin = een p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, sp AxisTic based Line ered w and ecies gpSetYAxisTicks(&gp,framenum,axisnum,majorstep,minornum); gpSetY b et sp the = b XY distance t um Bar additional call rks in n ry ose gpSetY y the majorstep minornum framenum axisnum ret step and ra = tain rmat COMMAND calculated o amenum et gp et Y-axis Example Rema Output Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con Y-axis, Y-axis default. The is majorstep r p fr minornum axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisTicks

This example sets the distance between major tick marks on the second Y-axis to 1 unit, and the number of minor tick marks between each set of major tick marks to 3. Therefore, there will be 0.25 units from one tick mark to the next.

Source gp.src

See also gpSetYAxisRange

446 Reference AxisTitle y b 447 a axis that o gpSetY than T ed to y that more frames used. maps displa y with b are are line axisnum are de. y co only a ciated there The w more if Y-axis asso used error or this is one an are frame. in space one it a a and in that link and AxisTitleOset er. ); and added b to for, axes otherwise title X-axis um are , n Y set gpSetY one comma , ariable(s) is t that v a and frame. on y Y-axis X axisnum b structure. the axes successful, e , 5, option of default, if Y v ecied trol 0 er. to the sp By b con gpSetLineMapAxes one. AxisTitleF de, up amenum separated um the co fr n name(s) w plot call , plots. in Y-axis axisnum than are a gp the allo h gpSetY p to , return title. 1 frame Line axes, whic Y-axis with Y ter plots 1; greater a XY 1; ariables REFERENCE v = oin = p scalar, string, scalar, scalar, for AxisTitle( Line ered titled and ecies gpSetYAxisTitle(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"Y"); b (the is sp = XY title t um Bar additional rks AxisTitleColor n ry ose gpSetY also y axis the ret framenum axisnum and ra h = tain rmat default COMMAND o amenum y et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetY Example Output Rema Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con one). b Y-axis default. Eac title r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisTitleColor

Purpose Sets the color of a Y-axis title in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetYAxisTitleColor(pgp, framenum, axisnum, textcolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, Y-axis number. textcolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which Y-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional Y axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to a Y-axis numbered greater than one. Y axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. All axis titles are black by default. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line plots. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; ret = gpSetYAxisTitleColor(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"purple"); Source gp.src See also gpSetYAxisTitle, gpSetYAxisTitleFont, gpSetYAxisTitleOset

448 Reference ont AxisTitleF y b 449 a that o only T ed to y ); alid frames gpSetY (v used. maps displa y b frame. are line line axisnum are de. heightunit , y co only a axis frame. The w more ecied Y-axis sp used height the the error or this , is one e of of an the frame. in one t it a in and in link and fonttyp plots). heigh length er. added , title b to for, axes otherwise the the X-axis um are tour n Y of of set one Y-axis Con axisnum is that a , and list. tage tage 3D t Y-axis X for structure. axes successful, e 5, fon ts. option ercen ercen default, wing: and if Y v p p trol in oin 0 amenum used er. a a t t. p to the By fr t b follo con t. , gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, as in as fon fon up fon um gp t t t co the p n of of w plot call plots. t( heigh Cartesian Y-axis axisnum of than the a t allo on h heigh heigh heigh of 3D to t t t index return fon 1 name frame one – Line axes, whic for fon fon fon Y ter or size plots greater XY – REFERENCE oin 1 2 scalar, 3 p scalar, scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, and AxisTitleF Line ered and ecies e b sp yp XY t t um Bar additional rks n ry ose e gpSetY y the and ra = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Bar Rema Output Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con Y-axis default. heightunit height fonttyp r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetYAxisTitleFont

1 Courier 2 CourierBold 3 Helv 4 HelvBold 5 Times 6 TimesBold 7 TimesItalic 8 TimesItalicBold 9 Greek 10 Math 11 UserDef

Font names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command does not apply to frames that contain Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; height = 15; heightunit = 2; ret = gpSetYAxisTitleFont(&gp,framenum,axisnum,"courierbold",height,heightunit);

Source gp.src

See also gpSetYAxisTitle, gpSetYAxisTitleColor, gpSetYAxisTitleOset

450 Reference y b 451 a AxisTitleOset that o T ed to a not y the as es of frames used. maps do displa y gpSetY b tage are line axisnum are dened de. y is co only a ercen The p it w frame. more command Y-axis a used es, error or this as t is one ); yp This an t on frame. in ecied one it a 6. sp and oset plot is in link and dened , er. the added b is to for, in axes otherwise X-axis other um AxisTitleF are n Y default set all axisnum oset line line. one , is that the or and F the gpSetY axis plots. axis Y-axis X , structure. 8. and axes successful, e 5, the option is default, if Y v Line amenum plots, trol from 0 fr er. to the By , b con frame, from olar gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, gp tour title up P p um default co n the of w plot call title plots. Con Y-axis axisnum than AxisTitleColor of a tain the allo h t 3D to con return oset 1 frame Line axes, and Y-axis whic Y ter plots and 3; heigh gpSetY greater a XY 1; , that REFERENCE 5; = oin of = p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, the = AxisTitleOset( Line ered length, and ecies gpSetYAxisTitleOffset(&gp,framenum,axisnum,offset); b of sp = frames XY oset t um Bar axis additional Cartesian rks AxisTitle n ry ose tage to gpSetY also y the ret offset framenum axisnum and 3D ra = tain rmat COMMAND o ercen amenum or et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetY Example Rema Bar Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. argumen displa con apply Y-axis median default. F p oset r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetZAxisColor

Purpose

Sets the color of the Z-axis line in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetZAxisColor(pgp, framenum, linecolor);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linecolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all axis lines are black. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command applies only to frames that contain 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 2; ret = gpSetZAxisColor(&gp,framenum,"red");

Source gp.src

See also gpShowZAxis, gpSetZAxisThickness

452 r Reference 453 that color attern frames to de. gpSetZAxisGridLineColo colors; co of only list error the an applies ); gpSetZAxisGridP for , olor c 2.2.1 kness otherwise line command , list. This Section . structure. amenum plots. See color successful, fr , if in k. trol gridlines. 0 tour gp er. p USSplot b blac con jor de, Con color color. GA um co are n ma of of plot in 3D e gpSetZAxisGridLineThic a , to and index return frame name – Z-axis gridlines ter or 1; the – REFERENCE insensitiv = oin jor of scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, gpSetZAxisGridLineColor(&gp,framenum,"blue"); ma Cartesian case = color 3D rks are ry ose wZAxisGridLines gpSetZAxisGridLineColor( also the framenum ret olor ra default, = tain c rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et names con Source gp.src See gpSho Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. r p fr line 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetZAxisGridLineThickness

Purpose

Sets the thickness of the Z-axis major gridlines.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetZAxisGridLineThickness(pgp, framenum, thickness);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. thickness scalar, thickness of the Z-axis major gridlines as a percentage of the height of the frame.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, major gridlines have a line thickness of 0.1. This command applies only to frames that contain 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 1; thickness = 0.25; ret = gpSetZAxisGridLineThickness(&gp,framenum,thickness);

Source gp.src

See also gpShowZAxisGridLines, gpSetZAxisGridLineColor, gpSetZAxisGridPattern

454 Reference attern 455 to ws: only follo as gpSetZAxisGridP is applies de. co patterns error command an line gpSetZAxisGridLineColor This , . ); list. plots. ailable v otherwise a attern p tour of USSplot , pattern GA in list Con in structure. 3D wZAxisGridLines successful, e The amenum gridlines. if fr trol pattern pattern. and 0 , jor er. gpSho b gp solid. con , p de, ma line line um insensitiv co are n of of plot a case Cartesian attern( Z-axis to index return name frame – 3D are the Solid Dashed DashDot Dotted LongDash DashDotDot gridlines ter or 1; atternLength of – REFERENCE tain = oin jor scalar, p scalar, string, scalar, 1 2 3 4 5 6 names con gpSetZAxisGridPattern(&gp,framenum,"dashdot"); ma = pattern rks that ry ose gpSetZAxisGridP also pattern the framenum ret ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp attern et Source gp.src See gpSetZAxisGridP Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. Line frames r p fr p 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetZAxisGridPatternLength

Purpose

Sets the length of the Z-axis major grid line pattern.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetZAxisGridPatternLength(pgp, framenum, length);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. length scalar, length of one cycle of the line pattern as a percentage of the frame height.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

Major gridlines are drawn as solid lines by default. If a dierent line pattern is selected with gpSetZAxisGridLinePattern, then the default pattern length is 2. This command applies only to frames that contain 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 1; length = 4; ret = gpSetZAxisGridPattern(&gp,framenum,"dashdot"); ret = gpSetZAxisGridPatternLength(&gp,framenum,length);

Source gp.src

See also gpSetZAxisGridPattern, gpShowZAxisGridLines, gpSetZAxisGridLineColor

456 r Reference elColo 457 that color gpSetZAxisLab frames colors; to de. of co list only error elSkip the an for applies frame. ); 2.2.1 olor otherwise command ecied gpSetZAxisLab , textc Section sp , list. This See the . structure. plots. in k. color elOset successful, if in amenum els trol blac 0 tour fr er. USSplot , lab b con are de, gp k Con color color. p GA um co n tic of of els plot in 3D e a lab gpSetZAxisLab k to and , index return frame name elColor( – Z-axis t tic ter or on 1; the – REFERENCE insensitiv = oin elF axis of scalar, p scalar, scalar, string, gpSetZAxisLabelColor(&gp,framenum,"blue"); all Cartesian case = color 3D rks are ry ose gpSetZAxisLab also the framenum ret olor ra default, = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetZAxisLab Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. names con r p fr textc 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetZAxisLabelFont

Purpose

Sets the type and size of the font used for the Z-axis tick labels in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetZAxisLabelFont(pgp, framenum, fonttype, height, heightunit);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. fonttype string, name of font. – or – scalar, index of font in font list. height scalar, font height. heightunit scalar, one of the following:

1 font height as a percentage of the height of the frame 2 font height in points. 3 font height as a percentage of the length of the axis line (valid only for 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots).

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

458 Reference ont elF ; 459 3D to Y gpSetZAxisLab ONL applies elSkip command gpSetZAxisLab This , . elOset USSplot GA in e plots. gpSetZAxisLab , tour insensitiv 4; 1; Courier CourierBold Helv HelvBold Times TimesBold TimesItalic TimesItalicBold Greek Math UserDef Con 1; = = REFERENCE case = elColor 3D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 are gpSetZAxisLabelFont(&gp,framenum,"courier",fontheight,heightunit) and = also names framenum fontheight heightunit ret t COMMAND on F See gpSetZAxisLab Source gp.src Example 3. Cartesian 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetZAxisLabelOset

Purpose

Sets the oset of the Z-axis tick labels from the axis line in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetZAxisLabelOset(pgp, framenum, oset);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. oset scalar, oset of tick labels from axis line as a percentage of the median axis length.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all axis tick labels have an oset of 1. This command applies only to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 1; offset = 3; ret = gpSetZAxisLabelOffset(&gp,framenum,offset);

Source gp.src

See also gpSetZAxisLabelColor, gpSetZAxisLabelFont, gpSetZAxisLabelSkip

460 Reference elSkip Y 461 ONL ecied gpSetZAxisLab sp applies the de. els. co in lab els k command error elOset lab tic k an This tic 1). Z-axis ); = Z-axis otherwise gpSetZAxisLab , skipnum t ipnum skipnum , on sk skipnum ( ery elF structure. ev successful, wn ery in if ev trol amenum sho 0 plots. er. fr in b one , con are de, gp um tour one co p n els only plot a Con w lab gpSetZAxisLab only , k to return sho frame elSkip( 3D w tic ter 3; sho and REFERENCE = oin elColor to axis p scalar, scalar, scalar, gpSetZAxisLabelSkip(&gp,framenum,2); all = option rks ry ose Cartesian gpSetZAxisLab also an framenum ret ra default, = rmat COMMAND 3D o amenum et gp et to frame. See gpSetZAxisLab Example Source gp.src Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. r p fr skipnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineColor

Purpose

Sets the color of the Z-axis minor gridlines. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineColor(pgp, framenum, linecolor); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. linecolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

By default, minor gridlines are black. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command applies only to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots. Example

framenum = 1; show = 1; ret = gpShowZAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,show); ret = gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineColor(&gp,framenum,"blue");

Source gp.src See also gpShowZAxisMinorGridLines, gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineThickness, gpSetZAxisMinorGridPattern

462 Reference to 463 only the rGridLineThickness of applies tage de. ); co ercen p , a error command as thickness an , This gpSetZAxisMino 1. . 0 gridlines amenum otherwise of fr , minor gp p kness thic structure. gridlines. successful, Z-axis kness( if line trol 0 the er. a b minor con e of gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineColor plots. de, v , um co n ha frame. plot tour Z-axis kness a attern the to Con return thic frame the of t 0.25; of gridlines ter 3D 1; = REFERENCE = oin heigh p scalar, scalar, scalar, and 1; kness gpShowZAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,show); gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineThickness(&gp,framenum,thickness); minor = = = thic rks ry ose wZAxisMinorGridLines gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineThic also the framenum show thickness ret ret ra Cartesian default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et gpSetZAxisMinorGridP Source gp.src See gpSho Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. 3D r p fr thickness 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetZAxisMinorGridPattern

Purpose Sets the pattern of the Z-axis minor gridlines. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetZAxisMinorGridPattern(pgp, framenum, pattern); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. pattern string, name of line pattern. – or – scalar, index of line pattern in pattern list. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, minor gridlines are dotted. The list of available line patterns is as follows: 1 Solid 2 Dashed 3 DashDot 4 Dotted 5 LongDash 6 DashDotDot Line pattern names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command applies only to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots. Example framenum = 1; show = 1; ret = gpShowZAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,show); ret = gpSetZAxisMinorGridPattern(&gp,framenum,"dashdot"); Source gp.src See also gpSetZAxisMinorGridPatternLength, gpShowZAxisMinorGridLines, gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineColor

464 Reference atternLength 465 frame This the rGridP of default. tage de. y b co 2 ); ercen p of error a , length as an , length plots. gpSetZAxisMino tour pattern amenum otherwise pattern fr Con , a line gp pattern. 3D p the with of line and structure. successful, wZAxisMinorGridLines lines if grid cycle trol 0 er. b gpSho con one de, , atternLength( dotted Cartesian minor um co of n plot as 3D a attern to wn Z-axis to return frame length dra t. ter the only 1; REFERENCE are of 4; = oin heigh p scalar, scalar, scalar, 1; = gpShowZAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,show); gpSetZAxisMinorGridPattern(&gp,framenum,"dashdotdot"); gpSetZAxisMinorGridPatternLength(&gp,framenum,length); = applies = = = length rks gridlines ry ose gpSetZAxisMinorGridP also the framenum show length ret ret ret ra = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetZAxisMinorGridP Example Output Rema Minor gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. command gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineColor r p fr length 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetZAxisRange

Purpose

Sets the range of the Z-axis in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetZAxisRange(pgp, framenum, min, max); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. min scalar, minimum value for the Z-axis. max scalar, maximum value for the Z-axis. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks

By default, the range of the Z-axis is calculated based on the values of the data points. If the axes are dependent on one another, which is the default for 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots, then the range of the Z-axis will be determined by the X, Y and Z values of the data points. Otherwise, the range will be determined by only the Z values. To change the number of major and minor tick marks or the distance between them, call gpSetZAxisTicks. This command applies only to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots. Example

framenum = 1; min = 0; max = 65; ret = gpSetZAxisRange(&gp,framenum,min,max); Source gp.src See also gpSetZAxisTicks

466 Reference 3D 467 to the only of gpSetZAxisThickness t de. applies heigh co the of error an command tage This ); ercen frame. p 4. . a 0 otherwise of as ecied thickness sp , line kness structure. the successful, axis thic in if a trol amenum 0 the er. fr to b line con , of de, gp um set co p n plots. plot Z-axis kness are a tour to kness( return thic frame the lines of ter Con 1; REFERENCE = oin axis 3D frame. p scalar, scalar, scalar, kness gpSetZAxisThickness(&gp,framenum,0.8); all and = thic rks ry ose gpSetZAxisThic also the framenum ret ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et See gpSetZAxisColor Example Source gp.src Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. Cartesian r p fr thickness 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetZAxisTicks

Purpose Sets the distance between major tick marks and the number of minor tick marks on the Z-axis in the specied frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpSetZAxisTicks(pgp, framenum, majorstep, minornum); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. majorstep scalar, step between major tick marks in Z-axis units. minornum scalar, number of minor tick marks between each set of major tick marks. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, the step between major tick marks and the number of minor tick marks on the Z-axis is calculated based on the range of the axis. To modify the range of the Z-axis, call gpSetZAxisRange. This command applies only to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots. Example framenum = 1; majorstep = 1; minornum = 4; ret = gpSetZAxisTicks(&gp,framenum,majorstep,minornum); This example sets the distance between major tick marks on the Z-axis to 1 unit, and the number of minor tick marks between each set of major tick marks to 4. Therefore, there will be 0.2 units from one tick mark to the next. Source gp.src See also gpSetZAxisRange

468 Reference it. 469 gpSetZAxisTitle with ciated de. asso co is error plots. that an tour ariable Con v 3D otherwise the of gpSetZAxisTitleOset and , frame. t ); on name title structure. successful, , ecied the if trol Cartesian sp 0 er. b con 3D with de, the amenum um co to in fr n plot , titled a gp gpSetZAxisTitleF only p is to , return title. frame Z-axis ter 1; the REFERENCE Z-axis applies = oin p scalar, string, scalar, for gpSetZAxisTitle(&gp,framenum,"Z"); the = title rks ry ose gpSetZAxisTitle( also command the framenum ret ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et See gpSetZAxisTitleColor Source gp.src Rema Example Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. This r p fr title 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetZAxisTitleColor

Purpose

Sets the color of the Z-axis title in the specied frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpSetZAxisTitleColor(pgp, framenum, textcolor);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. textcolor string, name of color. – or – scalar, index of color in color list.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, all axis titles are black. See Section 2.2.1 for the list of colors; color names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command applies only to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 2; ret = gpSetZAxisTitleColor(&gp,framenum,"red");

Source gp.src

See also gpSetZAxisTitle, gpSetZAxisTitleFont, gpSetZAxisTitleOset

470 Reference ont 471 of = list e gpSetZAxisTitleF frame. The line de. ); fonttyp ( co ecied t axis frame. length. sp fon the the error the axis heightunit of of an , etica t in the helv of title heigh length height , e old 6% . otherwise b the the 3 a Z-axis of of to in fonttyp the , list. tage tage t equal for structure. successful, fon ts. is written ercen ercen wing: if t p p trol in oin 0 used amenum er. a a t t. p are fr t b follo con t. , de, heigh as in as fon fon els fon um t t t t gp co the n p of of plot lab heigh t( fon of the a k t ws: on heigh heigh heigh of to tic t t t index return fon name frame one – Courier CourierBold Helv HelvBold Times TimesBold TimesItalic TimesItalicBold Greek Math UserDef follo fon fon fon ter or size default as – REFERENCE oin Z-axis is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 scalar, 3 p scalar, scalar, string, scalar, scalar, and 10 11 The ts e all yp fon t rks ry ose e old”). gpSetZAxisTitleF the ra default, = rmat COMMAND ailable o amenum v et gp et a Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Sets Lib 3. “helvb heightunit r p fr height fonttyp 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpSetZAxisTitleFont

Font names are case insensitive in GAUSSplot. This command applies only to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 1; height = 4.5; heightunit = 1; ret = gpSetZAxisTitleFont(&gp,framenum,"timesitalicbold",height,heightunit);

Source gp.src

See also gpSetZAxisTitle, gpSetZAxisTitleColor, gpSetZAxisTitleOset

472 Reference 473 3D axis or gpSetZAxisTitleOset median de. co Cartesian the frame. of 3D error to t tage ecied an on sp only ercen the p a in ); otherwise as applies line oset line , axis gpSetZAxisTitleF axis , structure. command the successful, if amenum trol from 0 fr er. This from , b con 8. de, gp title p um co title to n of plot a set to is Z-axis return oset frame ter 2; gpSetZAxisTitleColor the , REFERENCE oset 10; = oin of length. p scalar, scalar, scalar, = gpSetZAxisTitleOffset(&gp,framenum,offset); the = plots. oset rks ry ose gpSetZAxisTitleOset( also the framenum offset ret ra tour default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetZAxisTitle Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Sets Lib 3. Con r p fr oset 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShow3DOrientationAxis

Purpose

Activates or deactivates display of the 3D orientation axis in a frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpShow3DOrientationAxis(pgp, framenum, show3dorientation); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. show3dorientation scalar, one of the following:

0 do not display the 3D orientation axis. 1 display the 3D orientation axis.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

The 3D orientation axis is the small set of axes that appear in the upper-right hand corner of 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots by default to show you how your plot is oriented. This command applies only to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots. Example

framenum = 1; noshow = 0; ret = gpShow3DOrientationAxis(&gp,framenum,noshow);

Source gp.src See also gpShowXAxis, gpShowYAxis, gpShowZAxis

474 Reference er y rLa wBa is 475 in it gpSho o eld then their T call default or of y b frame, frame. de. maps ed a frame, y Calling co a in line regardless in ecied displa error plots. ated the sp is an of maps it frame, Bar the h activ in line the eac frame(s). then not er in in y plots. is the taining er(s). la otherwise b er of ); y and ecied con frame, Line bar zones la gpSetBarColor um sp a n , a XY in the If subset the frame eld er. activate frames y a structure. rame a , successful, er. in or frame and la ates y in ated wing: in if for er la trol y 0 frame. bar Bar er la activ follo y els: maps ated con ector, bar de, to v la the amenum deactiv is the lev bar fr 1 co the Y line in the gpAddBarF or o , activ er plot bar y , . ate w of gp a t is the la er er p the ate N ONL y y ates a zone the er to on return one of y er( or If ates y la y deactiv activ ter ate 1; 1; activ eld an REFERENCE applies = = oin bar er or trolled 0 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar in y deactiv frame. gpShowBarLayer(&gp,framenum,activate); wBarLa deactiv the con ed or y = map the or settings. rks are ry ose in wLineMapBarLa wLineMapBarLa wBarLa gpSho also ates command line framenum activate ret ate displa ra ers default = rmat h COMMAND y ecic o amenum et gp et By sp not eac zones Source gplinemap.src See gpSho Example Output Rema La gaussplot F r Input gpSho Purp Activ Lib 3. gpSho This activ activate r p fr 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowBoundaryLayer

Purpose

Activates or deactivates the boundary layer in the specied frame(s).

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpShowBoundaryLayer(pgp, framenum, activate);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar or N 1 vector, frame number(s). activate scalar, one of the following:

0 deactivate the boundary layer. 1 activate the boundary layer.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

The boundary layer is displayed as a line connecting all data points around the edge of the data zone. In other words, suppose that a eld zone describes the set of points (X,Y), where X and Y are both 3 3 variables:

X[1,1] X[1,2] X[1,3] Y[1,1] Y[1,2] Y[1,3] X[2,1] X[2,2] X[2,3] Y[2,1] Y[2,2] Y[2,3] X[3,1] X[3,2] X[3,3] Y[3,1] Y[3,2] Y[3,3]

Then the boundary line for that eld zone would be a line through the following points: (X[1,1],Y[1,1]), (X[1,2],Y[1,2]), (X[1,3],Y[1,3]), (X[2,3],Y[2,3]), (X[3,3],Y[3,3]), (X[3,2],Y[3,2]), (X[3,1],Y[3,1]), (X[2,1],Y[2,1]), and then back to (X[1,1], Y[1,1]).

For a eld zone that describes a 3-D surface, this generally appears as a boundary line around the edge of that surface. By default, the boundary has a line thickness of 0.4% of the frame height to distinguish it from mesh lines (if present), which have a default line thickness of 0.1% of the frame height.

476 Reference er y ryLa is er y 477 in it and la wBounda ates plots. 2D eld . then their er default or of and y tour y deactiv oundary gpSho b b frame, Con or maps ed a y the 3D in ates line Cartesian regardless ate and displa ated the 3D activ is 2D of er it frame, y deactiv and h activ and or the eac 2D then not wFieldZoneBoundaryLa in in ate is er y and frame, activ taining gpSho zones la Cartesian a o wBoundaryLa a T con in call 3D If frame eld a or gpSho and ated in frame. frames frame, gpSetBoundaryColor frame. 2D , a in activ els: maps er to the in Calling y is lev ecied Y ated line in o er sp y w t la zones the ONL activ the a zone on default. of is If in y y eld b 1; 0; er eld er an y REFERENCE y applies = = the la or trolled la in frame. plots of gpShowBoundaryLayer(&gp,framenum,activate); con ed y = map the settings. tour are in oundary wFieldZoneBoundaryLa also subset oundary command line framenum activate ret b displa b Con ers a h COMMAND y ecic for This The sp the 3D not eac zones Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSho Example 3. La 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowContourLayer

Purpose

Activates or deactivates the contour layer in the specied frame(s).

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpShowContourLayer(pgp, framenum, activate);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar or N 1 vector, frame number(s). activate scalar, one of the following:

0 deactivate the contour layer. 1 activate the contour layer.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

Layers are controlled on two levels: in a frame and in each of the line maps or eld zones in the frame. If a layer is activated in a frame, then it is displayed by default in each line map or eld zone in the frame. If a layer is not activated in a frame, then it is not displayed in any of the line maps or eld zones in the frame, regardless of their specic settings.

The contour layer is activated in frames containing 2D and 3D Contour plots by default. When the contour layer is activated in a frame, the default is for contour ooding to be displayed in each of the eld zones in the frame. Calling gpShowContourLayer activates or deactivates the contour layer in the specied frame. To activate or deactivate the contour layer for a subset of the eld zones in a frame or to use contour lines, call gpShowFieldZoneContourLayer.

This command applies ONLY to 2D and 3D Cartesian and 2D and 3D Contour plots.

Example

478 Reference er y 479 wContourLa , rame gpSho tourF gpAdd3DCon , rame tourF gpAdd2DCon , er y tourLa 1; 1; REFERENCE = = ariable gpShowContourLayer(&gp,framenum,activate); tourV = wFieldZoneCon also framenum activate ret COMMAND See gpSho Source gpfieldzone.src 3. gpSetCon 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowDrawing

Purpose

Species whether or not drawing is shown.

Library gaussplot

Format gpShowDrawing(pgp, draw);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. draw scalar, one of the following:

1 do not show drawing; show graph only when all drawing is completed. 2 do not show frame drawing, but show each frame after the drawing for that frame is completed. 3 show all drawing.

Remarks

By default, draw is set to 1, and thus the graph is shown only when all drawing has been completed.

Example

draw = 2; gpShowDrawing(&gp,draw);

Source gp.src

See also gpFramePause

480 Reference er y rLa rBa is is 481 in it wErro le eld then their er or y data default or of gpSho y ate b the frame, call de. in maps ed a activ y co o in T line regardless frame, wErrorBarLa displa ariable error ated the a v is Call frame(s). an of in frame. it frame, gpSho h activ the second eac then not maps ); ecied default. ecied in in plots. is the sp y Calling er(s). sp otherwise b line b er y and frame, the Line er. the zones activate la um then the y a n , bars er. in a la in ariable. y of XY in v default. If er la frame eld er t y y y bar structure. a error la successful, b frame, or frame and la bar ated a wing: in if amenum subset trol the 0 bar fr frame. bar in error a Bar ated , dieren activ follo els: maps of . con ector, error a de, gp to v the for is the er p lev error ated 1 activ co y the Y error line in the er o er use plot er( y y ate w er of y a t the la la to the activ the ate N ONL a zone nev to on is return one of or bar If is ates magnitudes ates y deactiv activ er ter y eld er an ariable REFERENCE y la the applies oin error or trolled la 0 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar in deactiv frame. deactiv wErrorBarLa bar trol con ed the bar or y or map the con settings. rks are ate ry ose error in wLineMapErrorBarLa gpSho ates to command line ates error displa ra ers = rmat h COMMAND y the ecic o amenum et gp et The sp activ not gpSho eac zones If deactiv used Example Rema Output La gaussplot F r Input Purp Activ Lib 3. This gpSetErrorBarV activate r p fr 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowErrorBarLayer

framenum = 1; activate = 1; ret = gpShowErrorBarLayer(&gp,framenum,activate);

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpShowLineMapErrorBarLayer, gpSetErrorBarColor

482 Reference er y ryLa is 483 in it data 2D the onding eld then the ector, their ); frame v in default or in of 1 tains er y taining the y b corresp con la frame, in con N de. activate maps ed zones a y , wFieldZoneBounda the er co an of in y line to la regardless is zone(s). er frames b displa oundary error structure ated the b is in gpSho um eld an of n it frame, trol the h activ activate oundary eldzonenum according b the , con If the eac er(s). then not ecied y default ates b b in set in the y is sp set. e b plot um zeros: otherwise plots. b er n is y and the er. ates frame, amenum deactiv zones y la The ated and fr a er. in will tour la a y , zone or in activ er la If gp frame eld y Con activ determined p ones activate structure. er la a ates successful, eld or is y is of er( ated w 3D in if y er oundary trol ho 0 frame. y b activ er. oundary la and activ b els: maps ector, con ector b on frame information). eldzonenum v de, v the oundary is the a lev um 1 b 2D 1 co then in n line in the o er plot in y ate w more a t the la and ending and N the ate N oundary a zone to b zones for on return frame of or or zones dep If ates y activ deactiv . ter plots eld The eld an 1.3.1 REFERENCE eld oin amenum or scalar trolled 1 0 p scalar, scalar scalar, zones in wFieldZoneBoundaryLa fr of the deactiv frame. wFieldZoneBoundaryLa y activate con ed of er or b y map eld b the of h Section Cartesian settings. gpSho rks are t ry ose in gpSho um ates eac line n 3D displa ra (see ers = rmat h COMMAND y ecic ecied o amenum et gp et Calling indicated sp not eac and zones le Rema Output La Input gaussplot F r Purp Activ Lib 3. sp elemen The then activate r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowFieldZoneBoundaryLayer information for only those eld zones for which you have specied options; thus there may be fewer eld zones in the plot control structure than in the frame. If you call gpShowFieldZoneBoundaryLayer for a subset of the eld zones in the frame with an activate argument set to a scalar one (or a vector of zeros and ones), then it will assume that you want the boundary layer to be deactivated for all of the unspecied eld zones in the frame. Therefore, it will deactivate the boundary layer for all of the eld zones that are contained in the plot control structure but not specied in the call to gpShowFieldZoneBoundaryLayer.

If you call gpShowFieldZoneBoundaryLayer for a subset of the eld zones in the frame with an activate argument set to a scalar zero, then it will assume that you want the boundary layer to be activated for all of the other eld zones in the frame. In this case, it will not set any options for the unspecied eld zones because, by default, when a layer is activated in a frame, it is activated for each line map or eld zone in that frame.

Because it is possible that not all of the eld zones that will appear in the frame are contained in the plot control structure, the safest way to use this command is to specify for each eld zone in the frame whether the boundary layer should be activated or deactivated.

To activate or deactivate the boundary layer in the frame alone, call gpShowBoundaryLayer.

This command applies ONLY to 2D and 3D Cartesian and 2D and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = { 1,2,3,4,5 }; activate = { 1,0,0,1,1 }; ret = gpShowFieldZoneBoundaryLayer(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,activate);

This example deactivates the boundary layer for the second and third eld zones in the frame, and activates it for the rst, fourth and fth eld zones.

Source gpfieldzone.src

See also gpShowBoundaryLayer, gpSetBoundaryColor, gpSetBoundaryThickness

484 Reference er y is 485 in it and for 2D eld is then their , d default or of o y b taining zone(s). frame, default wFieldZoneContourLa de. maps ed a y con showo co the , in eld line regardless frame. displa error gpSho ated the frames the is frame, ecied an of in it in a frame, sp h activ in eldzonenum the eac the er(s). then not , b zones in in in default is ated um zeros: zeros: otherwise y er n b eld y and frame, ding activ zones la o and and amenum a a is the zone fr ated o in ding. , If er of frame eld o y ones ones gp ding. structure. a h p successful, and o activ eld la o lines. or of of ated in if is o lines. eac er( trol y 0 frame. er. er tour tour tour in lines activ b y els: maps ector, con ector ector tour tour v de, la v v the ed is con con con lev um y 1 1 1 co tour n line tourLa in con con o er plot y ate ate the w tour a t con la N the ate ate N N displa a zone to con on return frame e of or or or If ates b When y deactiv deactiv activ activ ter eld The to an REFERENCE oin or scalar trolled 0 0 1 1 p scalar, scalar scalar scalar, in deactiv frame. plots. ding wFieldZoneCon con ed o or y ); map the o d settings. rks tour are o ry ose in gpSho ates line lines lines displa ra Con ers = tour rmat h COMMAND y ecic o amenum et gp et sp not eac zones 3D Output Rema La Input gaussplot F r Purp Activ Lib 3. con show show showo r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowFieldZoneContourLayer

Calling gpShowFieldZoneContourLayer activates the contour layer in the frame indicated by framenum and then activates or deactivates contour ooding and contour lines in the specied eld zones depending on how showood and showlines are set. If either showood or showlines is an N 1 vector, then each of the eld zones in eldzonenum will be set according to the corresponding element of that vector.

The number of eld zones in a frame is determined by the number of zones in the data le (see Section 1.3.1 for more information). The plot control structure contains information for only those eld zones for which you have specied options; thus there may be fewer eld zones in the plot control structure than in the frame. If you call gpShowFieldZoneContourLayer for a subset of the eld zones in the frame with either showood or showlines set to a scalar one (or a vector of zeros and ones), then it will assume that you want the contour layer to be deactivated for all of the unspecied eld zones in the frame. Therefore, it will deactivate the contour layer for all of the eld zones that are contained in the plot control structure but not specied in the call to gpShowFieldZoneContourLayer.

If you call gpShowFieldZoneContourLayer for a subset of the eld zones in the frame with showood or showlines set to a scalar zero, then it will assume that you want the contour layer to be activated for all of the other eld zones in the frame. In this case, it will not set any options for the unspecied eld zones because, by default, when the contour layer is activated in a frame, then the contour layer is activated for each line map or eld zone in that frame. In this case, contour ooding will be displayed in all of the unspecied frames because that is the default.

Because it is possible that not all of the eld zones that will appear in the frame are contained in the plot control structure, the safest way to use this command is to specify for each eld zone in the frame whether contour ooding and/or contour lines should be activated or deactivated.

To activate or deactivate the contour layer in the frame alone, call gpShowContourLayer.

This command applies ONLY to 2D and 3D Cartesian and 2D and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = { 1,2,3,4,5 }; showflooding = { 1,0,0,1,1 }; showlines = { 0,1,0,1,0 }; ret = gpShowFieldZoneContourLayer(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum, showflooding,showlines);

This example activates contour ooding for the rst, fourth and fth eld zones in the frame and activates contour lines for the second and fourth eld zones.

486 Reference er y 487 , wFieldZoneContourLa gpSho tourLineGroup gpSetCon , dGroup o tourFlo gpSetCon , er y REFERENCE ariable tourLa tourV wCon also COMMAND Source gpcontourplot.src See gpSho 3. gpSetCon 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowFieldZoneMeshLayer

Purpose

Activates or deactivates the mesh layer in the specied eld zone(s).

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpShowFieldZoneMeshLayer(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, activate);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). activate scalar or N 1 vector of ones and zeros:

0 deactivate the mesh layer. 1 activate the mesh layer.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

Calling gpShowFieldZoneMeshLayer activates the mesh layer in the frame indicated by framenum and then activates or deactivates the mesh layer in the specied eld zones depending on how activate is set. If activate is an N 1 vector, then each of the eld zones in eldzonenum will be set according to the corresponding element of activate.

488 Reference er y not 489 are in . with ecify will are er sp assume mesh plots. y will is call er that y to zones it an er la frame the ou will y or is tour y frame t la frame. wFieldZoneMeshLa it zones eld If the a an case, with Con the w ated mesh wMeshLa in that then in eld this ou 3D to in y when The activ ecied frame gpSho frame. command In gpSho ear e the zones and call b ones), the the that of zone unsp this app call zone. 2D in the in eld all default, and kness frame. the use eld will in y should and b eld the for of to the alone, or assume than zones er of y er zeros y that all a in y la w of ecied will la map eld for second frame ecause, sp it frame. b zones subset zones Cartesian line mesh the structure ector the a mesh the safest not ated the v h then of 3D in a in eld the in eld for zones trol the the eac but er er gpSetMeshLineThic y (or er y and the , zero, con y deactiv for ate la la eld subset other zones e of 2D one b a whether plot all ated to the to scalar mesh mesh for eld structure structure, deactiv . a ecied Y of the er not scalar er er y activ the the to y y frame in trol trol a all la will is other unsp ONL 2; it to that set ate con con the it ates for = t all gpSetMeshColor the zones in mesh , set 1; 0; in t plot plot wFieldZoneMeshLa er REFERENCE ated for applies = = y the deactiv ossible ed frame, deactiv eld zone y p t the the a gpShowFieldZoneMeshLayer(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,activate); or argumen activ er Therefore, is an gpSho in in in e = w it eld argumen b ate few options displa ated. h call e ou wFieldZoneMeshLa wMeshLa wFieldZoneMeshLa also y e to example command b y activate framenum fieldzonenum ret ated b frame. an eac ou activ tained tained activate y er COMMAND y y o still ma gpSho activate See gpSho Source gpfieldzone.src Example This 3. the that con set Because gpSho con an activ la If for deactiv T This 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowFieldZoneScatterLayer

Purpose

Activates or deactivates the scatter layer in the specied eld zone(s).

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpShowFieldZoneScatterLayer(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, activate);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). activate scalar or N 1 vector of ones and zeros:

0 deactivate the scatter layer. 1 activate the scatter layer.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

Calling gpShowFieldZoneScatterLayer activates the scatter layer in the frame indicated by framenum and then activates or deactivates the scatter layer in the specied eld zones depending on how activate is set. If activate is an N 1 vector, then each of the eld zones in eldzonenum will be set according to the corresponding element of activate.

490 Reference er y . in er it er y 491 y ecify la the are a sp that assume plots. case, t zones call an frame to an or frame. ou will w is this tour y frame when zones eld the with it If ou In ated wScatterLa in y that wFieldZoneScatterLa Con to the eld in then in activ 3D ecied frame call that default, gpSho e the zones frame. frame. command y b ear zone the b and of gpSho the unsp ones), call the the in this app eld in all 2D e in the assume in eld and should use the for will of or ecause, alone, and zones er will b to of er than y ecied all zones y it y zeros la that a sp la map eld for w of frame zones eld subset then not line the zones a the Cartesian h ated scatter structure ector scatter of safest eld but v in other for zero, gpSetScatterShap eac 3D a eld the , er trol the the er y for the y deactiv (or la and the subset ecied con e ate of scalar a b of a 2D one structure ated }; all whether to unsp plot for all to to . scatter structure, er deactiv trol for er er activ y Y the the y y set not scalar la is the con t frame 1,2,4 in trol a will for it ated ONL { it to that gpSetScatterColor ate con the plot , = zones activ in scatter set er 1; 1; y e t plot argumen the wFieldZoneScatterLa frame, options REFERENCE b applies = = the a deactiv ossible y in eld zone p t to the in gpShowFieldZoneScatterLayer(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,activate); an or er Therefore, is an gpSho er in = w y it eld argumen activate set ate few la tained ated ated. h call e ou wFieldZoneScatterLa wScatterLa wFieldZoneScatterLa also command an b y activate framenum fieldzonenum ret not frame. con eac ou activ tained y COMMAND activ y o activate ma gpSho the are See gpSho Source gpfieldzone.src Example 3. that Because will con gpSho scatter If is with This for deactiv T 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowFieldZoneShadeLayer

Purpose

Activates or deactivates the shade layer in the specied eld zone(s).

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpShowFieldZoneShadeLayer(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, activate);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). activate scalar or N 1 vector of ones and zeros:

0 deactivate the shade layer. 1 activate the shade layer.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

Calling gpShowFieldZoneShadeLayer activates the shade layer in the frame indicated by framenum and then activates or deactivates the shade layer in the specied eld zones depending on how activate is set. If activate is an N 1 vector, then each of the eld zones in eldzonenum will be set according to the corresponding element of activate.

492 Reference er y in are . not 493 with ecify er are y sp assume shade plots. will is that zones an to it er frame the or will y is tour frame t la frame. it eld zones wFieldZoneShadeLa the with a an case, ated Con wShadeLa the w in that then eld in this ou 3D to in activ y when ecied frame ting command gpSho In e gpSho the ear zones b and call the ones), of unsp that zone this call app in 2D eld the all default, the and frame. use eld will in y should for the of and b alone, to the or assume zones er of er y y zeros all that y a in la la w of ecied will eld map for frame ecause, sp it b subset zones zones Cartesian the line shade a the ector ated shade safest not v h of then in 3D a eld for the eld zones the the eac gpUseFieldZoneShadeLigh but er , er y (or and the y zero, deactiv for la ate subset eld e other of b a 2D one whether all ated to to the scalar }; for shade structure structure, . deactiv a ecied er Y of er er not y scalar activ y y the to frame 3,5 la , trol trol a all will is unsp ONL { it to that set ate con con the it for gpSetShadeColor = t the , in shade set 1; 1; er t plot plot wFieldZoneShadeLa REFERENCE ated y for applies = = the deactiv ossible frame, zone p t the the a gpShowFieldZoneShadeLayer(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,activate); or argumen activ Therefore, is an gpSho in in in e = w it eld argumen b ate options ranslucencyEect ated. h call ou wShadeLa wFieldZoneShadeLa wFieldZoneShadeLa also y to command y activate ret framenum fieldzonenum ated frame. an eac ou activ tained tained activate er COMMAND y y o See gpSho Source gpfieldzone.src Example 3. gpUseT con activate set gpSho Because con If an gpSho the that activ la for deactiv T This 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowFieldZoneVectorLayer

Purpose

Activates or deactivates the vector layer in the specied eld zone(s).

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpShowFieldZoneVectorLayer(pgp, framenum, eldzonenum, activate);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldzonenum scalar or N 1 vector, eld zone number(s). activate scalar or N 1 vector of ones and zeros:

0 deactivate the vector layer. 1 activate the vector layer.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

Calling gpShowFieldZoneVectorLayer activates the vector layer in the frame indicated by framenum and then activates or deactivates the vector layer in the specied eld zones depending on how activate is set. If activate is an N 1 vector, then each of the eld zones in eldzonenum will be set according to the corresponding element of activate.

494 Reference er y rLa ecto er . in it are y 495 er ecify la y the are the a sp assume plots. t that call case, zones an in to frame an or frame. ou will w is tour y this frame when ectorLa eld it the zones with If ou wFieldZoneV zones In ated y that wV Con in the in then eld in 3D eld to activ frame ecied that default, frame. gpSho command e zones frame. the y ear gpSho b zone b and the call fth unsp ones), of the call this the app in eld 2D the in all assume eld the in and and use should e will in the or of ecause, for and alone, will b zones to yp er than of y er all it y third zones zeros y that a la map la w of ecied eld for frame the zones ectorT sp eld then line subset ector the zones Cartesian a h the ector v ated structure ector safest only eld v not of v in zero, eac for 3D other a eld the gpSetV for trol the the er , but er for y y the (or er }; deactiv and the ecied con la y subset ate scalar e of la of a b a 2D one ated }; whether unsp plot all to all ector to for to ectorLa . v structure structure, ector deactiv er ectorColor activ for Y er er the the v y set not scalar y y is la the t frame 1,2,3,4,5 in trol trol a will for it the ONL ated { it to that ate con con the gpSetV 0,0,1,0,1 = ector , ectorLa ectorLa zones ates in v set activ 1; { er t plot plot argumen wFieldZoneV y frame, e options REFERENCE applies = = b the a deactiv ossible y activ eld zone p t the the to in gpShowFieldZoneVectorLayer(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,activate); an or er Therefore, is an gpSho in in er = w ectorLa it eld y argumen activate set ate few ated ated. la h call e ou wV wFieldZoneV wFieldZoneV also example command an b y framenum fieldzonenum activate ret not frame. eac ou tained activ tained y COMMAND activ y o ector See gpSho Source gpfieldzone.src Example 3. This ma gpSho frame. activate that the con gpSho If v with Because will con is for This deactiv T 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowLineLayer

Purpose Activates or deactivates the line layer in the specied frame(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpShowLineLayer(pgp, framenum, activate); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar or N 1 vector, frame number(s). activate scalar, one of the following: 0 deactivate the line layer. 1 activate the line layer. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Layers are controlled on two levels: in a frame and in each of the line maps or eld zones in the frame. If a layer is activated in a frame, then it is displayed by default in each line map or eld zone in the frame. If a layer is not activated in a frame, then it is not displayed in any of the line maps or eld zones in the frame, regardless of their specic settings. By default the line layer is activated in frames containing XY Line and Polar Line plots. Calling gpShowLineLayer activates or deactivates the line layer in the specied frame. To activate or deactivate the line layer for a subset of the line maps in a frame, call gpShowLineMapLineLayer. This command applies ONLY to Bar, XY Line, and Polar Line plots. Example framenum = 1; activate = 1; ret = gpShowSymbolLayer(&gp,framenum,activate); activate = 0; ret = gpShowLineLayer(&gp,framenum,activate); Source gplinemap.src See also gpShowLineMapLineLayer, gpAddXYLineFrame, gpSetLineColor

496 Reference er y rLa is an 497 the in it . in y line assume b plots. with eld then their wLineMapBa maps the default will or of maps Bar activate of y it line frame b h of frame, line t indicated de. maps ed ); gpSho eac a the y then co taining in ecied in line regardless then sp con ecied elemen frame displa error activate ones), ated the , is maps the the unsp an of it frame, ector, map(s). in and in h activ frames v onding line the er 1 er in the eac y line y then not of er(s). the la zeros la in in b is N all of of corresp zeros: otherwise linemapnum bar um er bar , an y n and ecied default frame, for the zones la is y and sp a the ector the b a to v subset map in ated If a a the frame eld er. ates ones y ates structure. amenum a ated successful, er. in or line la for fr (or of y ated activate in if , er la trol er activ y deactiv 0 If frame. activ gp bar y er. one p deactiv according la e activ b els: maps er is con ector ector, bar b y de, v v the or er( is set. the lev set um er y bar to 1 1 co n y line in is the e o er scalar plot la b y ate er w ates a a t the y la the ate N N la a zone to to bar on will return frame of or or activ If ates y activate bar deactiv activ set ter eld The t wLineMapBarLa an w REFERENCE oin then the or trolled 0 1 p scalar, scalar scalar, scalar ho in wLineMapBarLa t deactiv frame. wLineMapBarLa con ed on an gpSho and or y map w the linemapnum argumen settings. gpSho rks are ry ose call in ou in gpSho ates line y displa ra ers ending ou = rmat h COMMAND y y ecic o amenum amenum et gp et sp not eac zones Calling Output Rema La Input gaussplot F r Purp Activ Lib 3. fr maps dep If activate that activate r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowLineMapBarLayer frame. Therefore, it will deactivate the bar layer for all of the line maps that are not specied in the call to gpShowLineMapBarLayer.

If you call gpShowLineMapBarLayer for a subset of the line maps in the frame with an activate argument set to a scalar zero, then it will assume that you want the bar layer to be activated for all of the other line maps in the frame. In this case, it will not set any options for the unspecied line maps because, by default, when a layer is activated in a frame, it is activated for each line map or eld zone in that frame.

To activate or deactivate the bar layer in the frame alone, call gpShowBarLayer.

This command applies ONLY to Bar and XY Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; linemapnum = { 1,4,5 }; activate = 0; ret = gpShowLineMapBarLayer(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,activate);

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpAddBarFrame, gpShowBarLayer, gpSetBarColor

498 Reference er y rLa rBa is 499 in it it ecied the eld frame then their onding then ector, unsp in v default or of ); frame the 1 y er b the y in frame, wLineMapErro the ones), la corresp de. of maps ed N a y in co activate all in bar the and an , maps er line regardless y is to map(s). for displa la gpSho error ated the line error zeros is line an of bar it ated default. of frame, the the h activ y activate of b linemapnum the eac according If error then not , ates er(s). ector ecied in deactiv v in b is sp ated set e a the zeros: otherwise set. b e subset um er y n b and is a frame, the er. (or to deactiv zones activ la y ates and a amenum er. in a la er for fr or er will y map y in one , If er la frame eld la er activ y ones nev gp bar structure. y a activate p ates la successful, or line er is of bar ated bar y in if w er( scalar trol er y 0 bar frame. ho error activ a er. y activ b els: maps la con ector ector, error error to de, on v v the linemapnum is the lev um error 1 1 co then n line bar in the o in set er the plot y ate w t t a t the la and the ate N N ending an a zone to error on w return frame maps of or or If ates dep y deactiv activ . ter ou eld The y line argumen wLineMapErrorBarLa an REFERENCE oin amenum or trolled 0 1 p scalar, scalar scalar, scalar in wLineMapErrorBarLa maps fr the deactiv frame. that wLineMapErrorBarLa y activate con ed gpSho of or b y map line the of activate h settings. gpSho rks are t ry ose call in gpSho ates eac an line assume displa ra ers ou = rmat h COMMAND y y ecic ecied o amenum et gp et sp Calling with not eac then zones sp indicated elemen If Rema Output La Input gaussplot F r Purp Activ Lib 3. will activate r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowLineMapErrorBarLayer line maps in the frame. Therefore, it will deactivate the error bar layer for all of the line maps that are not specied in the call to gpShowLineMapErrorBarLayer.

If you call gpShowLineMapErrorBarLayer for a subset of the line maps in the frame with an activate argument set to a scalar zero, then it will assume that you want the error bar layer to be activated for all of the other line maps in the frame. In this case, it will not set any options for the unspecied line maps because, by default, when a layer is activated in a frame, it is activated for each line map or eld zone in that frame.

To activate or deactivate the error bar layer in the frame alone, call gpShowErrorBarLayer.

This command applies ONLY to Bar and XY Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; linemapnum = { 2,5 }; activate = 1; ret = gpShowLineMapErrorBarLayer(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,activate);

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpShowErrorBarLayer, gpSetErrorBarColor, gpSetErrorBarSize

500 Reference er y is an the 501 in it . y in line b assume olar with eld P then their maps the wLineMapLineLa default will or of maps activate of y and it line frame b h of frame, line indicated t ); de. maps ed eac the a Line y gpSho then co in in ecied line regardless frame XY sp then ecied elemen displa activate error ones), ated the , maps the is the unsp an of it map(s). in frame, ector, in and h activ taining v line onding the er er 1 y y the eac line con then of not the la er(s). la zeros in in b is of N all of corresp linemapnum zeros: otherwise line line um er , ecied an y n and for frames frame, the zones la sp is and the a the ector in a subset to v map in ated a If the a er. frame eld ates ates ones amenum y structure. ated a er. in successful, fr for la or line (or y of ated , activate in if er la er activ trol y deactiv gp 0 If y activ frame. line er. p one la e deactiv according er activ b els: maps is con b ector ector, line y de, er( v v the or is set. the y lev er set um to line 1 1 co y n line in is the e o er scalar plot la er b y ate w ates a a t y the la the ate N N la a zone to to line on will return frame of or or activ If ates y activate line deactiv activ set ter eld The t wLineMapLineLa an w REFERENCE oin then the or trolled 0 1 p scalar, scalar scalar, scalar ho in wLineMapLineLa default. t deactiv frame. wLineMapLineLa y con ed on an and gpSho b or y map w the linemapnum argumen settings. gpSho rks are ry ose call in ou in gpSho ates line plots y displa ra ers ending = ou rmat h COMMAND y y ecic o amenum amenum et gp et fr maps Calling dep Line sp activate If not eac zones Rema Output La Input gaussplot F r Purp Activ Lib 3. that activate r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowLineMapLineLayer frame. Therefore, it will deactivate the line layer for all of the line maps that are not specied in the call to gpShowLineMapLineLayer.

If you call gpShowLineMapLineLayer for a subset of the line maps in the frame with an activate argument set to a scalar zero, then it will assume that you want the line layer to be activated for all of the other line maps in the frame. In this case, it will not set any options for the unspecied line maps because, by default, when a layer is activated in a frame, it is activated for each line map or eld zone in that frame.

To activate or deactivate the line layer in the frame alone, call gpShowLineLayer.

This command applies ONLY to Bar, XY Line, and Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; linemapnum = { 1,4,5 }; activate = 0; ret = gpShowLineMapLineLayer(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,activate);

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpAddXYLineFrame, gpShowLineLayer, gpSetLineColor

502 Reference er y olLa . is 503 in it the with line of line will activate eld h then their indicated it frame of default or ecied of eac t y ); ecied b wLineMapSymb the then frame, frame sp unsp then de. in maps ed a y elemen co the the the in activate ones), line regardless in in of , gpSho maps ector, displa v error er er ated map(s). the and all 1 y y is onding line la an la of it frame, for line h activ ol ol default. N the zeros b b y the eac corresp b of then not of an ated er(s). linemapnum in sym in sym b , is is ecied the zeros: otherwise sp ated um er the the ector y n and to subset frame, v deactiv zones la and a the a a er. e activ a y ates ates b amenum activate map er. in in la If for fr er (or y frame eld If to ones , er structure. la ol a er activ successful, y or line nev gp b er y of ated according one ol p la y in if deactiv set. er is b trol la y 0 frame. ol sym er( er. is set or olLa er b y activ b ol els: maps b e y con ector ector, sym b de, v v b scalar olLa the la is the lev um b sym ates 1 1 co a olLa n line in the o ol er b plot sym y b will ate w to activate a t the la the activ ate N N the w a zone to sym set on return frame t of or or t ho If ates y deactiv activ an ter then eld The w on wLineMapSym an REFERENCE oin or trolled 0 1 p scalar, scalar scalar, scalar in ou and wLineMapSym linemapnum y deactiv frame. wLineMapSym argumen con ed gpSho in or y ending map the settings. that gpSho rks are ry ose call in dep gpSho ates line amenum maps displa ra ers ou = rmat fr activate h COMMAND y y ecic o amenum y et gp et sp Calling not maps eac b zones Output Rema La Input gaussplot F r Purp Activ Lib 3. line If assume an activate r p fr linemapnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowLineMapSymbolLayer maps in the frame. Therefore, it will deactivate the symbol layer for all of the line maps that are not specied in the call to gpShowLineMapSymbolLayer.

If you call gpShowLineMapSymbolLayer for a subset of the line maps in the frame with an activate argument set to a scalar zero, then it will assume that you want the symbol layer to be activated for all of the other line maps in the frame. In this case, it will not set any options for the unspecied line maps because, by default, when a layer is activated in a frame, it is activated for each line map or eld zone in that frame.

To activate or deactivate the symbol layer in the frame alone, call gpShowSymbolLayer.

This command applies ONLY to Bar, XY Line, and Polar Line plots.

Example

framenum = 1; linemapnum = { 1,4,5 }; activate = 1; ret = gpShowLineMapSymbolLayer(&gp,framenum,linemapnum,activate);

Source gplinemap.src

See also gpShowSymbolLayer, gpSetSymbolColor, gpSetSymbolShape

504 Reference er y wMeshLa is 505 in it plots. a plots. gpSho eld then their in default or of ecied tour y sp b zones frame, Cartesian Con de. maps ed a the y co 3D 3D kness in eld in line regardless er and and displa the y error ated the la is of 2D 2D an of it frame, h activ frame(s). and mesh the eac subset then not taining in a in the is er(s). ); otherwise ecied con b er for gpSetMeshLineThic y and ates , sp frame, zones er la um Cartesian a y n a la the er. in activate frames 3D If y frame eld , er. in . deactiv la structure. y a in successful, or er frame er la and mesh or ated y wing: in if y trol la 0 frame. ated mesh 2D the ates activ follo els: maps amenum con ector, mesh de, to v fr the gpSetMeshColor is the lev ate activ , , mesh 1 co the Y line in activ the o er plot gp is er y ate w p of y a t the er la er the ate N y ONL y er( a zone to deactiv on y return one la of or If ates or y deactiv activ ter 1; 0; eld wFieldZoneMeshLa an REFERENCE applies = = oin ate mesh or trolled 0 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar in wMeshLa deactiv frame. gpShowMeshLayer(&gp,framenum,activate); wMeshLa the gpSho con ed activ or y = map the o settings. gpSho rks T are call ry ose in wFieldZoneMeshLa gpSho also ates command line framenum activate ret displa ra ers default = rmat h COMMAND y ecic o amenum et gp et Calling frame. By frame, sp This not eac zones Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSho Example Output Rema La gaussplot F r Input Purp Activ Lib 3. activate r p fr 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowPolarAxes

Purpose Species which of the polar axes are to be displayed in a frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpShowPolarAxes(pgp, framenum, showtheta, showr); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. showtheta scalar, one of the following: 0 do not display the Theta-axis. 1 display the Theta-axis. showr scalar, one of the following: 0 do not display the R-axis. 1 display the R-axis. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, both the Theta and R axes are displayed. This command applies ONLY to frames that contain Polar Line plots. Example framenum = 1; showtheta = 1; showr = 0; ret = gpShowPolarAxes(&gp,framenum,showtheta,showr); Source gppolarlineplot.src See also gpSetPolarAxesTitles

506 Reference er y is or wScatterLa 507 in it . ates scatter plots. er eld then y their the gpSho default activ or of tour y er ate b y frame, Con de. maps ed a e y co 3D in deactiv line regardless or and displa error ated the wScatterLa is 2D ate an of it frame, frame(s). wFieldZoneScatterLa h activ and gpSho activ the eac then not o in gpSetScatterShap T in gpSho ); is ecied , er(s). otherwise b er sp Calling y call and frame, zones la um Cartesian a frame. the n er. a activate y , in er. in 3D If la frame eld y frame, structure. er a la default. successful, a or y frame ecied and y ated wing: in if la b in sp trol 0 frame. amenum scatter 2D activ follo fr els: maps gpSetScatterColor con ector, scatter the , ated de, to , v the is the zones lev in scatter gp er 1 co the Y line in p the y o er plot er y activ ate w of a t y the eld er( la the ate N y ONL er la a zone to on return one of or the If ates nev y deactiv activ ter 1; 1; of is eld an REFERENCE scatter applies = = oin er or trolled 0 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar in y deactiv frame. la gpShowScatterLayer(&gp,framenum,activate); wScatterLa the con ed subset or y = map a the settings. rks are ates ry ose in wFieldZoneScatterLa gpSho also for ates command line framenum activate ret scatter displa ra ers = rmat h er COMMAND y ecic o y amenum et gp et The sp not deactiv eac zones Source gpfieldzone.src See gpSho Example Output Rema La gaussplot F r Input Purp Activ Lib 3. la This activate r p fr 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowShadeLayer

Purpose Activates or deactivates the shade layer in the specied frame(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpShowShadeLayer(pgp, framenum, activate); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar or N 1 vector, frame number(s). activate scalar, one of the following: 0 deactivate the shade layer. 1 activate the shade layer. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Layers are controlled on two levels: in a frame and in each of the line maps or eld zones in the frame. If a layer is activated in a frame, then it is displayed by default in each line map or eld zone in the frame. If a layer is not activated in a frame, then it is not displayed in any of the line maps or eld zones in the frame, regardless of their specic settings. The shade layer is never activated by default. Calling gpShowShadeLayer activates or deactivates the shade layer in the specied frame. To activate or deactivate the shade layer for a subset of the eld zones in a frame, call gpShowFieldZoneShadeLayer. This command applies ONLY to 2D and 3D Cartesian and 2D and 3D Contour plots. Example framenum = 1; activate = 1; ret = gpShowShadeLayer(&gp,framenum,activate); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpShowFieldZoneShadeLayer, gpSetShadeColor, gpUseFieldZoneShadeLighting, gpUseTranslucencyEect

508 Reference er y olLa . is er wSymb 509 in it y ates the olLa eld then their b activ ate gpSho default or of er y y b frame, de. maps ed a deactiv olLa y e co b in or line regardless wLineMapSym displa plots. ate error olShap ated the wSym is b an of it activ frame, Line frame(s). gpSho h activ o gpSho T the eac olar then call not P in in ); gpSetSym is ecied er(s). , otherwise sp b er Calling frame. and y and frame, frame, zones la um a the a er. n activate a y Line olColor , in er. in in la If b y frame ecied eld default. er structure. la ol a sp XY successful, y or frame b y ated ol la b wing: in if maps b trol the 0 frame. ol amenum sym Bar, b fr activ follo els: maps in line con ector, sym ated gpSetSym , de, to v the is the , er lev gp sym 1 co the y Y the line er p in the o er plot activ y la y ate w of of a t er( the la er ol the ate y N ONL b a zone olLa to on return one of b or nev If ates olLa y deactiv activ ter sym subset is 1; 1; b eld an a REFERENCE applies = = oin er the or trolled y 0 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar in for deactiv frame. la gpShowSymbolLayer(&gp,framenum,activate); wSym con ed er or ol y ates = y map the b settings. la rks are ry ose in wLineMapSym gpSho also ates ol command line framenum activate ret sym displa ra b ers = rmat h deactiv COMMAND y ecic o amenum et gp et This The sp or sym not eac zones Source gplinemap.src See gpSho Example Output Rema La gaussplot F r Input Purp Activ Lib 3. activate r p fr 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowVectorLayer

Purpose Activates or deactivates the vector layer in the specied frame(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpShowVectorLayer(pgp, framenum, activate); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar or N 1 vector, frame number(s). activate scalar, one of the following: 0 deactivate the vector layer. 1 activate the vector layer. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Layers are controlled on two levels: in a frame and in each of the line maps or eld zones in the frame. If a layer is activated in a frame, then it is displayed by default in each line map or eld zone in the frame. If a layer is not activated in a frame, then it is not displayed in any of the line maps or eld zones in the frame, regardless of their specic settings. The vector layer is never activated by default. Calling gpShowVectorLayer activates or deactivates the vector layer in the specied frame. To activate or deactivate the vector layer for a subset of the eld zones in a frame, call gpShowFieldZoneVectorLayer. This command applies ONLY to 2D and 3D Cartesian and 2D and 3D Contour plots. Example framenum = 1; activate = 1; ret = gpShowVectorLayer(&gp,framenum,activate); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpShowFieldZoneVectorLayer, gpSetVectorVariables, gpSetVectorColor

510 Reference wXAxis gpSho y b 511 an that o T ed to y frames used. maps displa y b are line axisnum are de. y co only a The w more Y-axis used error or this is one an frame. in one it gpSetXAxisTitle a , and in link and er. ); added b to frame. for, axes otherwise X-axis um are a n Y showx set in , one is that and X-axis X structure. gpSetXAxisColor axes successful, e X-axis 5, , axisnum option default, wing: if X v , an trol 0 X-axis. er. to the By of follo b y con gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, y up um co the n w amenum plot call X-axis. plots. displa X-axis of axisnum than fr a ositionXAxis displa y , allo h to not gp one return 1 frame Line axes, gpP p ates , whic do displa X ter plots 1; greater XY 1; REFERENCE 0; = oin = 0 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, = Line deactiv ered and ecies gpShowXAxis(&gp,framenum,axisnum,noshow); wXAxis( b sp or = XY t um Bar additional rks n ry ose gpSho also y ates ret noshow framenum axisnum and ra = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetLineMapAxes Example Rema Output Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Activ Lib 3. argumen displa con X-axis default. showx r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowXAxisGridLines

Purpose Activates or deactivates display of X-axis major gridlines in a frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpShowXAxisGridLines(pgp, framenum, axisnum, showgl); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, X-axis number. showgl scalar, one of the following: 0 do not display X-axis major gridlines. 1 display X-axis major gridlines. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which X-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional X axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to an X-axis numbered greater than one. X axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. By default, major gridlines are displayed only in 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; show = 1; ret = gpShowXAxisGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); Source gp.src See also gpShowXAxis, gpShowXAxisMinorGridLines, gpSetXAxisGridLineColor

512 Reference rGridLines y b 513 an that o T ed to y frames used. maps displa y wXAxisMino b are line axisnum are de. ); y co only a The w more gpSho Y-axis used error or showgl frame. this , a is one an frame. in one it in a and in link and axisnum er. added b , to for, axes otherwise X-axis gridlines um are gridlines. n Y set one is that amenum ed. and minor fr y minor gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineColor gridlines. X-axis , X structure. , axes successful, e gp 5, p option default, wing: if X v displa X-axis trol 0 X-axis minor er. to the By of follo b y not con gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, y up um co the n are w plot call X-axis plots. displa X-axis axisnum of than a displa y allo h to not return one 1 wXAxisGridLines frame Line axes, ates whic displa do X gridlines ter plots 1; greater XY 1; REFERENCE = oin gpSho = 1 0 p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, , 1; Line deactiv ered and ecies gpShowXAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); wXAxisMinorGridLines( minor b = sp or = XY t um Bar additional rks n ry ose wXAxis gpSho also y ates ret show framenum axisnum and ra default, = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSho Example Output Rema Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Activ Lib 3. argumen displa con X-axis default. By showgl r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowYAxis

Purpose Activates or deactivates display of a Y-axis in a frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpShowYAxis(pgp, framenum, axisnum, showy); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, Y-axis number. showy scalar, one of the following: 0 do not display Y-axis. 1 display Y-axis. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which Y-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional Y axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to a Y-axis numbered greater than one. Y axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; noshow = 0; ret = gpShowYAxis(&gp,framenum,axisnum,noshow); Source gp.src See also gpSetLineMapAxes, gpPositionYAxis, gpSetYAxisColor, gpSetYAxisTitle

514 Reference AxisGridLines y b 515 a that o wY T ed to y plots. frames used. maps tour displa y gpSho b are Con line axisnum are de. y co only 3D a The w more Y-axis and used ); error or frame. this a is one an frame. in one it in a showgl and , in link and AxisGridLineColor er. Cartesian added b to for, axes otherwise 3D X-axis gridlines um are gridlines. n Y in axisnum gpSetY set jor , , one jor is that and ma only ma gridlines. Y-axis X structure. ed axes successful, e 5, y jor option amenum default, wing: if Y v fr Y-axis trol 0 Y-axis , ma er. to the By of follo b y displa gp con gpSetLineMapAxes one. de, p y up um co the are n w plot call Y-axis plots. displa Y-axis axisnum of than a displa y AxisMinorGridLines allo h to not return one 1 frame Line wY axes, ates whic displa do gridlines Y ter plots 1; greater XY 1; REFERENCE = oin AxisGridLines( gpSho jor = 1 0 p scalar, scalar, scalar, scalar, , 1; Line deactiv ered and ecies gpShowYAxisGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); wY ma b = sp or = Axis XY t um Bar additional rks n ry ose wY gpSho also y ates ret show framenum axisnum and ra default, = tain rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSho Example Output Rema Bar gaussplot F r Input Purp Activ Lib 3. argumen displa con Y-axis default. By showgl r p fr axisnum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowYAxisMinorGridLines

Purpose Activates or deactivates display of Y-axis minor gridlines in a frame. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpShowYAxisMinorGridLines(pgp, framenum, axisnum, showgl); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. axisnum scalar, 1 axisnum 5, Y-axis number. showgl scalar, one of the following: 0 do not display Y-axis minor gridlines. 1 display Y-axis minor gridlines. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks Bar and XY Line plots allow up to ve X and Y axes in a frame. The axisnum argument species which Y-axis the option is set for, and it is used only by frames that contain Bar and XY Line plots. By default, one X-axis and one Y-axis are used. To display additional Y axes, call gpSetLineMapAxes to link one or more line maps to a Y-axis numbered greater than one. Y axes that are added in this way are displayed by default. By default, minor gridlines are not displayed. Example framenum = 1; axisnum = 1; show = 1; ret = gpShowYAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,axisnum,show); Source gp.src See also gpShowYAxis, gpShowYAxisGridLines, gpSetYAxisMinorGridLineColor

516 Reference wZAxis gpSho 517 3D and de. Cartesian co 3D to error an only tationAxis applies frame. otherwise a in ); w3DOrien command structure. Z-axis successful, showz wing: gpSho if , the trol This , 0 Z-axis. er. of follo b y con ed. de, y y um co the n plot amenum Z-axis. displa of fr a displa y displa , to not gp one return frame p are ates do displa ter gpSetZAxisTitle 1; , REFERENCE 0; = oin axes 0 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar, = deactiv gpShowZAxis(&gp,framenum,noshow); wZAxis( all or = plots. rks ry ose gpSho also ates framenum noshow ret ra tour default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSetZAxisColor Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Activ Lib 3. Con r p fr showz 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpShowZAxisGridLines

Purpose

Activates or deactivates display of Z-axis major gridlines in a frame.

Library gaussplot

Format ret = gpShowZAxisGridLines(pgp, framenum, showgl);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number. showgl scalar, one of the following:

0 do not display Z-axis major gridlines. 1 display Z-axis major gridlines.

Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code.

Remarks

By default, major gridlines are displayed in 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 1; noshow = 0; ret = gpShowZAxisGridLines(&gp,framenum,show);

Source gp.src

See also gpShowZAxis, gpShowZAxisMinorGridLines, gpSetZAxisGridLineColor

518 Reference rGridLines 519 wZAxisMino de. co gpSho error frame. a an ); in showgl , otherwise gridlines gridlines. amenum ed. minor y fr minor gridlines. gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineColor , structure. , successful, gp p wing: if displa Z-axis trol 0 Z-axis er. minor of follo b y not con de, y um co the n are plot Z-axis displa of a displa y to not return one frame wZAxisGridLines ates do displa gridlines ter 1; REFERENCE = oin gpSho 0 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar, , 1; deactiv gpShowZAxisMinorGridLines(&gp,framenum,show); wZAxisMinorGridLines( minor = or = rks ry ose wZAxis gpSho also ates framenum show ret ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpSho Example Rema Output By Input gaussplot F r Purp Activ Lib 3. r p fr showgl 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpUse3DPerspective

Purpose Activates 3D perspective in a frame so that the shape of the plotted data is dependent on the specied eld of view angle. Library gaussplot Format ret = gpUse3DPerspective(pgp, framenum, eldview); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar, frame number.

eldview scalar, 0 or 5.72958e 9 fieldview 180, eld of view angle. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks By default, 3D perspective is not used. If eldview is set to 0, then 3D perspective is activated with a default eld of view angle, which is calculated by GAUSSplot. As the eld of view angle increases, the size of the plot in the frame will decrease, and as the eld of view angle decreases, the size of the plot will increase. To change the size of the plot in the frame without changing the eld of view angle (providing that 3D perspective is activated), call gpSet3DViewDistance or gpSet3DViewerPosition. They change the apparent size of the plot by allowing you to specify the distance between the viewer and the plot. This command applies ONLY to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots. Example framenum = 1; fieldviewangle = 45; ret = gpUse3DPerspective(&gp,framenum,fieldviewangle); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpSet3DViewDistance, gpSet3DViewerPosition

520 Reference of is in in 521 y data ector, 3D an shade zones v eld ting onding eect 1 in the eect ); and and eld ligh in ed tains y ting N ting ecied corresp the tour con tour an ligh sp de. ligh zones activate of displa is con , the co con h of the Cartesian the er. the to y are If oth er eac er. in la b 3D b ates y error structure in er ates la ting gpUseFieldZoneContourLighting activate y um an n tour la then If trol and ligh activ tour default. deactiv taining eldzonenum con according settings. the con y , er(s). set. tour or y b con b con ting b set is the frame, frame shade con e plot ecic um a zeros: otherwise the a ates b n for sp frame in nor in the amenum for The frames and will fr activ tourLigh zone activate for the , in els: eect their tour ated w gp in determined ones eect p lev of structure. then con ho successful, eld is o ated ting of eect activ if w t on ting zone trol ting( is and 0 ligh er. activ ting b on ector, con ector ligh frame information). eldzonenum v neither de, v is eld the a um 1 regardless ligh eect 1 co in h ending n the plot in tourLigh ate then more amenum a eac trolled the eect dep N ting ate N fr gpUseFieldZoneCon in to zones for frame, y con return frame or or zones b ligh ates ting ed is deactiv activ . ter frame, zones y the eld a 1.3.1 REFERENCE the ligh eld oin Calling in scalar 0 1 p scalar, scalar scalar, If in eld of eect the deactiv displa the activate indicated of er or b plots. zones ated of are h ting Section rks t ry ose frame. ecied gpUseFieldZoneCon um ates eac n ligh ra activ tour frame eld sp (see ting default, = rmat COMMAND the o amenum et gp et not le By the the ligh elemen The then the Con zone(s). in Output Rema The Input gaussplot F r Purp Activ Lib 3. activate r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpUseFieldZoneContourLighting information for only those eld zones for which you have specied options; thus there may be fewer eld zones in the plot control structure than in the frame. If you call gpUseFieldZoneContourLighting for a subset of the eld zones in the frame with an activate argument set to a scalar one (or a vector of zeros and ones), then it will assume that you want contour lighting to be deactivated for all of the unspecied eld zones in the frame. Therefore, it will deactivate contour lighting for all of the eld zones that are contained in the plot control structure but not specied in the call to gpUseFieldZoneContourLighting.

If you call gpUseFieldZoneContourLighting for a subset of the eld zones in the frame with an activate argument set to a scalar zero, then it will assume that you want contour lighting to be activated for all of the other eld zones in the frame. In this case, it will not set any options for the unspecied eld zones because, by default, when the lighting eect is activated in a frame, both contour and shade lighting are displayed in each eld zone in that frame.

Because it is possible that not all of the eld zones that will appear in the frame are contained in the plot control structure, the safest way to use this command is to specify for each eld zone in the frame whether contour lighting should be activated or deactivated.

Call gpUseLightingEect to activate or deactivate the lighting eect for the frame.

This command applies ONLY to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; activate = 0; ret = gpUseFieldZoneContourLighting(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,activate);

Source gpfieldzone.src

See also gpUseLightingEect, gpUseFieldZoneShadeLighting, gpSetLightingEect

522 Reference of is the 523 y data in 3D an shade the zones onding eect in the in ector, eld v and and eld in ed eect 1 tains ); y ting ting corresp the tour con ting ligh ecied N de. ligh zones of displa con sp the co ligh h activate an of the Cartesian , to are is the If oth er er. eac shade the b 3D y b gpUseFieldZoneShadeLighting error er. in structure in la y ting um er la an ates ates n y then trol and ligh activate la default. taining shade according settings. the con If activ y er(s). eldzonenum y b shade b con deactiv b , set the frame, frame shade shade set. e plot ting ecic um or a zeros: otherwise the a b n for is sp frame in nor in the for The frames and ates will amenum zone for the in els: eect fr their tour ated , in determined activ ones eect lev of activate structure. con gp successful, eld is o ated p ting of eect w activ if w t ting zone trol then is ho 0 ligh er. activ ting( ting b on ector, con ector ligh on frame information). eldzonenum v neither de, and v is eld the a um 1 regardless ligh eect 1 co in h n the plot in ate then more a eac trolled the eect ending N ting ate N gpUseFieldZoneShadeLigh in to zones for frame, con return frame amenum or or zones dep ligh ates fr ting ed is deactiv activ . ter frame, y the y eld a b 1.3.1 REFERENCE the ligh eld oin Calling in scalar 0 1 p scalar, scalar scalar, zones If in of eect the deactiv displa the activate of er or eld b plots. zones ated of are h ting Section rks t ry ose frame. indicated gpUseFieldZoneShadeLigh um ates eac ligh n ra activ tour eld (see ting default, = rmat COMMAND the ecied o amenum et gp et not By ligh zone(s). the Con frame in le Output Rema The Input gaussplot F r Purp Activ Lib 3. sp elemen The then activate r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpUseFieldZoneShadeLighting information for only those eld zones for which you have specied options; thus there may be fewer eld zones in the plot control structure than in the frame. If you call gpUseFieldZoneShadeLighting for a subset of the eld zones in the frame with an activate argument set to a scalar one (or a vector of zeros and ones), then it will assume that you want shade lighting to be deactivated for all of the unspecied eld zones in the frame. Therefore, it will deactivate shade lighting for all of the eld zones that are contained in the plot control structure but not specied in the call to gpUseFieldZoneShadeLighting.

If you call gpUseFieldZoneShadeLighting for a subset of the eld zones in the frame with an activate argument set to a scalar zero, then it will assume that you want shade lighting to be activated for all of the other eld zones in the frame. In this case, it will not set any options for the unspecied eld zones because, by default, when the lighting eect is activated in a frame, both contour and shade lighting are displayed in each eld zone in that frame.

Call gpUseLightingEect to activate or deactivate the lighting eect for the frame.

This command applies ONLY to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = 2; activate = 0; ret = gpUseFieldZoneShadeLighting(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,activate);

Source gpfieldzone.src

See also gpUseLightingEect, gpUseFieldZoneContourLighting, gpSetLightingEect

524 Reference ranslucency 525 eld then data eld and h a If set the the eac e in ecic b in the frame, in set. in sp tains ers a ); is y ed will Cartesian con ates in y la zones de. translucency their zones zone(s). 3D co of of ated tour activate the displa eld activate gpUseFieldZoneT , deactiv er eld is b con w error structure or activ the ates it taining ho um an of n eldzonenum and trol not ecied ates con on h activ regardless then in is sp the con eac er(s). y activ b shade eldzonenum b in the , . zones frames of ending frame, plot eect um zeros: otherwise frame, n for then a in and eect. dep the eld The and in eect. ranslucency in zone and activate amenum ated eect the fr frame of zones determined ones ated , structure. a of t successful, eld is activ of zones gp h translucency translucency if p in is eld activ trol 0 amenum translucency eac er. is the the eld fr b els: ector, elemen con ector translucency frame information). v de, v y If the a eect lev b um 1 translucency 1 co then the ecied n trols the o gpUseFieldZoneT plot in eect sp ate of w more a t the onding con N y ate N ranslucency( to the ector, for on default. return frame an or v or zones ates y in Calling indicated 1 activ deactiv in ter b eect corresp 1.3.1 REFERENCE translucency eld ed oin scalar y trolled 1 0 p scalar, scalar scalar, N translucency eect the of deactiv frame plots. the frame con an er to or the b the displa is is Section the rks tour If ry ose It in gpUseFieldZoneT um ates in translucency n not ra (see Con default, = rmat COMMAND is o amenum et gp et settings. By 3D it zone eect frame. translucency activate according zone. le Rema Output The gaussplot F r Input Purp Activ Lib 3. The activate r p fr eldzonenum 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpUseFieldZoneTranslucency information for only those eld zones for which you have specied options; thus there may be fewer eld zones in the plot control structure than in the frame. If you call gpUseFieldZoneTranslucency for a subset of the eld zones in the frame with an activate argument set to a scalar one (or a vector of zeros and ones), then it will assume that you want the translucency eect to be deactivated for all of the unspecied eld zones in the frame. Therefore, it will deactivate the translucency eect for all of the eld zones that are contained in the plot control structure but not specied in the call to gpUseFieldZoneTranslucency.

If you call gpUseFieldZoneTranslucency for a subset of the eld zones in the frame with an activate argument set to a scalar zero, then it will assume that you want the translucency eect to be activated for all of the other eld zones in the frame. In this case, it will not set any options for the unspecied eld zones because, by default, when the translucency eect is activated in a frame, it is displayed in each eld zone in that frame.

Call gpUseTranslucencyEect to activate or deactivate the translucency eect for the frame.

This command applies ONLY to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots.

Example

framenum = 1; fieldzonenum = { 1,2 }; activate = { 0,1 }; ret = gpUseFieldZoneTranslucency(&gp,framenum,fieldzonenum,activate);

This example activates the translucency eect in the second eld zone in the rst frame.

Source gpfieldzone.src

See also gpUseTranslucencyEect, gpSetTranslucency

526 Reference 527 3D gpUseGridAreaLighting taining de. call co con frame. or plots. a error of frames lled, an tour e ); of area b Con to grid 3D areas otherwise area the and uselighting grid , in grid the color. shading. the in structure. ll t successful, amenum Cartesian shading wing: an if fr source the shading. used trol w 0 , t er. 3D is b follo gp con p de, not to ligh source um hange co t the Y source n c plots. do plot t ting( use of to a ligh shading ou ONL y ligh tour to not 0; return frame one if ates = use do ter Con 1; source gpSetGridAreaFillColor REFERENCE applies = t oin , 3D 0 1 p scalar, scalar, scalar, deactiv gpUseGridAreaLighting(&gp,framenum,uselighting); ligh and or = rks ry ose gpUseGridAreaLigh also ates command gpFillGridArea ret framenum uselighting ra default, = rmat COMMAND o amenum et gp et Source gp.src See gpFillGridArea Example Output Rema By gaussplot F r Input Purp Activ Lib 3. This Cartesian Call gpSetGridAreaFillColor r p fr uselighting 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpUseLightingEect

Purpose Activates or deactivates the lighting eect in the specied frame(s). Library gaussplot Format ret = gpUseLightingEect(pgp, framenum, activate); Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. framenum scalar or N 1 vector, frame number(s). activate scalar, one of the following: 0 deactivate the lighting eect. 1 activate the lighting eect. Output ret scalar, return code, 0 if successful, otherwise an error code. Remarks The lighting eect is controlled on two levels: in a frame and in each of the eld zones in the frame. If the lighting eect is activated in a frame, then both contour and shade lighting are displayed in each eld zone in the frame by default. If the lighting eect is not activated in a frame, then neither contour nor shade lighting are displayed in any of the eld zones in the frame, regardless of their specic settings. By default the lighting eect is activated in frames containing 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots. Calling gpUseLightingEect activates or deactivates the lighting eect in the specied frame. To activate or deactivate shade or contour lighting for a subset of the eld zones in a frame, call gpUseFieldZoneContourLighting or gpUseFieldZoneShadeLighting. This command applies ONLY to 3D Cartesian and 3D Contour plots. Example framenum = 1; activate = 0; ret = gpUseLightingEffect(&gp,framenum,activate); Source gpfieldzone.src See also gpUseFieldZoneContourLighting, gpUseFieldZoneShadeLighting, gpSetLightingEect

528 Reference 529 eld then eld and h . ranslucencyEect a the eac in ecic the in frame, in sp ers a y ed ates translucency in y la Cartesian zones gpUseT de. their ranslucency co the 3D of ated tour displa eld deactiv plots. ate frame(s). is con error or activ the it taining an tour of and not ates deactiv h regardless ecied con then ); is Con sp or eac activ shade gpUseFieldZoneT 3D in ate the of er(s). frame, eect frames otherwise frame, b activate in call a and and eect. in , the activ um in eect. n o in T eect ated frame, frame ated structure. a a successful, amenum frame ranslucency zones Cartesian activ fr translucency wing: translucency if in in , frame. activ trol is ranslucencyEect 0 translucency 3D gp is the the eld follo p els: con ector, translucency gpSetT de, to v If zones the , lev translucency eect 1 co the ecied the Y trols the o gpUseT plot eect sp ate of of w eld a t the con y ate N ONL to the on default. return one an the or ates y in Calling activ deactiv in ter of b 1; 1; eect ranslucency REFERENCE applies = = ed oin translucency y trolled 1 0 p scalar, scalar, scalar ranslucencyEect( translucency eect deactiv plots. gpUseTranslucencyEffect(&gp,framenum,activate); frame subset the con or = the a displa is the rks tour If ry ose It for gpUseT also ates command in framenum activate ret translucency not ra Con default = rmat COMMAND is o amenum et gp et settings. By 3D it translucency zone frame. eect zone. This Source gpfieldzone.src See gpUseFieldZoneT Example Rema The Output gaussplot F r Input Purp Activ Lib 3. activate r p fr 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpWait

Purpose

Species whether the GAUSSplot plotting commands will return to GAUSS immediately after initializing the GAUSSplot GUI or wait until the GAUSSplot window has been closed.

Library gaussplot

Format gpWait(pgp, wait);

Input pgp pointer to a plot control structure. wait scalar, one of the following:

0 do not wait; return to GAUSS immediately. 1 wait until the GAUSSplot window has been closed to return to GAUSS.

Remarks

By default, the GAUSSplot plotting commands (see Section 2.1.15) return to GAUSS immediately after initializing the GAUSSplot GUI.

Example

wait = 1; gpWait(&gp,wait);

Source gp.src

See also gpPlot

530 Reference ritePlotData w is 531 to need it. ou allo gpW y ou to written. gdat le y p If e les. b that to .fsr le. then extension that ended data de. the app data data co and .fsr e en b the an commands the op structure error will to commands, le. in the with an structure taining es v data USSplot the le. sa con commands USSplot except GA extension ariables , v .plt y GA otherwise b data the delete in These the our y to structure of datale .plt then write. a as ritePlotData accessed with names to data to names. successful, ); is }; indices if gpW le program name 0 le to "Y" ariable extension, our le, v ariable together data datale y de, v USSplot same , structure This co le the names .plt GA data "X", the using gdat a a of using p { e the running to v gdat; = return gpData with ha ariable a ter name v extension. structure ariables after le in REFERENCE v ariables gp.sdf oin not v writing a gaussplot; scalar, p the gpSetPlotData(x~y,vnames); gpData vnames es .plt input gpWritePlotData(&gdat,"mydata.plt"); .fsr to to data = ecify ritePlotData( a do pi; seqa(0,p/4,15); sin(x); = ecify at sp the the of rks the = = = sp ry ose gpW to gpCleanUp p x y struct string library #include gdat ret ert to ting ra eep t = v rmat addition COMMAND k datale rites o an oin ou et gdat et to p instead Call y w con In Example Rema If Output gaussplot F r Input Purp W Lib 3. r p datale 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpWritePlotData

Source gpwritedata.src

See also gpInitPlotData, gpAddZone, gpSetPlotData

532 Reference 533 XY with y a . using b XY an an for Calling ciated map, gpXYLinePlotCreate create frame for . o T asso line alues one e v alues b Y-axis. gpPlotCreate v gpPlot one Line. tains or will the use ) with default XY con es, default V1 to with to ( yp t to plot t ers b set graph ciated Line ariable eXYLinePlot v ers mem b dieren tire asso XY e its en of rst b an gpMak mem the The its will plots gpXYLinePlotCreate of ) }; create either e V2 initializes y with tain ( yp with t ma "V2" con options. using and y ou plot gp; y ariable that v w structure the "V1", graph displa ho initialized a { structure trol sets = gpPlot frames and second , plot plot. con trol yle to REFERENCE the gp.sdf st con structure gaussplot; Line plot illustrates gp ultiple vnames gpPlotControl all gpMakeXYLinePlot(&gp,x,y,vnames); and m gpXYLinePlotCreate; trol plot use seqa(0.2,0.2,20); log(x); = for = a y rks = = con eXYLinePlot ry ose with also gpXYLinePlotCreate; example plot. x y string library #include struct gp ret ma ra X-axis, rmat = COMMAND plot o ou gpXYLinePlotCreate graph Source gpxylineplot.src See gpMak Y Example Rema gaussplot F gp Output Purp Creates Lib 3. A Line This the defaults default. gp 3. COMMAND REFERENCE gpXYLinePlotCreate

534 Reference 535 A able : T endix USSplot GA App in haracters c Character ailable v a the of all lists ABLE that T table a CTER is wing CHARA ollo A. F A. CHARACTER TABLE

536 Reference ts. B 537 trol ers). con y should la ou er of replacemen y y er er er y endix y er er y er y er y but y y their , er commands er y y y to olLa tourLa b App ectorLa description these a Commands that for Command t compatibilit commands: commands clear 1.4.4 ards e wLineMapBarLa wLineMapLineLa wLineMapErrorBarLa wFieldZoneMeshLa wFieldZoneShadeLa wFieldZoneScatterLa wFieldZoneV wFieldZoneCon wLineMapSym wFieldZoneBoundaryLa wing b kw follo obsoleted bac Section information. gpSho gpSho gpSho Replacemen gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho ould w the for the it programs. (see more so ork from w new for ols Obsoleted tour maps b in renamed tly ectors still e v line pages sligh ha will e commands, and w Command , the y commands hanged t reference COMMANDS c zones wLineMapSym wFieldZoneMesh wFieldZoneShade wFieldZoneScatter wFieldZoneV wFieldZoneCon wLineMapLines wLineMapErrorBars wLineMapBars wFieldZoneBoundary clarit commands has eld of rename gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho Obsoleted e in to vior sak command replacemen ers eha y hose obsoleted b the the the c la OBSOLETED e or See the The W The use B. F B. OBSOLETED COMMANDS

538 Index 539 76 , 59 56 67 63 61 57 , , 69 65 , , rame , , , , 84 81 75 481 , , 89 91 , 37 79 , , 241 rame rame 78 , 36, 86 rame rame t3D t 83 , 19, 73 , 27 rame 47 , , 53 16, rame 117, 71 18, ject3D ject 19, tourF tourF 19, , er, rame w y 48 6 17, tourLegend 17, la 15, tourPlotCreate tourPlotCreate olarLineF extOb extOb 4, ols, 52 handling, messages, bar o plot, zone, T orting, ts, gpAddCon gpAddArro gpAddBarF gpAdd3DCon gpAddFieldZoneLegendF gpAddLineLegend gpAdd3DCartesianF gpAdd2DCon gpAddLineSegmen gpAddLineSegmen gpAdd2DCartesianF gpAddP gpAddMacroFile gpAddXYLineF gpAddT gpAddT gp3DCon gp3DCartesianPlotCreate gp2DCon error error exp F E eld eld fon frame, G GP error gp2DCartesianPlotCreate 119 123 63, 67, 121 125 168 56, 59, 65, 69, 476 167, 19, 19, 98 132 478 57, 61, 161 40, 46, 520 16, 16, 97, 38, 34 19, 19, 475 102, 95, 17, 6 46, 4, 20 95, 17, plot, plot, 36, e, 35 73, er, 46, plot, plot, osition, 34 y le, 53 535 46, er, p la 16, y 19, 6, 480 ectiv group, la er 47 tour tour frames, 50 er, data tting, y 42 le, ersp plot, e la ws, Cartesian Cartesian rotation, p Con view Con tour tour wing, oundary haracters, debugging, dra 2D Bar colors, con data animation, c bar adding .plt Index INDEX b con 3D arro axes, B curv 3D D C 3D 2D 3D A 3D INDEX gpAddZone, 7, 93 gpPositionXAxis, 153 gpAnimate3DRotation, 95 gpPositionYAxis, 155 gpAnimateFieldZones, 97 gpPrint, 157 gpAnimateLineMaps, 98 gpPrintToFile, 159 gpAnimateXAxisRotation, 99 gpRedeneColor, 160 gpAnimateYAxisRotation, 100 gpRotateAxes, 161 gpAnimateZAxisRotation, 101 gpRotateTextObject, 162 gpBarPlotCreate, 102 gpRotateXAxis, 163 gpCleanUp, 103 gpRotateYAxis, 164 gpData structure, 7 gpRotateZAxis, 165 gpExportBMP, 104 gpRunMacroFile, 166 gpExportEPS, 105 gpSet3DViewDistance, 167 gpExportHPGL, 106 gpSet3DViewerPosition, 168 gpExportHPGL2, 107 gpSetActiveFieldZones, 170 gpExportJPEG, 108 gpSetArrowColor, 172 gpExportPNG, 109 gpSetArrowHeadAngle, 173 gpExportPS, 110 gpSetArrowHeadAttachment, 174 gpExportRAS, 111 gpSetArrowHeadSize, 176 gpExportTIFF, 112 gpSetArrowHeadStyle, 177 gpExportWMF, 113 gpSetArrowHeadType, 179 gpExportXWD, 114 gpSetArrowLinePattern, 181 gpFillGridArea, 115 gpSetArrowLinePatternLength, 183 gpFramePause, 116 gpSetArrowLineThickness, 185 gpGetErrorMessage, 117 gpSetAxisMap, 186 gpInitPlotData, 7, 118 gpSetBarColor, 187 gpMake2DCartesianPlot, 119 gpSetBarLineThickness, 188 gpMake2DContourPlot, 121 gpSetBarOrientation, 189 gpMake3DCartesianPlot, 123 gpSetBarWidth, 190 gpMake3DContourPlot, 125 gpSetBoundaryColor, 191 gpMakeAxesIndependent, 127 gpSetBoundaryThickness, 192 gpMakeAxesXYDependent, 128 gpSetContourColorDistribution, 193 gpMakeAxesXYZDependent, 130 gpSetContourFloodGroup, 195 gpMakeBarPlot, 132 gpSetContourLegendBoxColor, 197 gpMakePolarLinePlot, 134 gpSetContourLegendBoxStyle, 199 gpMakeVectorsTangent, 136 gpSetContourLegendBoxThickness, 201 gpMakeXYLinePlot, 137 gpSetContourLegendBoxType, 202 gpMoveContourLegend, 140 gpSetContourLegendHeaderFont, 203 gpMoveFieldZoneLegend, 141 gpSetContourLegendLabelFont, 205 gpMoveFrame, 142 gpSetContourLegendLineSpacing, 207 gpMoveLineLegend, 144 gpSetContourLegendMargin, 208 gpOpenLayoutFile, 145 gpSetContourLegendOrientation, 209 gpPlot, 146 gpSetContourLegendSkip, 210 gpPlotControl structure, 19 gpSetContourLegendView, 211 gpPlotCreate, 148 gpSetContourLineColor, 213 gpPolarLinePlotCreate, 150 gpSetContourLineGroup, 214 gpPositionGrid, 151 gpSetContourVariable, 216

540 Index 541 300 , 282 308 , 286 , 302 , , 278 298 283 280 , 309 , , 296 , 287 kness 297 , e , 323 311 307 , 320 , 332 329 334 , 321 yle , 324 , 284 326 315 kness , 290 yp , 330 , , , , , , , , 303 , t 288 293 t 305 t attern atternLength xColor xSt xT xThic kness 333 , de 316 325 317 , , , 295 319 313 on 327 , on , , , 328 306 on , tThic tP tP tColor 310 , tation 304 , 312 atternLength attern 291 , , kness , 7, , elColor elF elOset elSkip , , e ks , kness 314 , yp alette ormat atternLength attern tF tP erSize erOrien olarAxesTitles ap ap gpSetPrin gpSetRAxisLab gpSetRAxisColor gpSetPrin gpSetP gpSetPlotFit gpSetPlotData gpSetP gpSetRAxisLab gpSetMeshT gpSetMeshLineP gpSetP gpSetMeshLineP gpSetLineSegmen gpSetMacroFile gpSetMeshColor gpSetMeshLineThic gpSetRAxisLab gpSetLineThic gpSetMagnication gpSetRAxisLab gpSetLineSegmen gpSetLineSegmen gpSetRAxisTitleColor gpSetRAxisTitle gpSetRAxisTic gpSetRAxisTitleF gpSetScatterColor gpSetRAxisTitleOset gpSetScatterFillMo gpSetLineLegendMargin gpSetRAxisThic gpSetRAxisRange gpSetLineSegmen gpSetLineMaps gpSetLineMapNames gpSetLineMapZone gpSetLineP gpSetLineMapAxes gpSetLineP gpSetLineLegendF gpSetLineLegendLineSpacing gpSetLineLegendBo gpSetLineLegendBo gpSetLineLegendBo gpSetLineLegendBo , , 253 , 219 , , 245 256 221 250 247 , , , 267 , , 227 t kness 261 e 233 , , , , 255 223 on yle 251 yp , 244 , , ariable erMargin erMargin 243 t 262 , 269 xColor xSt xThic xT , 263 w y , 218 tV 239 , on , 260 kness 230 ariable , , 222 220 , , 232 237 224 t 276 , , tV 274 235 ext , 234 272 , 229 270 , , , , 265 ts e , on enden , e eFitOptions , , 266 241 , , 277 eigh , ariable yp yp oin olynomialOrder 228 kgroundColor , el extF , yle eFitP eFitP eFitSplineClamp eFitDep eFitRange eFitDataFile eFitT eFitW tingEect ortJPEGQualit ortImageWidth 249 254 258 rameHeaderColor rameHeaderT rameSt rameName rameBac gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo gpSetCurv gpSetExp gpSetCurv gpSetExp gpSetErrorLev gpSetCurv gpSetCurv gpSetCurv gpSetErrorBarT gpSetErrorBarSkip gpSetErrorBarV gpSetErrorBarSize INDEX gpSetCurv gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo gpSetCurv gpSetCurv gpSetErrorBarColor gpSetErrorBarLineThic gpSetDefaultT gpSetDataSetTitle gpSetDataFile gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo gpSetLigh gpSetKPlaneRange gpSetJPlaneRange gpSetIPlaneRange gpSetLineColor gpSetFieldZoneLegendBo gpSetFieldZoneLegendUpp gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitle gpSetF gpSetGridAreaFillColor gpSetF gpSetFieldZoneLegendLo gpSetGeneralCurv gpSetFieldZoneLegendTitleF gpSetF gpSetF gpSetFieldZoneNames gpSetFieldZoneLegendF gpSetF gpSetFieldZoneLegendLineSpacing INDEX gpSetScatterLineThickness, 336 gpSetXAxisColor, 399 gpSetScatterShape, 337 gpSetXAxisGridLineColor, 400 gpSetScatterShapeASCII, 339 gpSetXAxisGridLineThickness, 401 gpSetScatterSize, 341 gpSetXAxisGridPattern, 402 gpSetShadeColor, 342 gpSetXAxisGridPatternLength, 404 gpSetSurfacesToPlot, 343 gpSetXAxisLabelColor, 406 gpSetSymbolColor, 345 gpSetXAxisLabelFont, 407 gpSetSymbolFillMode, 346 gpSetXAxisLabelOset, 409 gpSetSymbolLineThickness, 348 gpSetXAxisLabelSkip, 410 gpSetSymbolShape, 349 gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineColor, 411 gpSetSymbolShapeASCII, 351 gpSetXAxisMinorGridLineThickness, gpSetSymbolSize, 353 412 gpSetSymbolSkip, 354 gpSetXAxisMinorGridPattern, 413 gpSetTextObjectAnchorLocation, 356 gpSetXAxisMinorGridPatternLength, gpSetTextObjectBoxColor, 358 415 gpSetTextObjectBoxStyle, 360 gpSetXAxisRange, 416 gpSetTextObjectBoxThickness, 362 gpSetXAxisThickness, 418 gpSetTextObjectBoxType, 364 gpSetXAxisTicks, 419 gpSetTextObjectColor, 365 gpSetXAxisTitle, 421 gpSetTextObjectFont, 366 gpSetXAxisTitleColor, 422 gpSetTextObjectLineSpacing, 368 gpSetXAxisTitleFont, 423 gpSetTextObjectMargin, 369 gpSetXAxisTitleOset, 425 gpSetThetaAxisColor, 371 gpSetYAxisColor, 426 gpSetThetaAxisLabelColor, 372 gpSetYAxisGridLineColor, 427 gpSetThetaAxisLabelFont, 373 gpSetYAxisGridLineThickness, 428 gpSetThetaAxisLabelOset, 375 gpSetYAxisGridPattern, 429 gpSetThetaAxisLabelSkip, 376 gpSetYAxisGridPatternLength, 431 gpSetThetaAxisRange, 377 gpSetYAxisLabelColor, 432 gpSetThetaAxisThickness, 378 gpSetYAxisLabelFont, 433 gpSetThetaAxisTicks, 379 gpSetYAxisLabelOset, 435 gpSetThetaAxisTitle, 380 gpSetYAxisLabelSkip, 436 gpSetThetaAxisTitleColor, 381 gpSetYAxisMinorGridLineColor, 437 gpSetThetaAxisTitleFont, 382 gpSetYAxisMinorGridLineThickness, gpSetThetaAxisTitleOset, 384 438 gpSetThetaMode, 385 gpSetYAxisMinorGridPattern, 439 gpSetThetaPeriod, 387 gpSetYAxisMinorGridPatternLength, gpSetTranslation, 388 441 gpSetTranslucency, 389 gpSetYAxisRange, 442 gpSetVectorArrowHeadType, 390 gpSetYAxisThickness, 444 gpSetVectorColor, 391 gpSetYAxisTicks, 445 gpSetVectorLinePattern, 392 gpSetYAxisTitle, 447 gpSetVectorLinePatternLength, 394 gpSetYAxisTitleColor, 448 gpSetVectorLineThickness, 395 gpSetYAxisTitleFont, 449 gpSetVectorType, 396 gpSetYAxisTitleOset, 451 gpSetVectorVariables, 397 gpSetZAxisColor, 452 gpSetWorkspaceView, 398 gpSetZAxisGridLineColor, 453

542 Index 543 521 , 150 523 516 519 525 , , , , ting 134, 529 ting 527 , 515 518 , 84, , , 533 304 76 520 537 528 , 531 , 75 , 19, ting tourLigh e 505 528 7, 41, 496 ranslucency 166, 34 , 22 38, 16, 78 38, 514 41, 517 ectiv 48 35, 52 145 83, 19, , , 19, zone, 37, 17, 45 ts, 18 5, plot, 5, tour, ersp tingEect 16, commands, 16, 16, 48 49 AxisMinorGridLines AxisGridLines Axis er, 530 eect, es, con line, eld y ranslucencyEect , er, 16 116 le, le, Line wZAxisMinorGridLines wY wY wY wZAxisGridLines wZAxis y axes, la yp t ait ritePlotData plot, segmen la map, patterns, ting, ting out ers, y y olar olar gpUseFieldZoneT gpUseFieldZoneCon gpUse3DP gpUseGridAreaLigh prin gpUseFieldZoneShadeLigh gpSho O M line line mesh legend, legend, ligh line gpUseLigh la line line la macro obsoleted P pause, plot gpUseT legend, P plotting, p gpSho gpW gpSho L gpSho gpXYLinePlotCreate gpW gpSho gpSho , , 483 462 , 485 499 456 , 490 454 464 , , 513 494 kness er 503 , 492 , , , 488 , y , , er er , , er y y 474 501 er er 497 y er y , er , y y , y 455 512 kness 476 er 460 481 457 , atternLength attern er , 473 y 470 , 478 , 458 461 y 467 , , , olLa 471 509 507 , tourLa , , , 510 , er b , , 508 t er , 505 y , t er y 506 , 466 ectorLa 496 , er er 475 y on 468 , er , 469 atternLength attern , on 480 y y er , , y er , tationAxis , y kness er y elSkip elF elColor elOset 511 er ks y , y olLa b tourLa wing ectorLa olarAxes 465 463 wFieldZoneScatterLa wFieldZoneMeshLa wDra wErrorBarLa wFieldZoneShadeLa wLineLa wLineMapBarLa wFieldZoneBoundaryLa wFieldZoneCon wCon wFieldZoneV wBarLa wBoundaryLa wLineMapErrorBarLa wXAxisGridLines wScatterLa wV wXAxis wMeshLa wShadeLa wSym wXAxisMinorGridLines wLineMapSym wP w3DOrien wLineMapLineLa gpSetZAxisGridP gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineColor gpSetZAxisLab gpSetZAxisLab gpSho gpSetZAxisLab gpSetZAxisLab gpSetZAxisGridP gpSho gpSho gpSetZAxisMinorGridLineThic gpSho gpSetZAxisTitleColor gpSetZAxisTitle gpSetZAxisTic gpSetZAxisThic gpSho gpSho gpSetZAxisRange gpSetZAxisMinorGridP gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho INDEX gpSetZAxisGridLineThic gpSetZAxisMinorGridP gpSho gpSetZAxisTitleF gpSho gpSho gpSetZAxisTitleOset gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho gpSho INDEX

R rotation, 46, 95, 161 S scatter layer, 17, 39, 507 shade layer, 17, 40, 508 structure le, 21 structure pointers, 20 surface plotting options, 42, 343 symbol layer, 16, 36, 509 symbols, 52 T text objects, 47 translucency eect, 41, 529 V vector layer, 17, 39, 510 volume plot, 42 W workspace, 15 X

XY Line plot, 16, 19, 91, 137, 533 Z zone, 6

544